Nissan Cube (Z12) Repair & Service Manuals 2009-2014

Catalog: 
Make: 
Model: 
Price: US$ 19.00

Complete official workshop manual contains service, maintenance, and troubleshooting information for the Nissan Cube (Z12) 2009-2014. Diagnostic and repair procedures are covered in great detail to repair, maintain, rebuild, refurbish or restore your vehicle like a professional mechanic in local service/repair workshop. This cost-effective quality manual is 100% complete and intact as should be without any missing pages. It is the same factory shop manual used by dealers that guaranteed to be fully functional to save your precious time.

This manual is divided into different sections. Each section covers a specific component or system and, in addition to the standard service procedures, includes disassembling, inspecting, and assembling instructions. A table of contents is placed at the beginning of each section. Pages are easily found by category, and each page is expandable for great detail. It is in the cross-platform PDF document format so that it works like a charm on all kinds of devices. You do not need to be skilled with a computer to use the manual.

MAKE: Nissan 
MODEL: Cube (Z12 Series)
YEAR: 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
FORMAT: PDF (572MB)
TYPE: Service Manual + Owners Manual
LANGUAGE: English

Buy the best manual on the Internet from responsible merchant and get instant download without surprise.

INSTANT Delivery: A download link will be sent to you instantly after payment. Simply click on the link and save it to your computer. You can use this Manual as long as you wish with no restrictions.

PRINTABLE with Diagrams: Just print the manual out and start to work. You can also use the manual with your laptop in your garage.

Customer SATISFACTION: If there is any problem, just drop a quick email. Within hours the issue shall be taken care of. 

REFUND Policy: We sell high quality products only. In case there is any problem  with your purchase, a replacement link will be sent to you. If we are at fault, you get 100% refund. 

EXCERPT:

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CORROSION PROTECTION
Description
To provide improved corrosion prevention, the following anti-corrosive measures have been implemented in NISSAN production plants. When repairing or replacing body panels, it is necessary to use the same anti-corrosive measures.
Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)
To improve repairability and corrosion resistance, a new type of anticorrosive precoated steel sheet is adopted replacing conventional zinc-coated steel sheet. Galvannealed steel is electroplated and heated to form Zinc-iron alloy, which provides excellent and long term corrosion resistance with cationic electrodeposition primer.
NISSAN genuine parts are fabricated from galvannealed steel. Therefore, it is recommended that NISSAN genuine parts or an equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain the anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory.
Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer
A phosphate coating treatment and a cationic electrodeposition
primer, which provide excellent corrosion protection, are applied to all body components.
CAUTION:
Confine paint removal during welding operation to an absolute
minimum.
NISSAN genuine parts are also treated in the same manner. Therefore, it is recommended that NISSAN genuine parts or an equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory.
Undercoating
The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chipping.
Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoating which is rust resistant, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable.
PRECAUTIONS IN UNDERCOATING
1. Never apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and three way catalyst that are subjected to heat).
2. Never undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts that become hot.
3. Never undercoat rotating parts.
4. Apply bitumen wax after applying undercoating.
5. After putting seal on the vehicle, put undercoating on it.

'09................2
  ACC................4
    Table of Contents................4
      REGULAR GRADE................5
        PRECAUTION................5
          PRECAUTIONS................5
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6
          ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM................6
            Exploded View................6
            Removal and Installation................6
              REMOVAL................6
              INSTALLATION................6
            Inspection................7
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................7
      Krom................8
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................8
          DRILLED ALUMINUM PEDAL................8
            Drilled Aluminum Pedal................8
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................9
          DRILLED ALUMINUM PEDAL................9
            Removal and Installation of Drilled Aluminum Pedal................9
  AV................10
    Table of Contents................10
      AUDIO LESS................13
        PRECAUTION................13
          PRECAUTIONS................13
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................13
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................13
        PREPARATION................14
          PREPARATION................14
            Commercial Service Tools................14
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................15
          ANTENNA BASE................15
            Exploded View................15
            Removal and Installation................15
              REMOVAL................15
              INSTALLATION................15
          ANTENNA FEEDER................16
            Harness Layout................16
      AUDIO SYSTEM................17
        BASIC INSPECTION................17
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................17
            Work Flow................17
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................17
              DETAILED FLOW................17
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................19
          AUDIO SYSTEM................19
            System Diagram................19
              MODELS WITH iPod................19
              MODELS WITH iPod................20
              MODELS WITHOUT iPod................20
            System Description................20
              AUDIO SYSTEM................20
              FUNCTION DESCRIPTION................20
                AM/FM Radio Mode................21
                Satellite Radio System................21
                iPod................21
                AUX Connection................21
                Speed Sensitive Volume................21
            Component Parts Location................21
              MODELS WITH iPod................21
              MODELS WITHOUT iPod................22
            Component Description................23
          HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................25
            System Diagram................25
            System Description................25
              WHEN RECEIVING A CALL................25
              WHEN A CALL IS ORIGINATED................25
            Component Parts Location................26
            Component Description................26
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)................28
            MODELS WITH iPod® CONNECTION FUNCTION................28
              MODELS WITH iPod® CONNECTION FUNCTION : ................28
                AUDIO UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION................28
                  Operation Procedure................28
                  Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode................30
                SWITCHING OF THE SPEAKER SETTING OF THE AUDIO UNIT ................30
                  Operation Procedure................30
            MODELS WITHOUT iPod® CONNECTION FUNCTION................31
              MODELS WITHOUT iPod® CONNECTION FUNCTION : ................31
                OPERATION PROCEDURE................31
                  Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode................31
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................32
            Diagnosis Description................32
              HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS................32
              ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM................32
              SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................32
                The Details of Error Count................32
              FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................33
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................34
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................34
            AUDIO UNIT................34
              AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................34
            iPod ADAPTER................34
              iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure................34
            SATELLITE RADIO TUNER................34
              SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure................35
            TEL ADAPTER UNIT................35
              TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................35
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO AUDIO UNIT)................37
            Description................37
            Diagnosis Procedure................37
            Component Inspection................38
              MODELS WITH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................38
              MODELS WITHOUT HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................38
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO AUDIO UNIT)................39
            Description................39
            Diagnosis Procedure................39
            Component Inspection................40
              MODELS WITH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................40
              MODELS WITHOUT HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................40
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO AUDIO UNIT)................41
            Description................41
            Diagnosis Procedure................41
            Component Inspection................41
              MODELS WITH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................41
              MODELS WITHOUT HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................42
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT (AUDIO UNIT TO TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................43
            Description................43
            Diagnosis Procedure................43
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT (AUDIO UNIT TO TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................44
            Description................44
            Diagnosis Procedure................44
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT (AUDIO UNIT TO TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................45
            Description................45
            Diagnosis Procedure................45
          COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................46
            Description................46
            Diagnosis Procedure................46
          REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SAT TO AUDIO)................48
            Description................48
            Diagnosis Procedure................48
          WOOFER AMP. ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT................50
            Description................50
            Diagnosis Procedure................50
          MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................51
            Description................51
            Diagnosis Procedure................51
          TELEPHONE ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT................53
            Description................53
            Diagnosis Procedure................53
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................54
          AUDIO UNIT................54
            Reference Value................54
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................54
              PHYSICAL VALUES................54
            Wiring Diagram - AUDIO -................59
          WOOFER................72
            Reference Value................72
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................72
              PHYSICAL VALUES................72
            Wiring Diagram - AUDIO -................73
          SATELLITE RADIO TUNER................8
              SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)................187
                DATA MONITOR................187
                ACTIVE TEST................188
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................188
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description................188
                DESCRIPTION................188
                SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ................188
                ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS................189
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function................189
                FUNCTION................189
                WORK SUPPORT MODE................190
                SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................190
                DATA MONITOR MODE................190
                ACTIVE TEST MODE................190
                  TEST ITEM LIST................190
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................191
          U1000 CAN COMM................191
            Description................191
            DTC Logic................191
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................191
            Diagnosis Procedure................191
          U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................192
            DTC Logic................192
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................192
            Diagnosis Procedure................192
          U0415 VEHICLE SPEED................193
            Description................193
            DTC Logic................193
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................193
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................193
            Diagnosis Procedure................193
          B2562 LOW VOLTAGE................194
            DTC Logic................194
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................194
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................194
            Diagnosis Procedure................194
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................195
            Diagnosis Procedure................195
          COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT................196
            Diagnosis Procedure................196
          COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT................198
            Diagnosis Procedure................198
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................200
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................200
            Reference Value................200
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................200
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................205
              PHYSICAL VALUES................205
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................221
            Fail-safe................225
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................225
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................227
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................227
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................227
            DTC Index................229
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................232
          COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................232
            Symptom Table................232
        PRECAUTION................233
          PRECAUTIONS................233
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................233
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................233
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................234
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................234
            Exploded View................234
            Removal and Installation................234
              REMOVAL................234
              INSTALLATION................234
          COMBINATION SWITCH................235
            Exploded View................235
            Removal and Installation................235
              REMOVAL................235
              INSTALLATION................235
      WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................236
        BASIC INSPECTION................236
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................236
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM)................236
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Description................236
                BEFORE REPLACEMENT................236
                AFTER REPLACEMENT................236
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Special Repair Requirement................236
            CONFIGURATION (BCM)................236
              CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Description................236
              CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Special Repair Requirement................237
              CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Configuration list................237
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................239
          BODY CONTROL SYSTEM................239
            System Description................239
              OUTLINE................239
              BCM FUNCTION LIST................239
            Component Parts Location................240
          COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM................241
            System Diagram................241
            System Description................241
              OUTLINE................241
              COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX................241
              COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION................242
                Description................242
                Operation Example................242
              WIPER INTERMITTENT DIAL POSITION................243
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................245
            System Diagram................245
            System Description................245
              OUTLINE................245
              SIGNAL TRANSMISSION FUNCTION LIST................245
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................246
            System Diagram................246
            System Description................246
              OUTLINE................246
              LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCM................246
              Sleep mode activation................246
              Wake-up operation................247
            Component Parts Location................248
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................249
            COMMON ITEM................249
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................249
                APPLICATION ITEM................249
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................249
            DOOR LOCK................249
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................250
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................250
                WORK SUPPORT................250
                DATA MONITOR................250
                ACTIVE TEST................251
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................251
              REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................251
                DATA MONITOR................251
                ACTIVE TEST................251
            BUZZER................251
              BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)................251
                CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS................251
                DATA MONITOR................251
                ACTIVE TEST................252
            INT LAMP................252
              INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................252
                WORK SUPPORT................252
                DATA MONITOR................253
                ACTIVE TEST................254
            MULTI REMOTE ENT................254
              MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT)................254
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................254
                DATA MONITOR................254
                ACTIVE TEST................254
                WORK SUPPORT................255
            HEADLAMP................255
              HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................255
                WORK SUPPORT................255
                  For USA................255
                  For CANADA................256
                DATA MONITOR................256
                ACTIVE TEST................257
            WIPER................258
              WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................258
                WORK SUPPORT................258
                DATA MONITOR................258
                ACTIVE TEST................259
            FLASHER................259
              FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)................259
                DATA MONITOR................259
                ACTIVE TEST................259
            AIR CONDITIONER................259
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)................259
                DATA MONITOR................259
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function................260
                DATA MONITOR................260
            COMB SW................260
              COMB SW : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMB SW)................260
                DATA MONITOR................260
            BCM................261
              BCM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BCM)................261
                WORK SUPPORT................261
            IMMU................261
              IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)................261
                DATA MONITOR................261
                ACTIVE TEST................261
            BATTERY SAVER................261
              BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................261
                WORK SUPPORT................261
                DATA MONITOR................261
                ACTIVE TEST................262
            TRUNK................262
              TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................262
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................262
                DATA MONITOR................262
            THEFT ALM................263
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)................263
                DATA MONITOR................263
                WORK SUPPORT................263
                ACTIVE TEST................263
            RETAIND PWR................264
              RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................264
                Data monitor................264
            SIGNAL BUFFER................264
              SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)................264
                DATA MONITOR................264
                ACTIVE TEST................264
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................264
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description................264
                DESCRIPTION................264
                SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ................264
                ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS................266
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function................266
                FUNCTION................266
                WORK SUPPORT MODE................266
                SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................266
                DATA MONITOR MODE................266
                ACTIVE TEST MODE................267
                  TEST ITEM LIST................267
            PANIC ALARM................267
              PANIC ALARM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - PANIC ALARM)................267
                ACTIVE TEST................267
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................268
          U1000 CAN COMM................268
            Description................268
            DTC Logic................268
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................268
            Diagnosis Procedure................268
          U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................269
            DTC Logic................269
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................269
            Diagnosis Procedure................269
          C1735 IGN CIRCUIT OPEN................270
            DTC Logic................270
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................270
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................270
            Diagnosis Procedure................270
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................271
            Diagnosis Procedure................271
          COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT................272
            Diagnosis Procedure................272
          COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT................274
            Diagnosis Procedure................274
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................276
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................276
            Reference Value................276
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................276
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................279
              PHYSICAL VALUES................279
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................291
            Fail-safe................294
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................294
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................295
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................295
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................295
            DTC Index................296
        PRECAUTION................298
          PRECAUTIONS................298
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................298
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................298
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................299
          COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................299
            Symptom Table................299
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................300
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................300
            Exploded View................300
            Removal and Installation................300
              REMOVAL................300
              INSTALLATION................300
          COMBINATION SWITCH................301
            Exploded View................301
            Removal and Installation................301
              REMOVAL................301
              INSTALLATION................301
  BR................302
    Table of Contents................302
      REGULAR GRADE................304
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................304
          NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................304
            NVH Troubleshooting Chart................304
        PRECAUTION................305
          PRECAUTIONS................305
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................305
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................305
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................305
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................305
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................306
            Precaution for Brake System................306
        PREPARATION................307
          PREPARATION................307
            Commercial Service Tool................307
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................308
          BRAKE PEDAL................308
            Inspection and Adjustment................308
              INSPECTION................308
                Brake Pedal Height................308
                Stop Lamp Switch................308
                ASCD Brake Switch (With ASCD)................308
                Brake Pedal Play................308
                Depressed Brake Pedal Height................308
              ADJUSTMENT................309
                Brake Pedal Height................309
                Brake Pedal Play................309
          BRAKE FLUID................311
            Inspection................311
              BRAKE FLUID LEVEL................311
              BRAKE LINE................311
            Draining................311
            Refilling................311
            Bleeding Brake System................312
          BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER................313
            Inspection................313
              FLUID LEAK................313
          BRAKE BOOSTER................314
            Inspection................314
              OPERATION................314
              AIR TIGHT................314
          FRONT DISC BRAKE................315
            BRAKE PAD................315
              BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment................315
                INSPECTION................315
                ADJUSTMENT................315
            DISC ROTOR................315
              DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment................315
                INSPECTION................315
                  Appearance................315
                  Runout................315
                  Thickness................315
                ADJUSTMENT................316
          REAR DRUM BRAKE................317
            BRAKE LINING................317
              BRAKE LINING : Inspection................317
                INSPECTION OF BRAKE LINING................317
            BRAKE DRUM................317
              BRAKE DRUM : Inspection................317
                APPEARANCE................317
                INSPECTION OF BRAKE DRUM INNER DIAMETER................317
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................318
          BRAKE PEDAL................318
            Exploded View................318
              WITH ASCD................318
              WITHOUT ASCD................318
            Removal and Installation................319
              REMOVAL................319
              INSTALLATION................319
            Inspection and Adjustment................319
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................319
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................320
          BRAKE PIPING................321
            FRONT................321
              FRONT : Exploded View................321
              FRONT : Hydraulic Piping................322
              FRONT : Removal and Installation................322
                REMOVAL................322
                INSTALLATION................322
              FRONT : Inspection................323
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................323
            REAR................323
              REAR : Exploded View................323
              REAR : Hydraulic Piping................324
              REAR : Removal and Installation................324
                REMOVAL................324
                INSTALLATION................324
              REAR : Inspection................325
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................325
          BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER................326
            Exploded View................326
            Removal and Installation................326
              REMOVAL ................326
              INSTALLATION................326
            Disassembly and Assembly................327
              DISASSEMBLY................327
              ASSEMBLY................327
            Inspection................328
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................328
          BRAKE BOOSTER................329
            Exploded View................329
            Removal and installation................329
              REMOVAL................329
              INSTALLATION................329
            Inspection and Adjustment................330
              INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL................330
                Air Tight................330
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................330
                Input Rod Length Inspection................330
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................330
                Operation................330
                Air Tight................330
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................330
          VACUUM LINES................332
            Exploded View................332
            Removal and Installation................332
              REMOVAL................332
              INSTALLATION................332
            Inspection................332
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................332
                Appearance................332
                Check Valve Airtightness................333
          FRONT DISC BRAKE................334
            BRAKE PAD................334
              BRAKE PAD : Exploded View................334
              BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation................334
                REMOVAL................334
                INSTALLATION................334
              BRAKE PAD : Inspection................335
                INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................335
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................335
            BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY................335
              BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................335
                REMOVAL................335
                DISASSEMBLY................336
              BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................336
                REMOVAL................336
                INSTALLATION................337
              BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly................337
                DISASSEMBLY................337
                ASSEMBLY................338
              BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection................339
                INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................339
                  Cylinder Body................339
                  Torque Member................339
                  Pistons................339
                  Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot................339
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................339
          REAR DRUM BRAKE................340
            Exploded View................340
            Removal and Installation................340
              REMOVAL................340
              INSTALLATION................341
            Disassembly and Assembly................342
              DISASSEMBLY................342
              ASSEMBLY................342
            Inspection and Adjustment................342
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................342
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................342
              INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY................343
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................343
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................343
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................344
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................344
            General Specifications................344
            Brake Pedal................344
            Brake Booster................344
            Front Disc Brake................344
            Rear Drum Brake................344
      Krom................345
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................345
          DRILLED ALUMINUM PEDAL................345
            Drilled Aluminum Pedal................345
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................346
          DRILLED ALUMINUM PEDAL................346
            Removal and Installation of Drilled Aluminum Pedal................346
  BRC................347
    Table of Contents................347
      VDC/TCS/ABS................350
        BASIC INSPECTION................350
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................350
            Work Flow................350
              PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS................350
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................351
              DETAILED FLOW................351
            Diagnostic Work Sheet................353
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................354
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................354
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................354
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................354
            ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION................354
              ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description................354
              ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement................354
                ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION................354
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................356
          VDC................356
            System Diagram................356
            System Description................356
            Component Parts Location................357
            Component Description................358
          TCS................359
            System Diagram................359
            System Description................359
            Component Parts Location................360
            Component Description................361
          ABS................362
            System Diagram................362
            System Description................362
            Component Parts Location................363
            Component Description................364
          EBD................365
            System Diagram................365
            System Description................365
            Component Parts Location................366
            Component Description................367
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]................368
            CONSULT-III Function................368
              FUNCTION................368
              WORK SUPPORT................368
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................368
                Operation Procedure................368
                Display Item List................368
                How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results................368
              DATA MONITOR MODE................368
                Display Item List................368
              ACTIVE TEST MODE................370
                Test Item................371
              ECU IDENTIFICATION................372
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................373
          C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR................373
            Description................373
            DTC Logic................373
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................373
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................373
            Diagnosis Procedure................373
            Special Repair Requirement................375
          C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR................376
            Description................376
            DTC Logic................376
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................376
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................376
            Diagnosis Procedure................376
            Special Repair Requirement................378
          C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM................379
            Description................379
            DTC Logic................379
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................379
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................379
            Diagnosis Procedure................379
            Special Repair Requirement................380
          C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................381
            DTC Logic................381
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................381
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................381
            Diagnosis Procedure................381
            Special Repair Requirement................381
          C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM................382
            Description................382
              PUMP................382
              MOTOR................382
              MOTOR RELAY................382
            DTC Logic................382
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................382
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................382
            Diagnosis Procedure................382
            Special Repair Requirement................383
          C1115 WHEEL SENSOR................384
            Description................384
            DTC Logic................384
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................384
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................384
            Diagnosis Procedure................384
            Special Repair Requirement................385
          C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH................387
            Description................387
            DTC Logic................387
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................387
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................387
            Diagnosis Procedure................387
            Component Inspection................388
            Special Repair Requirement................388
          C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL................389
            Description................389
            DTC Logic................389
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................389
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................389
            Diagnosis Procedure................389
            Special Repair Requirement................390
          C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL................391
            Description................391
            DTC Logic................391
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................391
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................391
            Diagnosis Procedure................391
            Special Repair Requirement................392
          C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL................393
            Description................393
            DTC Logic................393
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................393
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................393
            Diagnosis Procedure................393
            Special Repair Requirement................393
          C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM................394
            Description................394
            DTC Logic................394
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................394
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................394
            Diagnosis Procedure................394
            Special Repair Requirement................394
          C1142 PRESS SENSOR................396
            Description................396
            DTC Logic................396
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................396
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................396
            Diagnosis Procedure................396
            Special Repair Requirement................397
          C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................398
            Description................398
            DTC Logic................398
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................398
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................398
            Diagnosis Procedure................398
            Special Repair Requirement................399
          C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT................400
            Description................400
            DTC Logic................400
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................400
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................400
            Diagnosis Procedure................400
            Special Repair Requirement................400
          C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR................401
            Description................401
            DTC Logic................401
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................401
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................401
            Diagnosis Procedure................401
            Special Repair Requirement................402
          C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH................404
            Description................404
            DTC Logic................404
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................404
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................404
            Diagnosis Procedure................404
            Component Inspection................405
            Special Repair Requirement................405
          C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM................406
            Description................406
            DTC Logic................406
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................406
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................406
            Diagnosis Procedure................406
            Special Repair Requirement................407
          C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM................408
            Description................408
            DTC Logic................408
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................408
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................408
            Diagnosis Procedure................408
            Special Repair Requirement................409
          U1000, U1002 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................410
            Description................410
            DTC Logic................410
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................410
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................410
            Diagnosis Procedure................410
            Special Repair Requirement................410
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................411
            Description................411
            Diagnosis Procedure................411
          PARKING BRAKE SWITCH................413
            Description................413
            Diagnosis Procedure................413
            Component Inspection................413
          VDC OFF SWITCH................415
            Description................415
            Diagnosis Procedure................415
            Component Inspection................416
            Special Repair Requirement................416
          ABS WARNING LAMP................417
            Description................417
            Component Function Check................417
            Diagnosis Procedure................417
            Special Repair Requirement................417
          BRAKE WARNING LAMP................418
            Description................418
            Component Function Check................418
            Diagnosis Procedure................418
            Special Repair Requirement................418
          VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP................420
            Description................420
            Component Function Check................420
            Diagnosis Procedure................420
            Special Repair Requirement................420
          SLIP INDICATOR LAMP................421
            Description................421
            Component Function Check................421
            Diagnosis Procedure................421
            Special Repair Requirement................421
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................422
          ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................422
            Reference Value................422
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................422
            Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -................426
            Fail-Safe................430
              VDC, TCS ................430
              ABS, EBD SYSTEM................431
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................431
            DTC Index................432
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................433
          EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY................433
            Diagnosis Procedure................433
          UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION................434
            Diagnosis Procedure................434
          THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG................435
            Diagnosis Procedure................435
          ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................436
            Diagnosis Procedure................436
          PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS................437
            Diagnosis Procedure................437
          VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL................438
            Diagnosis Procedure................438
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................439
            Description................439
        PRECAUTION................440
          PRECAUTIONS................440
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................440
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................440
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................440
            Precaution for Brake System................440
            Precaution for Brake Control................441
            Precautions for Harness Repair................441
              COMMUNICATION LINE................441
        PREPARATION................443
          PREPARATION................443
            Commercial Service Tools................443
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................444
          WHEEL SENSOR................444
            FRONT WHEEL SENSOR................444
              FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View................444
              FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation................444
                REMOVAL................444
                INSTALLATION................444
            REAR WHEEL SENSOR................445
              REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View................445
              REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation................445
                REMOVAL................445
                INSTALLATION................445
          SENSOR ROTOR................446
            FRONT SENSOR ROTOR................446
              FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation................446
                REMOVAL................446
                INSTALLATION................446
              FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Disassembly and Assembly................446
            REAR SENSOR ROTOR................446
              REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation................446
                REMOVAL................446
                INSTALLATION................446
              REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Disassembly and Assembly................446
          ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................447
            Exploded View................447
            Removal and Installation................447
              REMOVAL................447
              INSTALLATION................448
            Adjustment................448
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................448
          YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR................449
            Exploded View................449
            Removal and Installation................449
              REMOVAL................449
              INSTALLATION................449
          STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................450
            Exploded View................450
            Removal and Installation................450
              REMOVAL................450
              INSTALLATION................450
            Adjustment................450
          VDC OFF SWITCH................451
            Removal and Installation................451
              REMOVAL................451
              INSTALLATION................451
  BRM................452
    Table of Contents................452
      REGULAR GRADE................453
        VEHICLE INFORMATION................453
          BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR................453
            Body Exterior Paint Color................453
        PRECAUTION................454
          REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL................454
            High Strength Steel (HSS)................454
            Handling of Ultra High Strength Steel Plate Parts................456
              PROHIBITION OF CUT AND CONNECTION................456
        PREPARATION................457
          REPAIRING MATERIAL................457
            Foam Repair................457
              URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONS................457
                Example of foaming agent filling operation procedure................457
          BODY COMPONENT PARTS................459
            Underbody Component Parts................459
            Body Component Parts................461
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................463
          CORROSION PROTECTION................463
            Description................463
              Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)................463
              Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer................463
            Undercoating................463
              Precautions in Undercoating................463
            Stone Guard Coat................464
            Body Sealing................465
          BODY CONSTRUCTION................469
            Body Construction................469
            Rear Fender Hemming Process................470
              PROCEDURE OF THE HEMMING PROCESS................470
          REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS................472
            Description................472
            Radiator Core Support................474
            Hoodledge................474
            Hoodledge (Partial Replacement)................476
            Front Side Member................478
            Front Side Member (Partial Replacement)................480
            Front Pillar................481
            Center Pillar................484
            Outer Sill (Partial Replacement)................488
            Outer Sill................489
              POINT................490
            Rear Fender (LH)................492
              POINT................494
            Rear Fender (RH)................496
              POINT................498
            Rear Panel................500
            Rear Floor Rear................500
            Rear Side Member Extension................501
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................503
          BODY ALIGNMENT................503
            Body Center Marks................503
            Description................504
            Engine Compartment................504
              Measurement................504
              Measurement Points................505
            Underbody................506
              Measurement................506
              Measurement Points................507
            Passenger Compartment................509
              Measurement................509
              Measurement Points................510
            Rear Body................511
              Measurement................511
              Measurement Points................512
          LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS................513
            Precautions for Plastics................513
            Location of Plastic Parts................514
      Krom................516
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................516
          BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR................516
            Body Exterior Paint Color (Krom)................516
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................517
          LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS................517
            Precautions for Plastics................517
            Location of Plastic Parts (Krom)................518
  CHG................519
    Table of Contents................519
      BASIC INSPECTION................520
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................520
          Work Flow................520
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................520
            DETAILED FLOW................520
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................523
        CHARGING SYSTEM................523
          System Diagram................523
          System Description................523
          Component Parts Location................523
          Component Description................524
        POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM................525
          System Diagram................525
          System Description................525
          Component Parts Location................525
          Component Description................526
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................527
        B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................527
          Description................527
          Diagnosis Procedure................527
        L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)................528
          Description................528
          Diagnosis Procedure................528
        L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)................530
          Description................530
          Diagnosis Procedure................530
        S TERMINAL CIRCUIT................531
          Description................531
          Diagnosis Procedure................531
        CHARGING SYSTEM................532
          Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM -................532
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................535
        CHARGING SYSTEM................535
          Symptom Table................535
      PRECAUTION................536
        PRECAUTIONS................536
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................536
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................536
          Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control System................536
      PREPARATION................537
        PREPARATION................537
          Special Service Tools................537
          Commercial Service Tools................537
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................538
        CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION................538
          Inspection Procedure................538
        POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION................539
          Inspection Procedure................539
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................541
        ALTERNATOR................541
          Exploded View................541
            REMOVAL................541
            DISASSEMBLY................541
          Removal and Installation................542
            REMOVAL................542
            INSTALLATION................542
          Inspection................542
            ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION................542
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................544
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................544
          Alternator................544
  CL................545
    Table of Contents................545
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................546
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................546
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................546
      PRECAUTION................547
        PRECAUTIONS................547
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................547
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................547
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................547
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................547
          Service Notice or Precautions for Clutch................548
      PREPARATION................549
        PREPARATION................549
          Special Service Tools................549
          Commercial Service Tools................549
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................550
        CLUTCH PEDAL................550
          Inspection and Adjustment................550
            INSPECTION................550
              The Height of Clutch Pedal................550
              Clutch Pedal Height When Disengaging The Clutch................550
              Clutch Pedal Play................550
              Position of Clutch Switch................550
              Position of ASCD Clutch Switch (With ASCD)................551
            ADJUSTMENT................551
              Position of Clutch Switch................551
              Position of ASCD Clutch Switch (With ASCD)................551
        CLUTCH FLUID................552
          Inspection................552
            FLUID LEVEL................552
            FLUID LEAKAGE................552
          Draining................552
          Refilling................553
          Air Bleeding Procedure................554
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................555
        CLUTCH PEDAL................555
          Exploded View................555
          Removal and Installation................555
            REMOVAL................555
            INSTALLATION................555
          Inspection and Adjustment................556
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................556
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................556
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................556
        CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER................557
          Exploded View................557
          Removal and Installation................557
            REMOVAL................557
            INSTALLATION................558
          Inspection and Adjustment................558
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................558
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................558
        CLUTCH PIPING................559
          Exploded View................559
          Hydraulic Layout................559
          Removal and Installation................559
            REMOVAL ................559
            INSTALLATION................560
          Inspection and Adjustment................560
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................560
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................560
      UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................561
        CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)................561
          Exploded View................561
          Removal and Installation................561
            REMOVAL................561
            INSTALLATION................561
          Inspection and Adjustment................561
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................561
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................561
        CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER................562
          Exploded View................562
          Removal and Installation................562
            REMOVAL................562
            INSTALLATION................562
          Inspection................563
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................563
              CLUTCH DISC................563
              CLUTCH COVER................563
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................563
              CLUTCH COVER................563
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................565
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................565
          Clutch Control System................565
          Clutch Pedal................565
          Clutch Disc................565
          Clutch Cover................565
  CO................566
    Table of Contents................566
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................567
        DESCRIPTION................567
          Engine Cooling System................567
          Engine Cooling System Schematic................568
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................569
        OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS................569
          Troubleshooting Chart................569
      PRECAUTION................571
        PRECAUTIONS................571
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................571
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................571
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................571
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................571
      PREPARATION................573
        PREPARATION................573
          Commercial Service Tools................573
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................574
        ENGINE COOLANT................574
          Inspection................574
            LEVEL ................574
            LEAKAGE................574
          Draining................574
          Refilling................575
          Flushing................576
        RADIATOR................577
          RADIATOR CAP................577
            RADIATOR CAP : Inspection................577
          RADIATOR................577
            RADIATOR : Inspection................577
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................579
        RADIATOR................579
          Exploded View................579
          Removal and Installation................579
            REMOVAL................579
            INSTALLATION................580
          Inspection................580
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................580
        COOLING FAN................581
          Exploded View................581
          Removal and Installation................581
            REMOVAL................581
            INSTALLATION................581
          Disassembly and Assembly................582
            DISASSEMBLY................582
            ASSEMBLY................582
          Inspection................582
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................582
              Cooling Fan................582
        WATER PUMP................583
          Exploded View................583
          Removal and Installation................583
            REMOVAL................583
            INSTALLATION................583
          Inspection................583
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................583
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................584
        THERMOSTAT................585
          Exploded View................585
          Removal and Installation................585
            REMOVAL................585
            INSTALLATION................585
              Thermostat ................585
          Inspection................586
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................586
              Thermostat................586
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................586
        WATER OUTLET................587
          Exploded View................587
          Removal and Installation................587
            REMOVAL................587
            INSTALLATION................588
          Inspection................588
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................588
              Water Control Valve................588
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................588
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................589
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................589
          Periodical Maintenance Specification................589
            ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................589
          Radiator................589
          Thermostat................589
          Water Control Valve................589
  DEF................590
    Table of Contents................590
      BASIC INSPECTION................593
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................593
          Work Flow................593
            DETAILED FLOW................593
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................594
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM................594
          System Diagram................594
          System Description................594
            OPERATION DESCRIPTION................594
            TIMER FUNCTION................594
          Component Parts Location................595
          Component Description................595
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................596
          COMMON ITEM................596
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................596
              APPLICATION ITEM................596
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................596
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................596
          REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................597
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................597
              DATA MONITOR................597
              ACTIVE TEST................597
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................599
          COMMON ITEM................599
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................599
              APPLICATION ITEM................599
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................599
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................599
          REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................600
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................600
              DATA MONITOR................600
              ACTIVE TEST................600
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................602
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................602
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Description................602
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................602
                Description................602
                Operation Procedure................602
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................602
                Concept of auto active test................603
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................603
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................604
              APPLICATION ITEM................604
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................604
              DATA MONITOR................604
              ACTIVE TEST................605
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................606
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Description................606
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................606
                Description................606
                Operation Procedure................606
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................606
                Concept of auto active test................607
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................607
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................608
              APPLICATION ITEM................608
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................608
              DATA MONITOR................608
              ACTIVE TEST................609
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................610
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................610
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................610
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................610
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................610
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................610
          IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................611
            IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................611
          IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................612
            IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................612
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH................614
          WITH AUTO A/C................614
            WITH AUTO A/C : Description................614
            WITH AUTO A/C : Component Function Check................614
            WITH AUTO A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................614
            WITH AUTO A/C : Component Inspection................615
          WITHOUT AUTO A/C................615
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Description................615
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Component Function Check................615
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................615
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Component Inspection................616
          WITHOUT A/C................617
            WITHOUT A/C : Description................617
            WITHOUT A/C : Component Function Check................617
            WITHOUT A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................617
            WITHOUT A/C : Component Inspection................618
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY................619
          Description................619
          Component Function Check................619
          Diagnosis Procedure................619
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................620
          Description................620
          Component Function Check................620
          Diagnosis Procedure................620
          Component Inspection................621
        DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER................623
          Description................623
          Component Function Check................623
          Diagnosis Procedure................623
        DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER................624
          Description................624
          Component Function Check................624
          Diagnosis Procedure................624
        PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER................625
          Description................625
          Component Function Check................625
          Diagnosis Procedure................625
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER ON SIGNAL................626
          WITH AUTO A/C................626
            WITH AUTO A/C : Description................626
            WITH AUTO A/C : Component Function Check................626
            WITH AUTO A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................626
          WITHOUT AUTO A/C................626
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Description................626
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Component Function Check................626
            WITHOUT AUTO A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................626
          WITHOUT A/C................627
            WITHOUT A/C : Description................627
            WITHOUT A/C : Component Function Check................627
            WITHOUT A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................627
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM................628
          Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM -................628
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................633
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................633
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................633
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................633
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................633
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................638
              PHYSICAL VALUES................638
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................654
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................658
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................658
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................660
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................660
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................660
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................662
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................664
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................664
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................664
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................668
              PHYSICAL VALUES................668
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................680
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................683
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................683
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................684
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................684
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................684
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................686
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................686
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................686
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................686
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................688
              PHYSICAL VALUES................688
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................693
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................697
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................697
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................697
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................698
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................698
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................698
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................699
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................699
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................699
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................699
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................699
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................701
              PHYSICAL VALUES................701
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................706
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................709
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................709
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................709
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................710
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................710
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................710
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................711
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................712
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE................712
          Diagnosis Procedure................712
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE.................713
          Diagnosis Procedure................713
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGERS OPERATE.................714
          Diagnosis Procedure................714
        DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE................715
          BOTH SIDES................715
            BOTH SIDES : Description................715
            BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure................715
          DRIVER SIDE................715
            DRIVER SIDE : Description................715
            DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................715
          PASSENGER SIDE................715
            PASSENGER SIDE : Description................715
            PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................715
        ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT IS OPERATED................717
          Diagnosis Procedure................717
      PRECAUTION................718
        PRECAUTIONS................718
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................718
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................718
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................718
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................718
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................720
        FILAMENT................720
          Inspection and Repair................720
            INSPECTION................720
            REPAIR................720
              REPAIR EQUIPMENT................720
              REPAIRING PROCEDURE................721
        CONDENSER................722
          Exploded View................722
          Removal and Installation................722
            REMOVAL................722
            INSTALLATION................722
  DLK................723
    Table of Contents................723
      WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................731
        BASIC INSPECTION................731
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................731
            Work Flow................731
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................731
              DETAILED FLOW................731
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................734
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................734
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................734
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................734
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................735
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................735
            System Diagram................735
            System Description................735
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................735
                Door Lock and Unlock Switch................735
                Door Key Cylinder Switch................735
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)................735
                Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1................735
                P Range Interlock Door Lock*2................735
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................735
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)................736
                IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1................736
                P Range Interlock Door Unlock*2................736
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................736
            Component Parts Location................737
            Component Description................737
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................738
            INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................738
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Diagram................738
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description................738
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................740
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description................741
            DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................742
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram................742
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description................742
                OPERATION DESCRIPTION................742
                OPERATION CONDITION................742
                OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA................743
                SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION................743
                  Lock Operation................743
                  Unlock Operation................743
                HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION................743
                  Operating Function of Hazard and Buzzer Reminder................743
                  How to Change Hazard and Buzzer Reminder Mode................743
                AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................744
                LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS................744
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................745
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Description................746
            REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION................747
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Diagram................747
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description................747
                OPERATION................747
                OPERATION AREA................747
                DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION................747
                OPERATION CONDITION................747
                SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION................747
                HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION................748
                  Operating Function of Hazard and Horn Reminder................748
                AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................748
                LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS................748
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................750
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Description................751
            KEY REMINDER FUNCTION................751
              KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System Diagram................752
              KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System Description................752
              KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................753
            WARNING FUNCTION................754
              WARNING FUNCTION : System Description................754
                OPERATION DESCRIPTION................754
                OPERATION CONDITION................754
                WARNING METHOD................755
                LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS................756
              WARNING FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................757
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................759
            COMMON ITEM................759
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................759
                APPLICATION ITEM................759
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................759
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................759
            DOOR LOCK................760
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................760
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................760
                WORK SUPPORT................760
                DATA MONITOR................761
                ACTIVE TEST................761
            INTELLIGENT KEY................761
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................762
                WORK SUPPORT................762
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................762
                DATA MONITOR................763
                ACTIVE TEST................764
            TRUNK................764
              TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................764
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................764
                DATA MONITOR................765
                ACTIVE TEST................765
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................766
          B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA................766
            Description................766
            DTC Logic................766
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................766
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................766
            Diagnosis Procedure................766
          B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA................768
            Description................768
            DTC Logic................768
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................768
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................768
            Diagnosis Procedure................768
          B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA................770
            Description................770
            DTC Logic................770
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................770
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................770
            Diagnosis Procedure................770
          B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA................772
            Description................772
            DTC Logic................772
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................772
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................772
            Diagnosis Procedure................772
          B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA................774
            Description................774
            DTC Logic................774
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................774
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................774
            Diagnosis Procedure................774
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................776
            BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................776
              BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure................776
          DOOR SWITCH................777
            Description................777
            Component Function Check................777
            Diagnosis Procedure................777
            Component Inspection................780
          DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................781
            DRIVER SIDE................781
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................781
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................781
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................781
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection................782
            PASSENGER SIDE................783
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................783
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................783
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................783
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection................785
          DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................786
            DRIVER SIDE................786
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................786
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................786
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................786
            PASSENGER SIDE................786
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................787
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................787
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................787
            REAR LH................787
              REAR LH : Description................787
              REAR LH : Component Function Check................788
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................788
            REAR RH................788
              REAR RH : Description................788
              REAR RH : Component Function Check................788
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................789
            BACK DOOR................789
              BACK DOOR : Description................789
              BACK DOOR : Component Function Check................789
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................790
          BACK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RELAY................792
            Description................792
            Component Function Check................792
            Diagnosis Procedure................792
            Component Inspection................793
          DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH................795
            Description................795
            Component Function Check................795
            Diagnosis Procedure................795
            Component Inspection................796
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................797
            Description................797
            Component Function Check................797
            Diagnosis Procedure................797
          BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................800
            Description................800
            Component Function Check................800
            Diagnosis Procedure................800
            Component Inspection................801
          DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................802
            Description................802
            Component Function Check................802
            Diagnosis Procedure................802
            Component Inspection................803
          UNLOCK SENSOR................804
            Description................804
            Component Function Check................804
            Diagnosis Procedure................804
            Component Inspection................805
          INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................806
            Description................806
            Component Function Check................806
            Diagnosis Procedure................806
            Component Inspection................807
          INTELLIGENT KEY................808
            Description................808
            Component Function Check................808
            Diagnosis Procedure................808
          BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)................809
            Description................809
            Component Function Check................809
            Diagnosis Procedure................809
          KEY WARNING LAMP................810
            Description................810
            Component Function Check................810
            Diagnosis Procedure................810
          HAZARD FUNCTION................811
            Description................811
            Component Function Check................811
            Diagnosis Procedure................811
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................812
            Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -................812
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................819
            Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM -................819
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................831
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................831
            Reference Value................831
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................831
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................836
              PHYSICAL VALUES................836
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................852
            Fail-safe................856
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................856
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................858
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................858
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................858
            DTC Index................860
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................863
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................863
            ALL DOOR................863
              ALL DOOR : Description................863
              ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................863
            DRIVER SIDE................863
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................863
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................863
            PASSENGER SIDE................864
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................864
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................864
            REAR LH................864
              REAR LH : Description................864
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................864
            REAR RH................864
              REAR RH : Description................864
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................864
            BACK DOOR................865
              BACK DOOR : Description................865
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................865
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATION................866
            Diagnosis Procedure................866
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................867
            ALL DOOR................867
              ALL DOOR : Description................867
              ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................867
            DRIVER SIDE................867
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................867
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................867
            PASSENGER SIDE................868
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................868
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................868
            BACK DOOR................868
              BACK DOOR : Description................868
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................868
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................870
            Diagnosis Procedure................870
          SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................871
            Diagnosis Procedure................871
          VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................872
            Diagnosis Procedure................872
          IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................873
            Diagnosis Procedure................873
          P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................874
            Diagnosis Procedure................874
          AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................875
            Diagnosis Procedure................875
          HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE................876
            Diagnosis Procedure................876
          HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE................877
            Diagnosis Procedure................877
          KEY REMINDER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................879
            Diagnosis Procedure................879
          OFF POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................880
            Diagnosis Procedure................880
          P POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................881
            Diagnosis Procedure................881
          ACC WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................883
            Diagnosis Procedure................883
          TAKE AWAY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................884
            Diagnosis Procedure................884
          INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................885
            Diagnosis Procedure................885
          DOOR LOCK OPERATION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................886
            Diagnosis Procedure................886
          KEY ID WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................887
            Diagnosis Procedure................887
          KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................888
            Diagnosis Procedure................888
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................889
            Work Flow................889
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................889
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................889
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................890
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................890
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................890
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................891
            Inspection Procedure................891
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................891
              CENTER CONSOLE................891
              DOORS................891
              TRUNK................891
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................892
              SEATS................892
              UNDERHOOD................892
            Diagnostic Worksheet................893
        PRECAUTION................895
          PRECAUTIONS................895
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................895
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................895
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................895
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................895
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................896
            Work................896
        PREPARATION................897
          PREPARATION................897
            Special Service Tools................897
            Commercial Service Tools................897
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................898
          HOOD................898
            HOOD ASSEMBLY................898
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................898
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................898
                REMOVAL................898
                INSTALLATION................898
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................899
            HOOD HINGE................900
              HOOD HINGE : Exploded View................900
              HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation................900
                REMOVAL................900
                INSTALLATION................901
            HOOD SUPPORT ROD................901
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Exploded View................901
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Removal and Installation................901
                REMOVAL................901
                INSTALLATION................902
          RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT................903
            Exploded View................903
            Removal and Installation................903
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER................903
              INSTALLATION................903
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT LOWER................904
              INSTALLATION................904
          FRONT FENDER................905
            Exploded View................905
            Removal and Installation................905
              REMOVAL................905
              INSTALLATION................905
          FRONT DOOR................907
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................907
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................907
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................907
                REMOVAL................907
                INSTALLATION................907
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................908
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................909
            DOOR STRIKER................909
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................909
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................909
                REMOVAL................909
                INSTALLATION................910
            DOOR HINGE................910
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................910
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................910
                REMOVAL................910
                INSTALLATION................910
            DOOR CHECK LINK................911
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................911
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................911
                REMOVAL................911
                INSTALLATION................911
          REAR DOOR................912
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................912
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................912
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................912
                REMOVAL................912
                INSTALLATION................912
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................913
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................914
            DOOR STRIKER................914
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................914
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................914
                REMOVAL................914
                INSTALLATION................915
            DOOR HINGE................915
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................915
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................915
                REMOVAL................915
                INSTALLATION................915
            DOOR CHECK LINK................916
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................916
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................916
                REMOVAL................916
                INSTALLATION................916
          BACK DOOR................917
            BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY................917
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................917
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................917
                REMOVAL................917
                INSTALLATION................918
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................919
                BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................920
            BACK DOOR STRIKER................920
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................921
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................921
                REMOVAL................921
                INSTALLATION................921
            BACK DOOR HINGE................921
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................922
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................922
                REMOVAL................922
                INSTALLATION................922
            DOOR CHECK LINK................922
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................923
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................923
                REMOVAL................923
                INSTALLATION................923
            DOVETAIL................923
              DOVETAIL : Exploded View................924
              DOVETAIL : Removal and Installation................924
                REMOVAL................924
                INSTALLATION................924
            BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP................924
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded View................925
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation................925
                REMOVAL................925
                INSTALLATION................925
          HOOD LOCK................926
            Exploded View................926
            Removal and Installation................926
              REMOVAL................926
              INSTALLATION................926
            Inspection................927
          FRONT DOOR LOCK................928
            DOOR LOCK................928
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................928
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................928
                REMOVAL................928
                INSTALLATION................929
            INSIDE HANDLE................929
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................929
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................929
                REMOVAL................929
                INSTALLATION................929
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................929
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................930
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................930
                REMOVAL................930
                INSTALLATION................931
          REAR DOOR LOCK................932
            DOOR LOCK................932
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................932
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................932
                REMOVAL................932
                INSTALLATION................932
            INSIDE HANDLE................933
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................933
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................933
                REMOVAL................933
                INSTALLATION................933
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................933
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................934
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................934
                REMOVAL................934
                INSTALLATION................935
          BACK DOOR LOCK................936
            DOOR LOCK................936
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................936
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................936
                REMOVAL................936
                INSTALLATION................936
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................936
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................937
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................937
                REMOVAL................937
                INSTALLATION................938
            EMERGENCY LEVER................938
              EMERGENCY LEVER : Unlock procedures................938
                UNLOCK PROCEDURES................938
          FUEL FILLER LID OPENER................939
            Exploded View................939
            Removal and Installation................939
              REMOVAL ................939
                FUEL FILLER LID................939
                FUEL FILLER LID OPENER CABLE................939
              INSTALLATION ................940
          DOOR SWITCH................941
            Exploded View................941
            Removal and Installation................941
              REMOVAL................941
              INSTALLATION................941
          INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................942
            INSTRUMENT CENTER................942
              INSTRUMENT CENTER : Exploded View................942
              INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installation................942
                REMOVAL................942
                INSTALLATION................942
            LUGGAGE ROOM................942
              LUGGAGE ROOM : Exploded View................942
              LUGGAGE ROOM : Removal and Installation................943
                REMOVAL................943
                INSTALLATION................943
          INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................944
            Exploded View................944
            Removal and Installation................944
              REMOVAL................944
              INSTALLATION................944
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................945
            Exploded View................945
            Removal and Installation................945
              REMOVAL................945
              INSTALLATION................945
          INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY................946
            Removal and Installation................946
      WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................947
        BASIC INSPECTION................947
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................947
            Work Flow................947
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................947
              DETAILED FLOW................947
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................950
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................950
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................950
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................950
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................951
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................951
            System Diagram................951
            System Description................951
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................951
                Door Key Cylinder................951
                KEY REMINDER FUNCTION................951
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)................951
                Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1................951
                P Range Interlock Door Lock*2................951
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................951
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)................952
                IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1................952
                P Range Interlock Door Unlock*2................952
                Key out Interlock Door Unlock................952
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................952
            Component Parts Location................953
            Component Description................953
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM................954
            System Diagram................954
            System Description................954
              DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK OPERATION................954
              OPERATION CONDITION................954
              OPERATION AREA................954
              SELECTIVE UNLOCK OPERATION................954
              HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER................954
                How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder Modes................954
              AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................955
              INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL FUNCTION................955
              REGISTER, CHECK, AND ERASURE OF REMOTE CONTROLLER ID................955
                Remote controller ID registration with key................955
            Component Parts Location................956
            Component Description................957
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................958
            COMMON ITEM................958
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................958
                APPLICATION ITEM................958
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................958
            DOOR LOCK................958
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................959
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................959
                WORK SUPPORT................959
                DATA MONITOR................959
                ACTIVE TEST................960
            MULTI REMOTE ENT................960
              MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT)................960
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................960
                DATA MONITOR................960
                ACTIVE TEST................960
                WORK SUPPORT................961
            TRUNK................961
              TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................961
                BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION................961
                DATA MONITOR................961
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................963
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................963
            BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................963
              BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure................963
          DOOR SWITCH................964
            Description................964
            Component Function Check................964
            Diagnosis Procedure................964
            Component Inspection................966
          DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................967
            DRIVER SIDE................967
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................967
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................967
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................967
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection................968
            PASSENGER SIDE................969
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................969
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................969
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................969
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection................971
          DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................972
            DRIVER SIDE................972
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................972
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................972
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................972
            PASSENGER SIDE................972
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................973
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................973
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................973
            REAR LH................973
              REAR LH : Description................973
              REAR LH : Component Function Check................974
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................974
            REAR RH................974
              REAR RH : Description................974
              REAR RH : Component Function Check................974
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................975
            BACK DOOR................975
              BACK DOOR : Description................975
              BACK DOOR : Component Function Check................975
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................976
          DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH................977
            Description................977
            Component Function Check................977
            Diagnosis Procedure................977
            Component Inspection................978
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................979
            Description................979
            Component Function Check................979
            Diagnosis Procedure................979
          KEY SWITCH................982
            Description................982
            Component Function Check................982
            Diagnosis Procedure................982
            Component Inspection................983
              COMPONENT INSPECTION................983
          BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)................984
            Description................984
            Component Function Check................984
            Diagnosis Procedure................984
          HAZARD FUNCTION................985
            Description................985
            Component Function Check................985
            Diagnosis Procedure................985
          KEYFOB BATTERY................986
            Description................986
            Component Function Check................986
            Diagnosis Procedure................986
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................987
            Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -................987
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM................994
            Wiring Diagram - REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM -................994
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................1002
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................1002
            Reference Value................1002
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................1002
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................1005
              PHYSICAL VALUES................1005
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................1017
            Fail-safe................1020
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................1020
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................1021
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................1021
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................1021
            DTC Index................1022
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................1024
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................1024
            ALL DOOR................1024
              ALL DOOR : Description................1024
              ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................1024
            DRIVER SIDE................1024
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................1024
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................1024
            PASSENGER SIDE................1025
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................1025
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................1025
            REAR LH................1025
              REAR LH : Description................1025
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................1025
            REAR RH................1025
              REAR RH : Description................1025
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................1025
            BACK DOOR................1026
              BACK DOOR : Description................1026
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................1026
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATION................1027
            Diagnosis Procedure................1027
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH KEYFOB................1028
            Diagnosis Procedure................1028
          AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................1029
            Diagnosis Procedure................1029
          SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................1030
            Diagnosis Procedure................1030
          VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................1031
            Diagnosis Procedure................1031
          IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................1032
            Diagnosis Procedure................1032
          P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................1033
            Diagnosis Procedure................1033
          KEY OUT INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................1034
            Diagnosis Procedure................1034
          HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE................1035
            Diagnosis Procedure................1035
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................1036
            Work Flow................1036
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................1036
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................1036
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................1037
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................1037
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................1037
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................1038
            Inspection Procedure................1038
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................1038
              CENTER CONSOLE................1038
              DOORS................1038
              TRUNK................1038
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................1039
              SEATS................1039
              UNDERHOOD................1039
            Diagnostic Worksheet................1040
        PRECAUTION................1042
          PRECAUTIONS................1042
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................1042
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................1042
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................1042
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................1042
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................1043
            Work................1043
        PREPARATION................1044
          PREPARATION................1044
            Special Service Tools................1044
            Commercial Service Tools................1044
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1045
          HOOD................1045
            HOOD ASSEMBLY................1045
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................1045
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................1045
                REMOVAL................1045
                INSTALLATION................1045
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................1046
            HOOD HINGE................1047
              HOOD HINGE : Exploded View................1047
              HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation................1047
                REMOVAL................1047
                INSTALLATION................1048
            HOOD SUPPORT ROD................1048
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Exploded View................1048
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Removal and Installation................1048
                REMOVAL................1048
                INSTALLATION................1049
          RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT................1050
            Exploded View................1050
            Removal and Installation................1050
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER................1050
              INSTALLATION................1050
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT LOWER................1051
              INSTALLATION................1051
          FRONT FENDER................1052
            Exploded View................1052
            Removal and Installation................1052
              REMOVAL................1052
              INSTALLATION................1052
          FRONT DOOR................1054
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................1054
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................1054
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................1054
                REMOVAL................1054
                INSTALLATION................1054
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................1055
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................1056
            DOOR STRIKER................1056
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................1056
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................1056
                REMOVAL................1056
                INSTALLATION................1057
            DOOR HINGE................1057
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................1057
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................1057
                REMOVAL................1057
                INSTALLATION................1057
            DOOR CHECK LINK................1058
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................1058
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................1058
                REMOVAL................1058
                INSTALLATION................1058
          REAR DOOR................1059
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................1059
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................1059
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................1059
                REMOVAL................1059
                INSTALLATION................1059
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................1060
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................1061
            DOOR STRIKER................1061
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................1061
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................1061
                REMOVAL................1061
                INSTALLATION................1062
            DOOR HINGE................1062
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................1062
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................1062
                REMOVAL................1062
                INSTALLATION................1062
            DOOR CHECK LINK................1063
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................1063
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................1063
                REMOVAL................1063
                INSTALLATION................1063
          BACK DOOR................1064
            BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY................1064
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................1064
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................1064
                REMOVAL................1064
                INSTALLATION................1065
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................1066
                BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................1067
            BACK DOOR STRIKER................1067
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................1068
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................1068
                REMOVAL................1068
                INSTALLATION................1068
            BACK DOOR HINGE................1068
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................1069
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................1069
                REMOVAL................1069
                INSTALLATION................1069
            DOOR CHECK LINK................1069
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................1070
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................1070
                REMOVAL................1070
                INSTALLATION................1070
            DOVETAIL................1070
              DOVETAIL : Exploded View................1071
              DOVETAIL : Removal and Installation................1071
                REMOVAL................1071
                INSTALLATION................1071
            BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP................1071
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded View................1072
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation................1072
                REMOVAL................1072
                INSTALLATION................1072
          HOOD LOCK................1073
            Exploded View................1073
            Removal and Installation................1073
              REMOVAL................1073
              INSTALLATION................1073
            Inspection................1074
          FRONT DOOR LOCK................1075
            DOOR LOCK................1075
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................1075
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................1075
                REMOVAL................1075
                INSTALLATION................1076
            INSIDE HANDLE................1076
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................1076
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................1076
                REMOVAL................1076
                INSTALLATION................1076
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................1076
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................1077
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................1077
                REMOVAL................1077
                INSTALLATION................1078
          REAR DOOR LOCK................1079
            DOOR LOCK................1079
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................1079
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................1079
                REMOVAL................1079
                INSTALLATION................1079
            INSIDE HANDLE................1080
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................1080
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................1080
                REMOVAL................1080
                INSTALLATION................1080
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................1080
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................1081
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................1081
                REMOVAL................1081
                INSTALLATION................1082
          BACK DOOR LOCK................1083
            DOOR LOCK................1083
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................1083
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................1083
                REMOVAL................1083
                INSTALLATION................1083
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................1083
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................1084
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................1084
                REMOVAL................1084
                INSTALLATION................1085
            EMERGENCY LEVER................1085
              EMERGENCY LEVER : Unlock procedures................1085
                UNLOCK PROCEDURES................1085
          FUEL FILLER LID OPENER................1086
            Exploded View................1086
            Removal and Installation................1086
              REMOVAL ................1086
                FUEL FILLER LID................1086
                FUEL FILLER LID OPENER CABLE................1086
              INSTALLATION ................1087
          DOOR SWITCH................1088
            Exploded View................1088
            Removal and Installation................1088
              REMOVAL................1088
              INSTALLATION................1088
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................1089
            Exploded View................1089
            Removal and Installation................1089
              REMOVAL................1089
              INSTALLATION................1089
          KEYFOB BATTERY................1090
            Exploded View................1090
            Removal and Installation................1090
              REMOVAL................1090
              INSTALLATION................1090
  EC................1091
    Table of Contents................1091
      MR18DE................1098
        BASIC INSPECTION................1098
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................1098
            Work Flow................1098
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................1098
              DETAILED FLOW................1098
            Diagnostic Work Sheet................1101
              DESCRIPTION................1101
              WORKSHEET SAMPLE................1101
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................1102
            BASIC INSPECTION................1102
              BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement................1102
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................1105
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................1105
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................1105
            IDLE SPEED................1105
              IDLE SPEED : Description................1105
              IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement................1106
            IGNITION TIMING................1106
              IGNITION TIMING : Description................1106
              IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement................1106
            VIN REGISTRATION................1106
              VIN REGISTRATION : Description................1106
              VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement................1106
            ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING................1107
              ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description................1107
              ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement................1107
            THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING................1107
              THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description................1107
              THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement................1107
            IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING................1107
              IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description................1107
              IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement................1107
            MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR................1109
              MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description................1109
              MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement................1109
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1111
          ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM................1111
            System Diagram................1111
            System Description................1112
            Component Parts Location................1112
            Component Description................1117
          MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM................1118
            System Diagram................1118
            System Description................1118
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1118
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1119
              VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION................1119
              MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)................1119
              MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL................1119
              FUEL INJECTION TIMING................1120
              FUEL SHUT-OFF................1120
            Component Parts Location................1121
            Component Description................1126
          ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM................1127
            System Diagram................1127
            System Description................1127
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1127
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1127
            Component Parts Location................1128
            Component Description................1133
          AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL................1134
            System Diagram................1134
            System Description................1134
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1134
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1134
            Component Parts Location................1135
            Component Description................1140
          AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)................1141
            System Diagram................1141
            System Description................1141
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1141
              BASIC ASCD SYSTEM................1141
              SET OPERATION................1141
              ACCELERATE OPERATION................1141
              CANCEL OPERATION................1142
              COAST OPERATION................1142
              RESUME OPERATION................1142
            Component Parts Location................1143
            Component Description................1148
          CAN COMMUNICATION................1149
            System Description................1149
          COOLING FAN CONTROL................1150
            System Diagram................1150
            System Description................1150
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1150
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1150
                Cooling Fan Operation................1151
                Cooling Fan Relay Operation................1151
            Component Parts Location................1152
            Component Description................1157
          EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM................1158
            System Diagram................1158
            System Description................1158
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1158
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1159
              EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING................1159
            Component Parts Location................1162
            Component Description................1167
          INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL................1168
            System Diagram................1168
            System Description................1168
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................1168
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1168
            Component Parts Location................1169
            Component Description................1174
          ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM................1175
            Diagnosis Description................1175
              INTRODUCTION................1175
              TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC................1175
              DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA................1175
                DTC and 1st Trip DTC................1175
                Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data................1176
                How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC................1176
                How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC................1177
              SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE................1177
                SRT Item................1178
                SRT Set Timing................1178
                SRT Service Procedure................1179
                How to Display SRT Status................1180
              MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)................1181
                Description................1181
                On Board Diagnostic System Function................1181
                Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check................1182
                Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning................1182
                Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results................1182
                How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode................1183
              OBD System Operation Chart................1184
                Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC and Detectable Items................1184
                Summary Chart................1184
                Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”,  “Fuel Injection System”................1184
                Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................1185
                Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................1186
                Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................1187
            CONSULT-III Function................1188
              FUNCTION................1188
              ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION................1188
              WORK SUPPORT MODE................1190
                Work Item................1190
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE................1191
                Self Diagnostic Item................1191
                Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data................1191
              DATA MONITOR MODE................1192
                Monitored Item................1192
              ACTIVE TEST MODE................1195
                Test Item................1195
              DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE................1196
                SRT STATUS Mode................1196
                SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode................1196
                DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode................1196
            Diagnosis Tool Function................1196
              DESCRIPTION................1196
              FUNCTION................1197
              INSPECTION PROCEDURE................1197
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................1199
          TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE................1199
            Description................1199
            Component Function Check................1199
            Diagnosis Procedure................1200
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................1200
              DETAILED PROCEDURE................1201
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................1207
            Diagnosis Procedure................1207
          U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................1210
            Description................1210
            DTC Logic................1210
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1210
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1210
            Diagnosis Procedure................1210
          U0140 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................1211
            Description................1211
            DTC Logic................1211
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1211
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1211
            Diagnosis Procedure................1211
          U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................1212
            Description................1212
            DTC Logic................1212
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1212
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1212
            Diagnosis Procedure................1212
          P0011 IVT CONTROL................1213
            DTC Logic................1213
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1213
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1213
            Diagnosis Procedure................1214
            Component Inspection................1215
          P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER................1217
            Description................1217
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1217
            DTC Logic................1217
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1217
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1217
            Diagnosis Procedure................1217
            Component Inspection................1219
          P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER................1220
            Description................1220
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1220
              OPERATION................1220
            DTC Logic................1220
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1220
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1220
            Diagnosis Procedure................1221
            Component Inspection................1222
          P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................1223
            Description................1223
            DTC Logic................1223
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1223
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1223
            Diagnosis Procedure................1223
            Component Inspection................1224
          P0101 MAF SENSOR................1226
            Description................1226
            DTC Logic................1226
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1226
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1226
            Component Function Check................1227
            Diagnosis Procedure................1228
            Component Inspection................1229
          P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR................1233
            Description................1233
            DTC Logic................1233
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1233
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1233
            Diagnosis Procedure................1234
            Component Inspection................1235
          P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR................1238
            Description................1238
            DTC Logic................1238
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1238
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1238
            Diagnosis Procedure................1238
            Component Inspection................1239
          P0116 ECT SENSOR................1240
            Description................1240
            DTC Logic................1240
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1240
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1240
            Diagnosis Procedure................1241
            Component Inspection................1241
          P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR................1242
            Description................1242
            DTC Logic................1242
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1242
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1242
            Diagnosis Procedure................1242
            Component Inspection................1243
          P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR................1245
            Description................1245
            DTC Logic................1245
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1245
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1245
            Diagnosis Procedure................1245
            Component Inspection................1247
            Special Repair Requirement................1247
          P0125 ECT SENSOR................1248
            Description................1248
            DTC Logic................1248
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1248
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1248
            Diagnosis Procedure................1249
            Component Inspection................1249
          P0127 IAT SENSOR................1251
            Description................1251
            DTC Logic................1251
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1251
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1251
            Diagnosis Procedure................1252
            Component Inspection................1252
          P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION................1253
            DTC Logic................1253
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1253
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1253
            Diagnosis Procedure................1253
            Component Inspection................1254
          P0130 A/F SENSOR 1................1255
            Description................1255
            DTC Logic................1255
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1255
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1255
            Component Function Check................1256
            Diagnosis Procedure................1257
          P0131 A/F SENSOR 1................1259
            Description................1259
            DTC Logic................1259
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1259
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1259
            Diagnosis Procedure................1260
          P0132 A/F SENSOR 1................1262
            Description................1262
            DTC Logic................1262
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1262
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1262
            Diagnosis Procedure................1263
          P0133 A/F SENSOR 1................1265
            Description................1265
            DTC Logic................1265
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1265
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1265
            Diagnosis Procedure................1267
          P0137 HO2S2................1270
            Description................1270
            DTC Logic................1270
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1270
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1270
            Component Function Check................1271
            Diagnosis Procedure................1272
            Component Inspection................1273
          P0138 HO2S2................1276
            Description................1276
            DTC Logic................1276
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1276
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1277
            Component Function Check................1277
            Diagnosis Procedure................1278
            Component Inspection................1281
          P0139 HO2S2................1284
            Description................1284
            DTC Logic................1284
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1284
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1284
            Component Function Check................1285
            Diagnosis Procedure................1286
            Component Inspection................1287
          P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION................1290
            DTC Logic................1290
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1290
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1290
            Diagnosis Procedure................1291
          P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION................1294
            DTC Logic................1294
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1294
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1294
            Diagnosis Procedure................1295
          P0181 FTT SENSOR................1298
            Description................1298
            DTC Logic................1298
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1298
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1298
            Diagnosis Procedure................1299
            Component Inspection................1300
          P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR................1301
            Description................1301
            DTC Logic................1301
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1301
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1301
            Diagnosis Procedure................1301
            Component Inspection................1302
          P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR................1304
            Description................1304
            DTC Logic................1304
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1304
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1304
            Diagnosis Procedure................1304
            Component Inspection................1306
            Special Repair Requirement................1306
          P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE................1307
            DTC Logic................1307
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1307
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1307
            Diagnosis Procedure................1308
          P0327, P0328 KS................1313
            Description................1313
            DTC Logic................1313
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1313
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1313
            Diagnosis Procedure................1313
            Component Inspection................1314
          P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)................1315
            Description................1315
            DTC Logic................1315
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1315
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1315
            Diagnosis Procedure................1316
            Component Inspection................1318
          P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)................1319
            Description................1319
            DTC Logic................1319
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1319
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1319
            Diagnosis Procedure................1320
            Component Inspection................1321
          P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION................1323
            DTC Logic................1323
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1323
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1323
            Component Function Check................1324
            Diagnosis Procedure................1324
          P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM................1328
            DTC Logic................1328
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1328
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1328
            Component Function Check................1329
            Diagnosis Procedure................1330
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................1333
          P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM................1334
            DTC Logic................1334
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1334
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1335
            Diagnosis Procedure................1335
            Component Inspection (Fuel filler cap)................1339
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................1339
          P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................1341
            Description................1341
            DTC Logic................1341
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1341
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1341
            Diagnosis Procedure................1342
            Component Inspection................1344
          P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................1346
            Description................1346
            DTC Logic................1346
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1346
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1346
            Diagnosis Procedure................1346
            Component Inspection................1348
          P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................1349
            Description................1349
            DTC Logic................1349
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1349
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1349
            Diagnosis Procedure................1349
            Component Inspection................1351
          P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................1353
            Description................1353
            DTC Logic................1353
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1353
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1353
            Diagnosis Procedure................1354
            Component Inspection................1355
          P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR................1357
            Description................1357
            DTC Logic................1357
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1357
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1357
            Diagnosis Procedure................1357
            Component Inspection................1359
          P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR................1360
            Description................1360
            DTC Logic................1360
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1360
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1360
            Diagnosis Procedure................1361
            Component Inspection................1364
          P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR................1365
            Description................1365
            DTC Logic................1365
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1365
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1365
            Diagnosis Procedure................1366
            Component Inspection................1369
          P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM................1371
            DTC Logic................1371
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1371
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1371
            Diagnosis Procedure................1372
            Component Inspection (Fuel filler cap)................1375
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................1376
          P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM................1377
            DTC Logic................1377
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1377
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1378
            Component Function Check................1379
            Diagnosis Procedure................1379
            Component Inspection (Fuel filler cap)................1382
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................1383
          P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................1384
            Description................1384
            DTC Logic................1384
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1384
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1384
            Diagnosis Procedure................1384
          P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................1385
            Description................1385
            DTC Logic................1385
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1385
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1385
            Component Function Check................1385
            Diagnosis Procedure................1386
          P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................1387
            Description................1387
            DTC Logic................1387
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1387
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1387
            Diagnosis Procedure................1387
          P0500 VSS................1389
            Description................1389
            DTC Logic................1389
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1389
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1389
            Component Function Check................1390
            Diagnosis Procedure................1390
          P0506 ISC SYSTEM................1391
            Description................1391
            DTC Logic................1391
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1391
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1391
            Diagnosis Procedure................1391
          P0507 ISC SYSTEM................1393
            Description................1393
            DTC Logic................1393
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1393
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1393
            Diagnosis Procedure................1393
          P0605 ECM................1395
            Description................1395
            DTC Logic................1395
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1395
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1395
            Diagnosis Procedure................1396
          P0607 ECM................1397
            Description................1397
            DTC Logic................1397
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1397
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1397
            Diagnosis Procedure................1397
          P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY................1398
            DTC Logic................1398
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1398
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1398
            Diagnosis Procedure................1398
          P0850 PNP SWITCH................1400
            Description................1400
            DTC Logic................1400
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1400
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1400
            Component Function Check................1401
            Diagnosis Procedure................1401
          P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL................1403
            DTC Logic................1403
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1403
          P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE................1404
            Description................1404
            DTC Logic................1404
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1404
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1404
            Diagnosis Procedure................1404
          P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE................1405
            DTC Logic................1405
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1405
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1405
            Component Function Check................1405
            Diagnosis Procedure................1406
          P1225 TP SENSOR................1409
            Description................1409
            DTC Logic................1409
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1409
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1409
            Diagnosis Procedure................1409
            Special Repair Requirement................1410
          P1226 TP SENSOR................1411
            Description................1411
            DTC Logic................1411
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1411
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1411
            Diagnosis Procedure................1411
            Special Repair Requirement................1412
          P1421 COLD START CONTROL................1413
            Description................1413
            DTC Logic................1413
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1413
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1413
            Diagnosis Procedure................1413
          P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................1415
            Description................1415
            DTC Logic................1415
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1415
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1415
            Diagnosis Procedure................1416
            Component Inspection................1417
          P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................1419
            Description................1419
            DTC Logic................1419
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1419
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1419
            Diagnosis Procedure................1420
            Component Inspection................1421
          P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................1423
            Description................1423
            DTC Logic................1423
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1423
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1423
            Diagnosis Procedure................1424
            Component Inspection................1425
          P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................1427
            Description................1427
            DTC Logic................1427
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1427
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1427
            Component Function Check................1427
            Diagnosis Procedure................1428
            Component Inspection................1430
          P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH................1431
            Description................1431
            DTC Logic................1431
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1431
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1431
            Diagnosis Procedure................1431
            Component Inspection................1433
          P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH................1434
            Description................1434
            DTC Logic................1434
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1434
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1434
            Diagnosis Procedure................1435
            Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)................1438
            Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)................1439
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................1439
          P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................1441
            Description................1441
            DTC Logic................1441
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1441
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1441
            Diagnosis Procedure................1441
          P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR................1443
            Description................1443
            DTC Logic................1443
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1443
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1443
            Diagnosis Procedure................1443
          P1805 BRAKE SWITCH................1444
            Description................1444
            DTC Logic................1444
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1444
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1444
            Diagnosis Procedure................1444
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................1445
          P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY................1447
            Description................1447
            DTC Logic................1447
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1447
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1447
            Diagnosis Procedure................1447
          P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION................1450
            Description................1450
            DTC Logic................1450
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1450
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1450
            Diagnosis Procedure................1450
            Component Inspection................1453
            Special Repair Requirement................1453
          P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR................1454
            Description................1454
            DTC Logic................1454
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1454
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1454
            Diagnosis Procedure................1454
            Component Inspection................1455
            Special Repair Requirement................1455
          P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................1456
            Description................1456
            DTC Logic................1456
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1456
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1456
            Diagnosis Procedure................1456
            Special Repair Requirement................1457
          P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR................1458
            Description................1458
            DTC Logic................1458
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1458
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1458
            Diagnosis Procedure................1458
            Component Inspection................1460
            Special Repair Requirement................1460
          P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR................1461
            Description................1461
            DTC Logic................1461
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1461
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1461
            Diagnosis Procedure................1461
            Component Inspection................1463
            Special Repair Requirement................1464
          P2135 TP SENSOR................1465
            Description................1465
            DTC Logic................1465
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1465
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1465
            Diagnosis Procedure................1465
            Component Inspection................1467
            Special Repair Requirement................1467
          P2138 APP SENSOR................1468
            Description................1468
            DTC Logic................1468
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1468
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1468
            Diagnosis Procedure................1469
            Component Inspection................1471
            Special Repair Requirement................1471
          P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1................1472
            Description................1472
            DTC Logic................1472
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................1472
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................1472
            Diagnosis Procedure................1473
          ASCD BRAKE SWITCH................1476
            Description................1476
            Component Function Check................1476
            Diagnosis Procedure................1476
            Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)................1478
            Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)................1478
          ASCD INDICATOR................1480
            Description................1480
            Component Function Check................1480
            Diagnosis Procedure................1480
          COOLING FAN................1481
            Description................1481
              COOLING FAN MOTOR................1481
                Models without A/C................1481
                Models with A/C................1481
            Component Function Check................1481
            Diagnosis Procedure................1481
            Component Inspection................1482
              COOLING FAN MOTOR................1482
          ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL................1483
            Description................1483
            Component Function Check................1483
            Diagnosis Procedure................1483
          FUEL INJECTOR................1485
            Description................1485
            Component Function Check................1485
            Diagnosis Procedure................1485
            Component Inspection................1486
          FUEL PUMP................1488
            Description................1488
            Component Function Check................1488
            Diagnosis Procedure................1488
            Component Inspection................1490
          IGNITION SIGNAL................1491
            Description................1491
            Component Function Check................1491
            Diagnosis Procedure................1491
            Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)................1494
            Component Inspection (Condenser)................1495
          MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP................1496
            Description................1496
            Component Function Check................1496
            Diagnosis Procedure................1496
          ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)................1497
            Description................1497
            Component Function Check................1497
            Diagnosis Procedure................1497
            Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)................1500
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................1502
          POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION................1503
            Description................1503
            Component Inspection................1503
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................1504
            Description................1504
            Component Function Check................1504
            Diagnosis Procedure................1504
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................1506
          ECM................1506
            Reference Value................1506
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................1506
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................1509
              PHYSICAL VALUES................1509
            Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -................1517
            Fail Safe................1535
              NON DTC RELATED ITEM................1535
              DTC RELATED ITEM................1536
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................1537
            DTC Index................1538
            How to Set SRT Code................1541
              DRIVING PATTERN................1542
                Suggested Transmission Gear Position for Models................1543
                Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models................1543
            Test Value and Test Limit................1543
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................1550
          ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................1550
            Symptom Table................1550
              SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM................1550
              SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER................1551
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................1554
            Description................1554
              FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)................1554
        PRECAUTION................1555
          PRECAUTIONS................1555
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................1555
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................1555
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................1555
            On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT................1555
            General Precautions................1556
        PREPARATION................1559
          PREPARATION................1559
            Special Service Tools................1559
            Commercial Service Tools................1559
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................1561
          FUEL PRESSURE................1561
            Inspection................1561
              FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE................1561
                With CONSULT-III................1561
                Without CONSULT-III................1561
              FUEL PRESSURE CHECK................1561
          EVAP LEAK CHECK................1563
            Inspection................1563
              WITH CONSULT-III................1563
              WITHOUT CONSULT-III................1563
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1565
          EVAP CANISTER................1565
            Exploded View................1565
            Removal and Installation................1565
              REMOVAL................1565
              INSTALLATION................1565
              DISASSEMBLY................1565
              ASSEMBLY................1565
            Inspection................1566
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1567
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1567
            Idle Speed................1567
            Ignition Timing................1567
            Calculated Load Value................1567
            Mass Air Flow Sensor................1567
  EM................1568
    Table of Contents................1568
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................1570
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................1570
          NVH troubleshooting Chart................1570
      PRECAUTION................1572
        PRECAUTIONS................1572
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................1572
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................1572
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................1572
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................1572
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................1573
          Draining Engine Coolant................1573
          Disconnecting Fuel Piping................1573
          Removal and Disassembly................1573
          Inspection, Repair and Replacement................1573
          Assembly and Installation................1573
          Parts Requiring Angle Tightening................1574
          Liquid Gasket................1574
            REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING................1574
            LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE................1574
      PREPARATION................1576
        PREPARATION................1576
          Special Service Tools................1576
          Commercial Service Tools................1577
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................1580
        DRIVE BELT................1580
          Exploded View................1580
          Checking................1580
          Tension Adjustment................1580
          Removal and Installation................1580
            REMOVAL................1580
            INSTALLATION................1581
        AIR CLEANER FILTER................1582
          Removal and Installation................1582
            REMOVAL................1582
            INSTALLATION................1582
        SPARK PLUG................1583
          Exploded View................1583
          Removal and Installation................1583
            REMOVAL................1583
            INSTALLATION................1584
          Inspection................1584
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1584
        CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE................1585
          Inspection and Adjustment................1585
            INSPECTION................1585
            ADJUSTMENT................1586
        COMPRESSION PRESSURE................1588
          Inspection................1588
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1589
        ENGINE COVER................1589
          Exploded View................1589
          Removal and Installation................1589
            REMOVAL................1589
            INSTALLATION................1589
        DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY................1590
          Exploded View................1590
          Removal and Installation................1590
            Removal................1590
            Installation................1590
        AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT................1591
          Exploded View................1591
          Removal and Installation................1591
            REMOVAL................1591
            INSTALLATION................1592
          Inspection................1592
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1592
        INTAKE MANIFOLD................1593
          Exploded View................1593
          Removal and Installation................1593
            REMOVAL................1593
            INSTALLATION................1594
              Intake Manifold................1594
              Electric Throttle Control Actuator................1595
        EXHAUST MANIFOLD................1596
          Exploded View................1596
          Removal and Installation................1596
            REMOVAL................1596
            INSTALLATION................1597
          Inspection................1597
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1597
              Surface Distortion................1598
        OIL PAN (LOWER)................1599
          Exploded View................1599
          Removal and Installation................1599
            REMOVAL................1599
            INSTALLATION................1600
          Inspection................1601
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1601
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1601
        FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE................1602
          Exploded View................1602
          Removal and Installation................1602
            REMOVAL................1602
            INSTALLATION................1604
          Inspection................1605
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1605
              Check on Fuel Leakage................1605
        IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER................1607
          Exploded View................1607
          Removal and Installation................1607
            REMOVAL................1607
            INSTALLATION................1608
        TIMING CHAIN................1609
          Exploded View................1609
          Removal and Installation................1610
            REMOVAL................1610
            INSTALLATION................1613
          Inspection................1618
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1618
              Timing Chain................1618
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1618
              Inspection for Leakage................1618
        CAMSHAFT................1620
          Exploded View................1620
          Removal and Installation................1620
            REMOVAL................1620
            INSTALLATION................1622
          Inspection................1624
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1624
              Camshaft Runout................1624
              Camshaft Cam Height................1625
              Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance................1625
              Camshaft End Play................1626
              Camshaft Sprocket Runout................1626
              Valve Lifter ................1626
              Valve Lifter Clearance................1627
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1627
              Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove................1627
        OIL SEAL................1629
          VALVE OIL SEAL................1629
            VALVE OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation................1629
              REMOVAL................1629
              INSTALLATION................1629
          FRONT OIL SEAL................1629
            FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation................1630
              REMOVAL................1630
              INSTALLATION................1630
          REAR OIL SEAL................1630
            REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation................1630
              REMOVAL................1630
              INSTALLATION................1630
        CYLINDER HEAD................1632
          Exploded View................1632
            REMOVAL................1632
            DISASSEMBLY................1632
          Removal and Installation................1633
            REMOVAL................1633
            INSTALLATION................1634
          Disassembly and Assembly................1634
            DISASSEMBLY................1634
            ASSEMBLY................1636
          Inspection................1638
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1638
              Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter................1638
              Cylinder Head Distortion................1638
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................1639
              VALVE DIMENSIONS................1639
              VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE................1639
              VALVE SEAT CONTACT................1639
              VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS................1639
              VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD................1640
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1640
              Inspection for Leakage................1640
      UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1641
        ENGINE ASSEMBLY................1641
          Exploded View................1641
          Removal and Installation................1641
            REMOVAL................1642
              Outline................1642
              Preparation................1642
              Engine Room LH................1642
              Engine Room RH................1642
              Vehicle Underbody................1642
              Removal................1643
              Separation................1644
            INSTALLATION................1644
              Upper Torque Rod (RH)................1644
              Engine Mounting Bracket (RH)................1644
          Inspection................1644
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1644
              Inspection for Leakage................1644
      UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY................1646
        ENGINE STAND SETTING................1646
          Setting................1646
        ENGINE UNIT................1648
          Disassembly................1648
          Assembly................1648
        OIL PAN (UPPER)................1649
          Exploded View................1649
          Removal and Installation................1649
            REMOVAL................1649
            INSTALLATION................1650
          Inspection................1652
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1652
        CYLINDER BLOCK................1653
          Exploded View................1653
          Disassembly and Assembly................1654
            DISASSEMBLY................1654
            ASSEMBLY................1656
          Inspection................1662
            CRANKSHAFT END PLAY................1662
            CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE................1662
            PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE................1663
              Piston Pin Hole Diameter ................1663
              Piston Pin Outer Diameter ................1663
              Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance................1663
            PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE................1663
            PISTON RING END GAP................1664
            CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION................1664
            CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER................1664
            CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE................1665
              Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter................1665
              Piston Pin Outer Diameter................1665
              Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance................1665
            CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION................1665
            MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER................1666
            PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE................1666
              Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter................1666
              Piston Skirt Diameter................1667
              Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance................1667
            CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER................1667
            CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER ................1667
            OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT................1667
            CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ................1668
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................1668
              Method by Calculation................1668
              Method of Using Plastigage................1668
            MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................1669
              Method by Calculation................1669
              Method of Using Plastigage................1669
            MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT ................1669
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT................1670
            MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ................1670
            CONNECTING ROD CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ................1670
            CLOGGED OR DAMAGED OIL FILTER (FOR INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL)................1670
            FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS)................1671
            MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS)................1671
              Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction................1671
              Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction................1671
            DRIVE PLATE (CVT MODELS)................1671
        HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING................1673
          Description................1673
          Piston................1673
            WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED................1673
            WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED................1673
            PISTON SELECTION TABLE................1674
          Connecting Rod Bearing................1674
            WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED................1674
            WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED................1674
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE................1675
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE................1675
            UNDERSIZE BEARINGS USAGE GUIDE................1675
          Main Bearing................1676
            WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED................1676
            WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED................1677
            MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 1, 4, AND 5 JOURNAL)................1677
            MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 2 AND 3 JOURNAL)................1678
            MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)................1678
            UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE................1678
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1680
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1680
          General Specification................1680
            GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................1680
          Drive Belt................1680
            DRIVE BELT................1680
          Spark Plug................1680
            SPARK PLUG................1680
          Exhaust Manifold................1681
            EXHAUST MANIFOLD................1681
          Camshaft................1681
            CAMSHAFT................1681
            VALVE LIFTER................1681
            VALVE CLEARANCE................1681
            AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER................1682
          Cylinder Head................1683
            CYLINDER HEAD................1683
            VALVE DIMENSIONS................1683
            VALVE GUIDE................1683
            VALVE SEAT................1684
            VALVE SPRING................1685
          Cylinder Block................1685
            CYLINDER BLOCK................1685
            AVAILABLE PISTON................1686
            PISTON RING................1686
            PISTON PIN................1687
            CONNECTING ROD................1687
            CRANKSHAFT................1687
          Connecting Rod Bearing................1689
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE................1689
            UNDERSIZE TABLE................1689
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................1689
          Main Bearing................1689
            MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)................1689
            UNDERSIZE TABLE................1690
            MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................1690
  EX................1691
    Table of Contents................1691
      PRECAUTION................1692
        PRECAUTIONS................1692
          Removal and Installation................1692
      PREPARATION................1693
        PREPARATION................1693
          Special Service Tools................1693
          Commercial Service Tools................1693
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................1694
        EXHAUST SYSTEM................1694
          Inspection................1694
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1695
        EXHAUST SYSTEM................1695
          Exploded View................1695
          Removal and Installation................1695
            REMOVAL................1695
            INSTALLATION................1695
              Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube................1696
              Exhaust Front Tube to Center Muffler................1696
          Inspection................1696
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1696
  EXL................1698
    Table of Contents................1698
      BASIC INSPECTION................1702
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................1702
          Work Flow................1702
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................1702
            DETAILED FLOW................1702
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................1704
        HEADLAMP SYSTEM................1704
          System Diagram................1704
          System Description................1704
            OUTLINE................1704
            HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION ................1704
            HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION................1704
          Component Parts Location................1705
          Component Description................1705
        DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1706
          System Diagram................1706
          System Description................1706
            OUTLINE................1706
            DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION ................1706
          Component Parts Location................1707
          Component Description................1707
        AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM................1708
          System Diagram................1708
          System Description................1708
            OUTLINE................1708
            AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION (WITH TWILIGHT LIGHTING FUNCTION)................1708
              Description................1708
              Auto Lighting Timing Table................1709
              Standard Light ON................1709
              Twilight Light ON (Twilight Lighting Function)................1709
            WIPER LINKED AUTO LIGHTING FUNCTION................1709
            DELAY TIMER FUNCTION................1710
          Component Parts Location................1710
          Component Description................1710
        FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM................1711
          System Diagram................1711
          System Description................1711
            OUTLINE................1711
            FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION ................1711
          Component Parts Location................1711
          Component Description................1712
        TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM................1713
          System Diagram................1713
          System Description................1713
            OUTLINE................1713
            TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION................1713
            HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION................1713
            TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL OPERATION................1713
            HIGH FLASHER OPERATION (FAIL-SAFE)................1713
          Component Parts Location................1714
          Component Description................1714
        PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM................1715
          System Diagram................1715
          System Description................1715
            OUTLINE................1715
            PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, TAIL AND REAR SIDE MARKER LAMPS OPERATION................1715
          Component Parts Location................1716
          Component Description................1716
        EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................1717
          System Diagram................1717
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................1717
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................1717
          System Description................1717
            OUTLINE................1717
            EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION................1717
          Component Parts Location................1718
          Component Description................1718
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1719
          COMMON ITEM................1719
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................1719
              APPLICATION ITEM................1719
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................1719
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................1719
          HEADLAMP................1720
            HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................1720
              WORK SUPPORT................1720
                For USA................1720
                For CANADA................1721
              DATA MONITOR................1722
              ACTIVE TEST................1723
          FLASHER................1723
            FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)................1723
              WORK SUPPORT................1723
              DATA MONITOR................1723
              ACTIVE TEST................1724
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1725
          COMMON ITEM................1725
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................1725
              APPLICATION ITEM................1725
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................1725
          HEADLAMP................1725
            HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................1726
              WORK SUPPORT................1726
                For USA................1726
                For CANADA................1726
              DATA MONITOR................1726
              ACTIVE TEST................1727
          FLASHER................1728
            FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)................1728
              DATA MONITOR................1728
              ACTIVE TEST................1728
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1729
          Diagnosis Description................1729
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................1729
              Description................1729
              Operation Procedure................1729
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................1729
              Concept of auto active test................1730
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................1730
          CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................1731
            APPLICATION ITEM................1731
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................1731
            DATA MONITOR................1731
            ACTIVE TEST................1732
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1734
          Diagnosis Description................1734
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................1734
              Description................1734
              Operation Procedure................1734
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................1734
              Concept of auto active test................1735
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................1735
          CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................1736
            APPLICATION ITEM................1736
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................1736
            DATA MONITOR................1736
            ACTIVE TEST................1737
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................1738
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................1738
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1738
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................1738
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1738
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................1738
          IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1739
            IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................1739
          IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................1740
            IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................1740
        EXTERIOR LAMP FUSE................1742
          WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1742
            WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Description................1742
            WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure................1742
          WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1742
            WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Description................1742
            WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure................1743
        HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT................1744
          Component Function Check................1744
          Diagnosis Procedure................1744
        HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT................1747
          Component Function Check................1747
          WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1747
            WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure................1747
          WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1750
            WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure................1750
        FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT................1752
          Component Function Check................1752
          Diagnosis Procedure................1752
        DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY CIRCUIT................1754
          Component Function Check................1754
          Diagnosis Procedure................1754
          Component Inspection (Daytime Running Light Relay-1)................1755
          Component Inspection (Daytime Running Light Relay-2)................1756
        PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT................1757
          Component Function Check................1757
          Diagnosis Procedure................1757
        TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT................1759
          Description................1759
          Component Function Check................1759
          Diagnosis Procedure................1759
        OPTICAL SENSOR................1761
          Description................1761
          Component Function Check................1761
          Diagnosis Procedure................1761
        HAZARD SWITCH................1764
          Component Function Check................1764
          Diagnosis Procedure................1764
        TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT................1766
          Component Function Check................1766
          Diagnosis Procedure................1766
        REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP CIRCUIT................1768
          Component Function Check................1768
          Diagnosis Procedure................1768
        LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT................1769
          Component Function Check................1769
          Diagnosis Procedure................1769
        HEADLAMP SYSTEM................1770
          Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP -................1770
        AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM................1774
          Wiring Diagram - AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM -................1774
        DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1780
          Wiring Diagram - DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM -................1780
        FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM................1787
          Wiring Diagram - FRONT FOG LAMP -................1787
        TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM................1790
          Wiring Diagram - TURN AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS -................1790
        PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM................1794
          Wiring Diagram - PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS -................1794
        STOP LAMP................1800
          Wiring Diagram - STOP LAMP -................1800
        BACK-UP LAMP................1803
          Wiring Diagram - BACK-UP LAMP -................1803
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................1806
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................1806
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................1806
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................1806
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................1806
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................1811
              PHYSICAL VALUES................1811
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................1827
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................1831
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................1831
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................1833
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................1833
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................1833
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................1835
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................1837
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................1837
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................1837
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................1841
              PHYSICAL VALUES................1841
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................1853
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................1856
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................1856
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................1857
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................1857
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................1857
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................1858
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................1860
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................1860
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................1860
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................1860
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................1862
              PHYSICAL VALUES................1862
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................1867
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................1871
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................1871
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................1871
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................1872
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................1872
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................1872
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................1873
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................1873
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................1873
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................1873
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................1873
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................1875
              PHYSICAL VALUES................1875
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................1880
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................1883
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................1883
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................1883
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................1884
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................1884
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................1884
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................1885
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................1886
        EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................1886
          WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1886
            WITHOUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Symptom Table................1886
          WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM................1887
            WITH DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM : Symptom Table................1887
        NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................1891
          Description................1891
            AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM................1891
        BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON................1892
          Description................1892
          Diagnosis Procedure................1892
        BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON................1893
          Description................1893
          Diagnosis Procedure................1893
        PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON................1894
          Description................1894
          Diagnosis Procedure................1894
        BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON................1895
          Description................1895
          Diagnosis Procedure................1895
      PRECAUTION................1896
        PRECAUTIONS................1896
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................1896
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................1896
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................1897
        HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT................1897
          Description................1897
            PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING................1897
            AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW................1897
          Aiming Adjustment Procedure................1898
        FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT................1900
          Description................1900
            PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING................1900
            AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW................1900
          Aiming Adjustment Procedure................1900
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1902
        FRONT COMBINATION LAMP................1902
          Exploded View................1902
            REMOVAL................1902
            DISASSEMBLY................1902
          Removal and Installation................1902
            REMOVAL................1902
            INSTALLATION................1903
          Replacement................1903
            HEADLAMP BULB................1903
            PARKING(FRONT SIDE MARKER) LAMP BULB................1903
            FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................1903
          Disassembly and Assembly................1903
            DISASSEMBLY................1903
            ASSEMBLY................1903
        FRONT FOG LAMP................1905
          Exploded View................1905
          Removal and Installation................1905
            REMOVAL................1905
            INSTALLATION................1905
          Replacement................1905
            FRONT FOG LAMP BULB................1905
        OPTICAL SENSOR................1907
          Exploded View................1907
          Removal and Installation................1907
            REMOVAL................1907
            INSTALLATION................1907
        LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH................1908
          Exploded View................1908
        SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP................1909
          Exploded View................1909
          Removal and Installation................1909
            REMOVAL................1909
            INSTALLATION................1909
          Replacement................1909
            SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................1909
        HAZARD SWITCH................1911
          Exploded View................1911
          Removal and Installation................1911
            REMOVAL................1911
            INSTALLATION................1911
        REAR COMBINATION LAMP................1912
          Exploded View................1912
            REMOVAL................1912
            DISASSEMBLY................1912
          Removal and Installation................1912
            REMOVAL................1912
            INSTALLATION................1913
          Replacement................1913
            STOP/TAIL LAMP BULB................1913
            REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................1914
            BACK-UP LAMP BULB................1914
        REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP................1915
          Exploded View................1915
          Removal and Installation................1915
            REMOVAL................1915
            INSTALLATION................1915
          Replacement................1915
            REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB................1915
        HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP................1916
          Exploded View................1916
          Removal and Installation................1916
            REMOVAL................1916
            INSTALLATION................1916
          Replacement................1916
            HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP BULB................1916
        LICENSE PLATE LAMP................1918
          Exploded View................1918
          Removal and Installation................1918
            REMOVAL................1918
            INSTALLATION................1918
          Replacement................1918
            LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB................1918
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1920
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1920
          Bulb Specifications................1920
  EXT................1921
    Table of Contents................1921
      REGULAR GRADE................1923
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................1923
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................1923
            Work Flow................1923
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................1923
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................1923
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................1924
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................1924
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................1924
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................1925
            Inspection Procedure................1925
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................1925
              CENTER CONSOLE................1925
              DOORS................1925
              TRUNK................1925
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................1926
              SEATS................1926
              UNDERHOOD................1926
            Diagnostic Worksheet................1927
        PRECAUTION................1929
          PRECAUTIONS................1929
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................1929
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................1929
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................1929
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................1929
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................1930
            Precaution for Work................1930
        PREPARATION................1931
          PREPARATION................1931
            Special Service Tools................1931
            Commercial Service Tools................1931
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1932
          FRONT BUMPER................1932
            Exploded View................1932
            Removal and Installation................1933
              REMOVAL................1933
              INSTALLATION................1934
          REAR BUMPER................1935
            Exploded View................1935
            Removal and Installation................1936
              REMOVAL................1936
              INSTALLATION................1937
          FRONT GRILLE................1938
            Exploded View................1938
            Removal and Installation................1938
              REMOVAL................1938
              INSTALLATION................1939
          COWL TOP................1940
            Exploded View................1940
            Removal and Installation................1940
              REMOVAL................1940
              INSTALLATION................1941
          FENDER PROTECTOR................1942
            FENDER PROTECTOR................1942
              FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View................1942
              FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation................1942
                REMOVAL................1942
                INSTALLATION................1942
          FLOOR SIDE FAIRING................1943
            Exploded View................1943
            Removal and Installation................1943
              REMOVAL................1943
                FRONT UNDER COVER FRONT................1943
                FRONT UNDER COVER................1943
              INSTALLATION................1943
          ROOF SIDE MOLDING................1944
            Exploded View................1944
            Removal and Installation................1944
              REMOVAL................1944
              INSTALLATION................1945
              REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROOF SIDE MOLDING CLIP................1945
                Removal................1945
                Installation................1945
          DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................1947
            Exploded View................1947
            Removal and Installation................1947
              REMOVAL................1947
                FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................1947
                REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................1947
              INSTALLATION................1948
          REAR PILLAR FINISHER................1949
            Exploded View................1949
            Removal and Installation................1949
              REMOVAL................1949
              INSTALLATION................1949
      Krom................1951
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................1951
          FRONT BUMPER................1951
            Paint and Adhesive Tape................1951
              PAINT COLOR................1951
          REAR BUMPER................1952
            Paint and Adhesive Tape................1952
              PAINT COLOR................1952
          SIDE SILL EXTENSIONS................1953
            Paint and Adhesive Tape................1953
              PAINT COLOR................1953
          REAR ROOF SPOILER................1954
            Paint and Adhesive Tape................1954
              PAINT COLOR................1954
          EMBLEM................1955
            Krom EMBLEM................1955
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1956
          RADIATOR GRILLE................1956
            Removal and Installation of Front Bumper Grille Assembly................1956
              REMOVAL................1956
              INSTALLATION................1957
          FRONT BUMPER................1958
            Removal and Installation of Front Bumper Assembly................1958
              REMOVAL................1959
              INSTALLATION................1959
            Removal and Installation of the Energy Absorber, etc.................1959
              REMOVAL................1959
              INSTALLATION................1960
            Disassembly and Assembly of Front Bumper Assembly................1961
              REMOVAL................1961
              INSTALLATION................1962
          REAR BUMPER................1963
            Removal and Installation of Rear Bumper Assembly................1963
              REMOVAL................1964
              INSTALLATION................1964
            Disassembly and Assembly of Rear Bumper Assembly................1964
              REMOVAL................1965
              INSTALLATION................1965
            Disassembly and Assembly of Rear Panel (LWR) Assembly................1965
              REMOVAL................1965
              INSTALLATION................1965
          SIDE SILL EXTENSIONS................1967
            Removal and Installation of Side Sill Extension Assembly................1967
              REMOVAL................1967
              INSTALLATION................1967
            Disassembly and Assembly of Side Sill Extension Assembly................1968
              DISASSEMBLY................1968
              ASSEMBLY................1968
          REAR ROOF SPOILER................1969
            Removal and Installation of Rear Roof Spoiler Assembly................1969
              REMOVAL................1969
              INSTALLATION................1970
          LICENSE PLATE BRACKET................1971
            Removal and Installation of License Plate Bracket................1971
              REMOVAL................1971
              INSTALLATION................1971
  FAX................1972
    Table of Contents................1972
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................1973
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................1973
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................1973
      PRECAUTION................1974
        PRECAUTIONS................1974
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................1974
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................1974
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................1974
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................1974
          Precautions for Drive Shaft................1975
      PREPARATION................1976
        PREPARATION................1976
          Special Service Tool................1976
          Commercial Service Tool................1976
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................1978
        FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE................1978
          Inspection................1978
            COMPONENT PART................1978
            WHEEL HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY................1978
        FRONT DRIVE SHAFT................1979
          Inspection................1979
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................1980
        FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE................1980
          Exploded View................1980
          Removal and Installation................1980
            REMOVAL................1980
            INSTALLATION................1981
          Inspection................1981
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1981
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1981
        FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT................1982
          Exploded View................1982
            LEFT SIDE................1982
            RIGHT SIDE................1982
          WHEEL SIDE................1983
            WHEEL SIDE : Removal and Installation................1983
              REMOVAL................1983
              INSTALLATION................1983
          TRANSAXLE SIDE................1985
            TRANSAXLE SIDE : Removal and Installation................1985
          Inspection................1985
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1985
        FRONT DRIVE SHAFT................1986
          Exploded View................1986
            LEFT SIDE................1986
            RIGHT SIDE................1986
          LEFT SIDE................1987
            LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation................1987
              REMOVAL................1987
              INSTALLATION................1987
                Transaxle Side................1987
                Wheel Hub Side................1987
          RIGHT SIDE................1988
            RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation................1988
              REMOVAL................1988
              INSTALLATION................1988
                Transaxle Side................1988
                Wheel Hub Side................1989
          WHEEL SIDE................1989
            WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly................1989
              DISASSEMBLY................1989
              ASSEMBLY................1989
          TRANSAXLE SIDE................1990
            TRANSAXLE SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly................1991
              DISASSEMBLY................1991
                Left Side................1991
                Right Side................1991
              ASSEMBLY................1992
                Left Side................1992
                Right Side................1994
          Inspection................1996
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................1996
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................1996
              Shaft................1996
              Dynamic Damper................1996
              Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)................1996
              Housing and spider assembly (Transaxle Side)................1997
              Support Bearing (Right Side)................1997
              Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)................1997
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................1997
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1998
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................1998
          Wheel Bearing................1998
          Drive Shaft................1998
  FL................1999
    Table of Contents................1999
      PRECAUTION................2000
        PRECAUTIONS................2000
          General Precautions................2000
      PREPARATION................2001
        PREPARATION................2001
          Special Service Tool................2001
          Commercial Service Tools................2001
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................2002
        FUEL SYSTEM................2002
          Inspection................2002
          Quick Connector................2002
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2003
        FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY................2003
          Exploded View................2003
          Removal and Installation................2003
            REMOVAL................2003
            INSTALLATION................2005
              Fuel Level Sensor Unit................2005
              Quick Connector................2005
          Inspection................2006
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2006
        FUEL TANK................2007
          Exploded View................2007
          Removal and Installation................2007
            REMOVAL................2007
            INSTALLATION................2010
              Fuel Tank................2010
              Fuel Filler Hose................2010
              EVAP Hose and Vent Tube................2010
          Inspection................2011
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2011
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2012
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2012
          Fuel Tank................2012
            Standard and Limit................2012
  FSU................2013
    Table of Contents................2013
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2014
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................2014
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................2014
      PRECAUTION................2015
        PRECAUTIONS................2015
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2015
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2015
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2015
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................2015
          Precautions for Suspension................2016
      PREPARATION................2017
        PREPARATION................2017
          Special Service Tool................2017
          Commercial Service Tool................2017
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................2018
        FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY................2018
          Inspection................2018
            COMPONENT PART................2018
            BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY................2018
            STRUT ASSEMBLY................2018
        WHEEL ALIGNMENT................2019
          Inspection................2019
            DESCRIPTION................2019
            PRELIMINARY CHECK................2019
            GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS................2019
            ALIGNMENT PROCESS................2019
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2020
        FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT................2020
          Exploded View................2020
          Removal and Installation................2020
            REMOVAL................2020
            INSTALLATION................2020
          Disassembly and Assembly................2021
            DISASSEMBLY................2021
            ASSEMBLY................2021
          Inspection................2022
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................2022
              Strut................2022
              Strut Mounting Insulator and bound bumper Inspection................2022
              Coil Spring................2022
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2022
          Disposal................2022
        TRANSVERSE LINK................2024
          Exploded View................2024
          Removal and Installation................2024
            REMOVAL................2024
            INSTALLATION................2024
          Inspection................2024
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................2024
              Transverse Link................2024
              Swing Torque................2024
              Axial End Play................2025
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2025
        FRONT STABILIZER................2026
          Exploded View................2026
          Removal and Installation................2026
            REMOVAL................2026
            INSTALLATION................2026
          Inspection................2027
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................2027
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2027
        FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER................2028
          Exploded View................2028
          Removal and Installation................2028
            REMOVAL................2028
            INSTALLATION................2028
          Inspection................2029
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................2029
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2029
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2030
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2030
          Wheel Alignment................2030
          Ball Joint................2030
          Wheelarch Height................2031
  FWD................2032
    Model Selection................2032
    QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................2032
    FOREWORD................2033
    QUICK REFERENCE CHART................2034
    A: GENERAL INFORMATION................2032
    B: ENGINE................2032
    C: HYBRID................2032
    D: TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE................2032
    E: SUSPENSION................2032
    F: BRAKES................2032
    G: STEERING................2032
    H: RESTRAINTS................2032
    I: VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER................2032
    J: BODY INTERIOR................2032
    K: BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY................2032
    L: DRIVER CONTROLS................2032
    M: ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL................2032
    N: DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA................2032
    O: CRUISE CONTROL................2032
    P: MAINTENANCE................2032
  GI................2037
    Table of Contents................2037
      REGULAR GRADE................2039
        HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................2039
          HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................2039
            Description................2039
            Terms................2039
            Units................2039
            Contents................2039
            Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions................2040
            Components................2040
              SYMBOLS................2041
          HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................2042
            Description................2042
            How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis................2042
            Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures................2043
          HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS................2045
            Connector Symbols................2045
            Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example-................2046
            Description................2047
              SWITCH POSITIONS ................2047
              MULTIPLE SWITCH................2048
          ABBREVIATIONS................2049
            Abbreviation List................2049
          TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS................2050
            Description................2050
            Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included)................2050
              PREVIOUS STANDARD................2050
              NEW STANDARD BASED ON ISO................2051
              DISCRIMINATION OF BOLTS AND NUTS................2052
          RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS................2053
            Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants................2053
        VEHICLE INFORMATION................2054
          IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION................2054
            Model Variation................2054
            Information About Identification or Model Code................2054
              IDENTIFICATION NUMBER................2054
              VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT................2055
              IDENTIFICATION PLATE ................2055
              ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER ................2055
              AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBER ................2055
              MANUAL TRANSAXLE NUMBER................2056
            Dimensions................2056
            Wheels & Tires................2056
        PRECAUTION................2057
          PRECAUTIONS................2057
            Description................2057
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2057
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2057
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2057
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................2057
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................2058
            General Precautions................2058
            Three Way Catalyst................2059
            Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System................2060
            Hoses................2060
              HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2060
              HOSE CLAMPING................2060
            Engine Oils................2061
              HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ................2061
              ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ................2061
            Air Conditioning................2061
            Fuel................2061
          LIFTING POINT................2062
            Commercial Service Tools................2062
            Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift................2062
            Board-On Lift................2063
          TOW TRUCK TOWING................2064
            Tow Truck Towing................2064
              2WD MODELS................2064
            Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)................2064
              FRONT................2064
              REAR................2065
              AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION................2065
        BASIC INSPECTION................2066
          SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT................2066
            Work Flow................2066
              WORK FLOW................2066
            Control Units and Electrical Parts................2066
              PRECAUTIONS................2066
            How to Check Terminal................2067
              CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT................2067
              HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS................2068
                Probing from Harness Side ................2068
                Probing from Terminal Side ................2068
                How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal................2069
                Waterproof Connector Inspection ................2070
                Terminal Lock Inspection ................2070
            Intermittent Incident................2070
              DESCRIPTION................2070
              VEHICLE VIBRATION................2071
                Connector & Harness................2071
                Hint................2071
                Sensor & Relay................2071
                Engine Compartment................2071
                Behind the Instrument Panel................2071
                Under Seating Areas................2071
              HEAT SENSITIVE................2072
              FREEZING ................2072
              WATER INTRUSION................2072
              ELECTRICAL LOAD ................2072
              COLD OR HOT START UP ................2072
            Circuit Inspection................2073
              DESCRIPTION ................2073
              TESTING FOR “OPENS” IN THE CIRCUIT................2073
                Continuity Check Method................2073
                Voltage Check Method................2073
              TESTING FOR “SHORTS” IN THE CIRCUIT................2074
                Resistance Check Method................2074
                Voltage Check Method................2074
              GROUND INSPECTION ................2074
              VOLTAGE DROP TESTS ................2075
                Measuring Voltage Drop - Accumulated Method................2075
                Measuring Voltage Drop - Step-by-Step................2076
              CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TEST ................2076
                CASE 1................2076
                CASE 2................2077
          CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM................2078
            Description................2078
            CONSULT-III Function and System Application*1................2078
            CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit................2078
              INSPECTION PROCEDURE................2078
            Wiring Diagram - CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -................2080
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................2083
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................2083
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection................2083
      Krom................2084
        VEHICLE INFORMATION................2084
          DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS................2084
            Dimensions and Weights................2084
        PRECAUTION................2085
          LIFTING POINT................2085
            Lifting Point................2085
          TOW TRUCK TOWING................2086
            Tow Truck Towing................2086
            Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)................2086
              REMOVING THE TOE HOOK COVER................2086
              INSTALLING THE TOE HOOK COVER................2087
  GW................2088
    Table of Contents................2088
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2089
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................2089
          Work Flow................2089
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................2089
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................2089
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................2090
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................2090
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................2090
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................2091
          Inspection Procedure................2091
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................2091
            CENTER CONSOLE................2091
            DOORS................2091
            TRUNK................2091
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................2092
            SEATS................2092
            UNDERHOOD................2092
          Diagnostic Worksheet................2093
      PRECAUTION................2095
        PRECAUTIONS................2095
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2095
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2095
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2095
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................2095
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................2096
          Handling for Adhesive and Primer................2096
      PREPARATION................2097
        PREPARATION................2097
          Special Service Tools................2097
          Commercial Service Tools................2097
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2098
        WINDSHIELD GLASS................2098
          Exploded View................2098
          Removal and Installation................2099
            REMOVAL................2099
            INSTALLATION................2099
          Inspection................2100
            REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR WINDSHIELD GLASS................2100
        SIDE WINDOW GLASS................2101
          Exploded View................2101
          Removal and Installation................2102
            REMOVAL................2102
            INSTALLATION................2102
          Inspection................2102
            REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR SIDE WINDOW GLASS................2102
        BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS................2103
          Exploded View................2103
          Removal and Installation................2103
            REMOVAL................2103
            INSTALLATION................2104
          Inspection................2104
            REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS................2104
        FRONT DOOR GLASS................2105
          Exploded View................2105
          Removal and Installation................2105
            REMOVAL................2105
            INSTALLATION................2106
          Inspection and Adjustment................2106
            SYSTEM INITIALIZATION................2106
              Initialization................2106
            INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM................2107
            FITTING INSPECTION................2107
        FRONT REGULATOR................2108
          Exploded View................2108
          Removal and Installation................2108
            REMOVAL................2108
            INSTALLATION................2108
          Disassembly and Assembly................2108
            DISASSEMBLY................2108
            ASSEMBLY................2108
          Inspection and Adjustment................2109
            Inspection after Removal................2109
            SYSTEM INITIALIZATION................2109
              Initialization................2109
            INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM................2109
            FITTING INSPECTION................2109
        REAR DOOR GLASS................2110
          Exploded View................2110
          Removal and Installation................2110
            REMOVAL................2110
            INSTALLATION................2111
          Inspection and Adjustment................2111
            FITTING INSPECTION................2111
        REAR REGULATOR................2112
          Exploded View................2112
          Removal and Installation................2112
            REMOVAL................2112
            INSTALLATION................2113
          Disassembly and Assembly................2113
            DISASSEMBLY................2113
            ASSEMBLY................2113
          Inspection and Adjustment................2113
            Inspection after Removal................2113
            FITTING INSPECTION................2113
  HA................2114
    Table of Contents................2114
      BASIC INSPECTION................2116
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2116
          Work Flow................2116
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................2116
            DETAILED FLOW................2116
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2118
        REFRIGERATION SYSTEM................2118
          System Diagram................2118
          System Description................2118
            REFRIGERANT CYCLE................2118
              Refrigerant Flow................2118
              Freeze Protection................2118
            REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION................2118
              Refrigerant Pressure Sensor................2118
              Pressure Relief Valve................2119
          Component Parts Location................2119
          Component Description................2119
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2121
        REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................2121
          Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure................2121
          Symptom Table................2121
        NOISE................2123
          Symptom Table................2123
      PRECAUTION................2124
        PRECAUTIONS................2124
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2124
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2124
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2124
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................2124
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................2125
          Precautions For Refrigerant System Service................2125
            GENERAL REFRIGERANT PRECAUTION................2125
            WORKING WITH HFC-134a (R-134a)................2125
            CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT................2126
            REFRIGERANT CONNECTION................2126
            COMPRESSOR................2127
            LEAK DETECTION DYE................2127
      PREPARATION................2129
        PREPARATION................2129
          Special Service Tool................2129
          Commercial Service Tool................2131
          Sealant or/and Lubricant................2131
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................2133
        DESCRIPTION................2133
          Service Equipment................2133
            RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT................2133
            ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR................2133
            VACUUM PUMP................2133
            MANIFOLD GAUGE SET................2133
            SERVICE HOSES................2133
            SERVICE COUPLERS................2134
            REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE................2134
            CHARGING CYLINDER................2134
        REFRIGERANT................2135
          Description................2135
            CONNECTION OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................2135
          Leak Test................2135
            CHECK REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE USING FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTION DYE................2135
            CHECK REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE USING ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR................2136
          Recycle Refrigerant................2137
          Charge Refrigerant................2137
        LUBRICANT................2139
          Description................2139
            MAINTENANCE OF LUBRICANT LEVEL................2139
          Inspection................2139
          Perform Lubricant Return Operation................2139
          Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor................2139
          Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor Replacement................2140
        PERFORMANCE TEST................2142
          Inspection................2142
            INSPECTION PROCEDURE................2142
            RECIRCULATING-TO-DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE TABLE................2142
            AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE-TO-OPERATING PRESSURE TABLE................2142
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2144
        COMPRESSOR................2144
          Exploded View................2144
          Removal and Installation................2144
            REMOVAL................2144
            INSTALLATION................2145
          Inspection................2145
            CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE................2145
        COOLER PIPE AND HOSE................2146
          Exploded View................2146
          HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................2146
            HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................2146
              REMOVAL................2146
              INSTALLATION................2147
          LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................2147
            LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................2147
              REMOVAL................2147
              INSTALLATION................2148
          HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE................2148
            HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE : Removal and Installation................2148
              REMOVAL................2148
              INSTALLATION................2149
        CONDENSER................2150
          Exploded View................2150
          CONDENSER................2150
            CONDENSER : Removal and Installation................2150
              REMOVAL................2150
              INSTALLATION................2151
          LIQUID TANK................2151
            LIQUID TANK : Removal and Installation................2151
              REMOVAL................2151
              INSTALLATION................2151
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................2152
            REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation................2152
              REMOVAL................2152
              INSTALLATION................2152
        A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY................2153
          Exploded View (Automatic Air Conditioner)................2153
            REMOVAL................2153
            DISASSEMBLY................2153
          Exploded View (Manual Air Conditioner)................2155
            REMOVAL................2155
            DISASSEMBLY................2155
          Exploded View (Manual Heater)................2157
            REMOVAL................2157
            DISASSEMBLY................2157
          A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY................2158
            A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................2159
              REMOVAL................2159
              INSTALLATION................2160
          EVAPORATOR................2161
            EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation................2161
              REMOVAL................2161
              INSTALLATION................2161
          HEATER CORE................2161
            HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation................2161
              REMOVAL................2161
              INSTALLATION................2161
        EXPANSION VALVE................2162
          Exploded View................2162
          Removal and Installation................2162
            REMOVAL................2162
            INSTALLATION................2163
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2164
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2164
          Compressor................2164
          Lubricant................2164
          Refrigerant................2164
          Engine Idling Speed................2164
          Belt Tension................2164
  HAC................2165
    Table of Contents................2165
      AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER................2170
        BASIC INSPECTION................2170
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................2170
            Work Flow................2170
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................2170
              DETAILED FLOW................2170
          INSPECTION................2173
            Description & Inspection................2173
              DESCRIPTION................2173
          AUXILIARY MECHANISM................2175
            Temperature Setting Trimmer................2175
              DESCRIPTION................2175
              OPERATING PROCEDURES ................2175
            Inlet Port Memory Function................2176
              DESCRIPTION................2176
              OPERATING PROCEDURES................2176
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2177
          COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION................2177
            Description................2177
              PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION................2177
                Functional Circuit Diagram................2177
                Functional Initial Inspection Chart................2177
            Component Parts Location................2178
            Component Description................2178
          AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM................2180
            System Diagram................2180
            System Description................2180
              OUTLINE................2180
              OPERATION................2181
                Controller (A/C Control)................2181
                Switch Operation................2181
              AIR OUTLET CONTROL................2183
              TEMPERATURE CONTROL................2183
              AIR INLET FUNCTION................2183
              AIR FLOW CONTROL................2183
                Description................2183
                Automatic Air Flow Control................2183
                Starting Fan Speed Control................2184
                Low Coolant Temperature Starting Control................2184
                Fan speed Control at Door Motor Operation................2184
                High In-vehicle Temperature Starting Control................2184
              COMPRESSOR CONTROL................2184
                Description................2184
                Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction................2185
                Compressor Oil Circulation Control................2185
                Low Temperature Protection Control................2185
                Operating Rate Control................2185
                Air Conditioner Cut Control................2185
              DOOR MOTOR CONTROL................2185
                Mode Door Motor................2185
                Air Mix Door Motor................2185
                Intake Door Motor................2186
              SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS................2186
              AIR DISTRIBUTION ................2188
            Component Parts Location................2189
            Component Description................2189
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)................2191
            Diagnosis Description................2191
              ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM................2191
              SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE................2191
                Self-diagnosis Mode Entry................2191
                Changes of Step up and Step down................2191
                Self-diagnosis Cancellation................2191
              STEP-1: INDICATOR CHECK................2191
                Description................2191
              STEP-2: SENSOR DIAGNOSIS................2191
                Description................2192
                Diagnosis Result................2192
              STEP-3: DOOR MOTOR DIAGNOSIS................2192
                Description................2192
                Diagnosis Result................2193
                Door Motor Starting Position Reset................2193
              STEP-4: OPERATION CHECK................2194
                Description................2194
                Operation Contents................2194
              STEP-5: EACH SENSOR RECOGNITION CHECK................2194
                Description................2194
              STEP-6: TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER................2194
                Description................2194
                Setting Procedure................2194
              STEP-7: INLET PORT MEMORY FUNCTION................2194
                Description................2194
                Setting Procedure................2194
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2195
            COMMON ITEM................2195
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................2195
                APPLICATION ITEM................2195
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................2195
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................2196
            AIR CONDITIONER................2196
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)................2196
                DATA MONITOR................2196
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2198
            COMMON ITEM................2198
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................2198
                APPLICATION ITEM................2198
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................2198
            AIR CONDITIONER................2198
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)................2199
                DATA MONITOR................2199
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2200
          AMBIENT SENSOR................2200
            Description................2200
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION ................2200
              AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................2200
              SET TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................2200
            Diagnosis Procedure................2200
            Component Inspection................2201
          IN-VEHICLE SENSOR................2203
            Description................2203
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2203
              ASPIRATOR................2203
              INTERIOR AIR TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................2203
            Diagnosis Procedure................2203
            Component Inspection................2204
          INTAKE SENSOR................2206
            Description................2206
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2206
              INTAKE TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................2206
            Diagnosis Procedure................2206
            Component Inspection................2207
          SUNLOAD SENSOR................2208
            Description................2208
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2208
              SUNLOAD AMOUNT CORRECTION................2208
            Diagnosis Procedure................2208
            Component Inspection................2209
          AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR................2211
            Description................2211
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2211
              DRIVE SYSTEM OF STEP MOTOR TYPE DOOR MOTOR................2211
            Diagnosis Procedure................2211
            Component Inspection................2212
          MODE DOOR MOTOR................2214
            Description................2214
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2214
              DRIVE SYSTEM OF STEP MOTOR TYPE DOOR MOTOR................2214
            Diagnosis Procedure................2214
            Component Inspection................2215
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2217
            Description................2217
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2217
            Diagnosis Procedure................2217
              POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................2217
              PBR CIRCUIT................2218
            Component Inspection................2220
          BLOWER MOTOR................2221
            Description................2221
              BLOWER MOTOR................2221
              POWER TRANSISTOR................2221
            Component Function Check................2221
            Diagnosis Procedure................2221
            Component Inspection................2224
              BLOWER MOTOR................2224
              BLOWER MOTOR RELAY................2224
          MAGNET CLUTCH................2226
            Description................2226
            Component Function Check................2226
            Diagnosis Procedure................2226
          A/C ON SIGNAL................2227
            Component Function Check................2227
            Diagnosis Procedure................2227
          BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL................2229
            Component Function Check................2229
            Diagnosis Procedure................2229
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................2231
            A/C AUTO AMP.................2231
              A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure................2231
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2232
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................2232
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2233
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................2233
          A/C AUTO AMP.................2235
            Description................2235
              A/C AUTO AMP. (AIR CONDITIONER AUTOMATIC AMPLIFIER)................2235
            Component Function Check................2235
            Diagnosis Procedure................2235
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................2236
          A/C AUTO AMP.................2236
            Reference Value................2236
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2236
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2236
            Wiring Diagram - AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -................2239
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................2246
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2246
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Reference Value................2246
                VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2246
                TERMINAL LAYOUT................2251
                PHYSICAL VALUES................2251
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................2267
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Fail-safe................2271
                FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................2271
                HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................2273
                REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................2273
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) :  DTC Inspection Priority Chart................2273
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : DTC Index................2275
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2277
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Reference Value................2277
                VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2277
                TERMINAL LAYOUT................2281
                PHYSICAL VALUES................2281
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................2292
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Fail- safe................2296
                FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................2296
                REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................2297
                HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................2297
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) :  DTC Index................2297
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2299
          AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM................2299
            Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................2299
          INSUFFICIENT COOLING................2300
            Description................2300
            Diagnosis Procedure................2300
          INSUFFICIENT HEATING................2302
            Description................2302
            Diagnosis Procedure................2302
          COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE................2303
            Description................2303
              SYMPTOM................2303
            Diagnosis Procedure................2303
          MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................2305
            Description................2305
              SYMPTOM................2305
            Inspection Procedure................2305
        PRECAUTION................2306
          PRECAUTIONS................2306
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2306
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2306
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2306
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................2306
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2308
          A/C CONTROL (A/C AUTO AMP.)................2308
            Exploded View................2308
            Removal and Installation................2308
              REMOVAL................2308
              INSTALLATION................2308
          AMBIENT SENSOR................2309
            Exploded View................2309
            Removal and Installation................2309
              REMOVAL................2309
              INSTALLATION................2309
          IN-VEHICLE SENSOR................2310
            Exploded View................2310
            Removal and Installation................2310
              REMOVAL................2310
              INSTALLATION................2310
          SUNLOAD SENSOR................2311
            Exploded View................2311
            Removal and Installation................2311
              REMOVAL................2311
              INSTALLATION................2311
          INTAKE SENSOR................2312
            Exploded View................2312
            Removal and Installation................2312
              REMOVAL................2312
              INSTALLATION................2312
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................2313
            Exploded View................2313
            Removal and Installation................2313
              REMOVAL................2313
              INSTALLATION................2314
          POWER TRANSISTOR................2315
            Exploded View................2315
            Removal and Installation................2315
              REMOVAL................2315
              INSTALLATION................2315
          DOOR MOTOR................2316
            Exploded View................2316
              LEFT SIDE................2316
              RIGHT SIDE................2316
            INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2317
              INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation................2317
                REMOVAL................2317
                INSTALLATION................2317
            MODE DOOR MOTOR................2317
              MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation................2318
                REMOVAL................2318
                INSTALLATION................2318
            AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR................2318
              AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation................2318
                REMOVAL................2318
                INSTALLATION................2318
      MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER................2319
        BASIC INSPECTION................2319
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2319
            Work Flow................2319
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................2319
              DETAILED FLOW................2319
          INSPECTION................2321
            Description & Inspection................2321
              DESCRIPTION................2321
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2323
          COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION................2323
            Description................2323
              PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION................2323
                Functional Circuit Diagram................2323
                Functional Initial Inspection Chart................2323
            Component Part Location................2324
            Component Description................2324
          MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM................2326
            System Diagram................2326
            System Description................2326
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2326
              OPERATION................2326
                A/C Control................2326
              COMPRESSOR CONTROL................2327
                Description................2327
                Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction................2327
                Low Temperature Protection Control................2328
                Operating Rate Control................2328
                Air conditioner Cut Control................2328
              SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS................2328
              AIR DISTRIBUTION ................2329
                Without Rear Foot Duct................2329
                With Rear Foot Duct................2329
            Component Part Location................2330
            Component Description................2330
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................2332
            COMMON ITEM................2332
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................2332
                APPLICATION ITEM................2332
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................2332
            AIR CONDITIONER................2332
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function................2333
                DATA MONITOR................2333
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2334
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................2334
            BCM................2334
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................2334
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2335
            Description................2335
              INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2335
            Diagnosis Procedure................2335
              POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................2335
            Component Inspection................2336
          THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER................2337
            Description................2337
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2337
              OPERATING RATE CONTROL................2337
            Component Function Check................2337
            Diagnosis Procedure................2337
          BLOWER MOTOR................2340
            Description................2340
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2340
                Blower Motor................2340
                Blower Fan Resistor................2340
            Diagnosis Procedure................2340
            Component Inspection................2342
              BLOWER MOTOR................2342
              BLOWER MOTOR RELAY................2342
              BLOWER FAN RESISTOR................2342
              FAN SWITCH................2343
          MAGNET CLUTCH................2344
            Description................2344
            Component Function Check................2344
            Diagnosis Procedure................2344
          A/C SWITCH................2345
            Description................2345
            Component Function Check................2345
            Diagnosis Procedure................2345
          DEFROSTER POSITION SIGNAL................2347
            Description................2347
            Component Function Check................2347
            Diagnosis Procedure................2347
          A/C INDICATOR................2349
            Component Function Check................2349
            Diagnosis Procedure................2349
          BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL................2351
            Component Function Check................2351
            Diagnosis Procedure................2351
          MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM................2353
            Wiring Diagram - AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -................2353
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................2357
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................2357
            Reference Value................2357
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2357
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2360
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2360
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................2372
            Fail-safe................2375
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................2375
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................2376
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................2376
            DTC Index................2376
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2378
          MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM................2378
            Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................2378
          INSUFFICIENT COOLING................2380
            Description................2380
            Diagnosis Procedure................2380
          INSUFFICIENT HEATING................2381
            Description................2381
            Diagnosis Procedure................2381
          COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE................2382
            Description................2382
              SYMPTOM................2382
            Diagnosis Procedure................2382
        PRECAUTION................2384
          PRECAUTIONS................2384
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2384
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2384
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2384
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................2384
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2386
          A/C CONTROL................2386
            Exploded View................2386
            Removal and Installation................2386
              REMOVAL................2386
              INSTALLATION................2387
          THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER................2388
            Exploded View................2388
            Removal and Installation................2388
              REMOVAL................2388
              INSTALLATION................2388
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................2389
            Exploded View................2389
            Removal and Installation................2389
              REMOVAL................2389
              INSTALLATION................2390
          BLOWER FAN RESISTOR................2391
            Exploded View................2391
            Removal and Installation................2391
              REMOVAL................2391
              INSTALLATION................2391
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2392
            Exploded View................2392
            Removal and Installation................2392
              REMOVAL................2392
              INSTALLATION................2392
          DOOR CABLE................2393
            Exploded View................2393
              LEFT SIDE................2393
              RIGHT SIDE................2393
            MODE DOOR CABLE................2394
              MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation................2394
                INSTALLATION................2394
            AIR MIX DOOR CABLE................2394
              AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation................2394
                INSTALLATION................2395
      MANUAL HEATER ................2396
        BASIC INSPECTION................2396
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2396
            Work Flow................2396
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................2396
              DETAILED FLOW................2396
          INSPECTION................2398
            Description & Inspection................2398
              DESCRIPTION................2398
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2399
          MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM................2399
            System Diagram................2399
            System Description................2399
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2399
              OPERATION................2399
                Heater Control................2399
              SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS................2400
              AIR DISTRIBUTION ................2401
            Component Part Location................2402
            Component Description................2402
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................2403
            COMMON ITEM................2403
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................2403
                APPLICATION ITEM................2403
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................2403
            AIR CONDITIONER................2403
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT-III Function................2404
                DATA MONITOR................2404
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2405
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................2405
            BCM................2405
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................2405
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2406
            Description................2406
              INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2406
            Diagnosis Procedure................2406
              POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................2406
            Component Inspection................2407
          BLOWER MOTOR................2408
            Description................2408
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................2408
                Blower Motor................2408
                Blower Fan Resistor................2408
            Diagnosis Procedure................2408
            Component Inspection................2410
              BLOWER MOTOR................2410
              BLOWER MOTOR RELAY................2410
              BLOWER FAN RESISTOR................2410
              FAN SWITCH................2411
          DEFROSTER POSITION SIGNAL................2412
            Description................2412
            Component Function Check................2412
            Diagnosis Procedure................2412
          BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL................2414
            Component Function Check................2414
            Diagnosis Procedure................2414
          MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM................2416
            Wiring Diagram - HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM -................2416
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................2419
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................2419
            Reference Value................2419
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2419
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2422
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2422
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................2434
            Fail-safe................2437
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................2437
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................2438
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................2438
            DTC Index................2438
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2440
          MANUAL HEATER SYSTEM................2440
            Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................2440
          INSUFFICIENT HEATING................2441
            Description................2441
            Diagnosis Procedure................2441
        PRECAUTION................2442
          PRECAUTIONS................2442
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2442
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2442
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2442
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................2442
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2444
          HEATER CONTROL................2444
            Exploded View................2444
            Removal and Installation................2444
              REMOVAL................2444
              INSTALLATION................2445
          BLOWER FAN RESISTOR................2446
            Exploded View................2446
            Removal and Installation................2446
              REMOVAL................2446
              INSTALLATION................2446
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................2447
            Exploded View................2447
            Removal and Installation................2447
              REMOVAL................2447
              INSTALLATION................2447
          DOOR CABLE................2448
            Exploded View................2448
              LEFT SIDE................2448
              RIGHT SIDE................2448
            MODE DOOR CABLE................2449
              MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation................2449
                INSTALLATION................2449
            AIR MIX DOOR CABLE................2449
              AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation................2449
                INSTALLATION................2450
  HRN................2451
    Table of Contents................2451
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2452
        HORN................2452
          Wiring Diagram - HORN -................2452
      PRECAUTION................2454
        PRECAUTIONS................2454
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2454
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2454
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2455
        HORN................2455
          Exploded View................2455
          Removal and Installation................2455
            REMOVAL................2455
            INSTALLATION................2455
  INL................2456
    Table of Contents................2456
      BASIC INSPECTION................2458
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2458
          Work Flow................2458
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................2458
            DETAILED FLOW................2458
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2460
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM................2460
          System Diagram................2460
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................2460
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................2460
          System Description................2460
            OUTLINE................2460
            INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROL................2461
              Interior Room Lamp Timer Basic Operation................2461
              Interior Room Lamp ON Operation................2461
              Interior Room Lamp OFF Operation................2461
            LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP CONTROL................2461
            PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CONTROL (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)................2461
              Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination Basic Operation................2461
              Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination ON Operation................2461
              Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination OFF Operation................2462
          Component Parts Location................2462
          Component Description................2462
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................2463
          System Diagram................2463
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................2463
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................2463
          System Description................2463
            OUTLINE................2463
              Applicable lamps................2463
            INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTION................2463
          Component Parts Location................2464
          Component Description................2464
        ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM................2465
          System Diagram................2465
          System Description................2465
            OUTLINE................2465
            ILLUMINATION CONTROL................2465
          Component Parts Location................2466
          Component Description................2466
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2467
          COMMON ITEM................2467
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................2467
              APPLICATION ITEM................2467
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................2467
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................2467
          INT LAMP................2468
            INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................2469
              WORK SUPPORT................2469
              DATA MONITOR................2469
              ACTIVE TEST................2470
          BATTERY SAVER................2470
            BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................2470
              WORK SUPPORT................2470
              DATA MONITOR................2471
              ACTIVE TEST................2471
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2472
          COMMON ITEM................2472
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................2472
              APPLICATION ITEM................2472
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................2472
          INT LAMP................2472
            INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................2473
              WORK SUPPORT................2473
              DATA MONITOR................2473
              ACTIVE TEST................2474
          BATTERY SAVER................2474
            BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................2474
              WORK SUPPORT................2474
              DATA MONITOR................2474
              ACTIVE TEST................2475
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2476
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................2476
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2476
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................2476
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2476
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................2476
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................2478
          Description................2478
          Component Function Check................2478
          Diagnosis Procedure................2478
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT................2480
          Description................2480
          Component Function Check................2480
          Diagnosis Procedure................2480
        PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT................2482
          Description................2482
          Component Function Check................2482
          Diagnosis Procedure................2482
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM................2484
          Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -................2484
        ILLUMINATION................2490
          Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -................2490
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................2497
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................2497
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................2497
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................2497
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2497
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2502
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2502
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................2518
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................2522
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................2522
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................2524
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................2524
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................2524
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................2526
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................2528
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................2528
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2528
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2532
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2532
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................2544
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................2547
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................2547
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................2548
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................2548
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................2548
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................2549
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2551
        INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................2551
          Symptom Table................2551
      PRECAUTION................2552
        PRECAUTIONS................2552
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2552
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2552
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2553
        MAP LAMP................2553
          Exploded View................2553
          Removal and Installation................2553
            REMOVAL................2553
            INSTALLATION................2553
          Replacement................2553
            MAP LAMP BULB................2553
        ROOM LAMP................2555
          Exploded View................2555
          Removal and Installation................2555
            REMOVAL................2555
            INSTALLATION................2555
          Replacement................2555
            ROOM LAMP BULB................2555
        LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP................2556
          Exploded View................2556
          Removal and Installation................2556
            REMOVAL................2556
            INSTALLATION................2556
          Replacement................2556
            LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP BULB................2556
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2557
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2557
          Bulb Specifications................2557
  INT................2558
    Table of Contents................2558
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2559
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................2559
          Work Flow................2559
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................2559
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................2559
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................2560
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................2560
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................2560
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................2561
          Inspection Procedure................2561
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................2561
            CENTER CONSOLE................2561
            DOORS................2561
            TRUNK................2561
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................2562
            SEATS................2562
            UNDERHOOD................2562
          Diagnostic Worksheet................2563
      PRECAUTION................2565
        PRECAUTIONS................2565
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2565
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2565
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2565
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................2565
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................2566
          Precaution for Work................2566
      PREPARATION................2567
        PREPARATION................2567
          Special Service Tools................2567
          Commercial Service Tools................2567
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2568
        FRONT DOOR FINISHER................2568
          Exploded View................2568
          Removal and Installation................2568
            REMOVAL................2568
            INSTALLATION................2569
        REAR DOOR FINISHER................2570
          Exploded View................2570
          Removal and Installation................2570
            REMOVAL................2570
            INSTALLATION................2571
        BODY SIDE TRIM................2572
          Exploded View................2572
          Removal and Installation................2572
            REMOVAL................2572
              FRONT PILLAR GARNISH................2572
              FRONT KICKING PLATE INNER................2573
              DASH SIDE FINISHER................2573
              REAR KICKING PLATE INNER................2573
              FRONT BODY SIDE WELT................2573
              REAR BODY SIDE WELT................2573
              CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH................2574
              CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH................2574
            INSTALLATION................2574
        FLOOR TRIM................2575
          Exploded View................2575
          Removal and Installation................2575
            REMOVAL................2575
            INSTALLATION................2576
        HEADLINING................2577
          Exploded View................2577
          Removal and Installation................2577
            REMOVAL................2577
            INSTALLATION................2579
        LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIM................2580
          Exploded View................2580
          Removal and Installation................2580
            REMOVAL................2580
              LUGGAGE REAR PLATE................2580
              LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER................2581
              LUGGAGE SIDE UPPER FINISHER................2581
            INSTALLATION................2582
        BACK DOOR TRIM................2583
          Exploded View................2583
          Removal and Installation................2583
            REMOVAL................2583
              BACK DOOR FINISHER UPPER................2583
              BACK DOOR FINISHER LOWER................2583
            INSTALLATION................2584
  IP................2585
    Table of Contents................2585
      REGULAR GRADE................2586
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2586
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................2586
            Work Flow................2586
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................2586
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................2586
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................2587
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................2587
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................2587
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................2588
            Inspection Procedure................2588
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................2588
              CENTER CONSOLE................2588
              DOORS................2588
              TRUNK................2588
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................2589
              SEATS................2589
              UNDERHOOD................2589
            Diagnostic Worksheet................2590
        PRECAUTION................2592
          PRECAUTIONS................2592
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2592
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2592
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2592
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................2592
            Service................2593
        PREPARATION................2594
          PREPARATION................2594
            Special Service Tools................2594
            Commercial Service Tools................2594
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2596
          INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY................2596
            Exploded View................2596
            Removal and Installation................2597
              WORK STEP................2597
              REMOVAL................2598
              INSTALLATION................2605
          CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ................2606
            Exploded View................2606
            Removal and Installation................2606
              REMOVAL................2606
              NSTALLATION................2607
      Krom................2608
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................2608
          FRONT A/C DUCT BEZEL................2608
            Front A/C Duct Bezel................2608
  LAN................2609
    Table of Contents................2609
      CAN FUNDAMENTAL................2611
        PRECAUTION................2611
          PRECAUTIONS................2611
            Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis................2611
            Precautions for Harness Repair................2611
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2612
          CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................2612
            System Description................2612
            System Diagram................2612
            CAN Communication Control Circuit................2613
          DIAG ON CAN................2614
            Description................2614
            System Diagram................2614
          TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................2615
            Condition of Error Detection................2615
              CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR................2615
              WHEN DTC OF CAN COMMUNICATION IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL................2615
            Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System................2615
              ERROR EXAMPLE................2615
                Example: TCM branch line open circuit................2616
                Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit................2616
                Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit................2617
                Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit................2618
            CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III................2618
            Self-Diagnosis................2619
            CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor................2619
              MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)................2619
                Without PAST................2619
                With PAST................2620
              MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS)................2620
            How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart................2621
        BASIC INSPECTION................2622
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2622
            Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart................2622
            Trouble Diagnosis Procedure................2622
              INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER................2622
              INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION................2623
              CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART)................2623
                CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A)................2623
                CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B)................2624
              CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET................2625
                Interview Sheet (Example)................2626
              DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE................2626
      CAN................2627
        HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................2627
          HOW TO USE THIS SECTION................2627
            Caution................2627
            Abbreviation List................2627
        PRECAUTION................2628
          PRECAUTIONS................2628
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2628
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2628
            Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis................2628
            Precautions for Harness Repair................2628
        BASIC INSPECTION................2630
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2630
            Interview Sheet................2630
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2631
          CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................2631
            CAN System Specification Chart................2631
            CAN Communication Signal Chart................2631
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2634
          CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................2634
            Component Parts Location................2634
            Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM -................2635
          MALFUNCTION AREA CHART................2638
            Main Line................2638
            Branch Line................2638
            Short Circuit................2638
          MAIN LINE BETWEEN IPDM-E AND DLC CIRCUIT................2639
            Diagnosis Procedure................2639
          ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2640
            Diagnosis Procedure................2640
          ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2641
            Diagnosis Procedure................2641
          IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2642
            Diagnosis Procedure................2642
          TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2643
            Diagnosis Procedure................2643
          A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2644
            Diagnosis Procedure................2644
          DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2645
            Diagnosis Procedure................2645
          EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2646
            Diagnosis Procedure................2646
          M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2647
            Diagnosis Procedure................2647
          STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2648
            Diagnosis Procedure................2648
          BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2649
            Diagnosis Procedure................2649
          CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT................2650
            Diagnosis Procedure................2650
      CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)................2652
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2652
          MAIN LINE BETWEEN IPDM-E AND DLC CIRCUIT................2652
            Diagnosis Procedure................2652
          ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2653
            Diagnosis Procedure................2653
          ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2654
            Diagnosis Procedure................2654
          IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2655
            Diagnosis Procedure................2655
          A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2656
            Diagnosis Procedure................2656
          DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2657
            Diagnosis Procedure................2657
          EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2658
            Diagnosis Procedure................2658
          M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2659
            Diagnosis Procedure................2659
          STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2660
            Diagnosis Procedure................2660
          BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2661
            Diagnosis Procedure................2661
          CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT................2662
            Diagnosis Procedure................2662
      CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)................2664
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2664
          MAIN LINE BETWEEN IPDM-E AND DLC CIRCUIT................2664
            Diagnosis Procedure................2664
          ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2665
            Diagnosis Procedure................2665
          ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2666
            Diagnosis Procedure................2666
          IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2667
            Diagnosis Procedure................2667
          TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2668
            Diagnosis Procedure................2668
          A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2669
            Diagnosis Procedure................2669
          DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2670
            Diagnosis Procedure................2670
          EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2671
            Diagnosis Procedure................2671
          M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2672
            Diagnosis Procedure................2672
          STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2673
            Diagnosis Procedure................2673
          BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................2674
            Diagnosis Procedure................2674
          CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT................2675
            Diagnosis Procedure................2675
  LU................2677
    Table of Contents................2677
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2678
        DESCRIPTION................2678
          Engine Lubrication System................2678
          Engine Lubrication System Schematic................2678
      PRECAUTION................2679
        PRECAUTIONS................2679
          Liquid Gasket................2679
            REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING................2679
            LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE................2679
      PREPARATION................2681
        PREPARATION................2681
          Special Service Tools................2681
          Commercial Service Tools................2681
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................2683
        ENGINE OIL................2683
          Inspection................2683
            ENGINE OIL LEVEL................2683
            ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE................2683
            ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE ................2683
            OIL PRESSURE CHECK................2683
          Draining................2684
          Refilling................2684
        OIL FILTER................2686
          Removal and Installation................2686
            REMOVAL................2686
            INSTALLATION................2686
          Inspection................2686
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2686
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2687
        OIL PUMP................2687
          Exploded View................2687
          Removal and Installation................2687
            REMOVAL................2687
            INSTALLATION................2689
              Oil Pump................2689
          Inspection................2689
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2689
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2690
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2690
          Periodical Maintenance Specification................2690
            ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................2690
          Engine Oil Pressure................2690
  MA................2691
    Table of Contents................2691
      PREPARATION................2693
        PREPARATION................2693
          Special Service Tool................2693
          Commercial Service Tool................2693
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................2694
        GENERAL MAINTENANCE................2694
          Explanation of General Maintenance................2694
            OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE................2694
            INSIDE THE VEHICLE................2694
            UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLE................2695
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................2696
          Introduction of Periodic Maintenance................2696
          Schedule 1................2696
            EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE................2696
            CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE................2697
          Schedule 2................2698
            EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE................2698
            CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE................2699
        RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS................2700
          Fluids and Lubricants................2700
          Engine Oil Recommendation................2700
          Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio................2701
        ENGINE MAINTENANCE................2702
          DRIVE BELT................2702
            DRIVE BELT : Exploded View................2702
            DRIVE BELT : Checking................2702
            DRIVE BELT : Tension Adjustment................2702
          ENGINE COOLANT................2702
            ENGINE COOLANT : Draining................2702
            ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling................2703
            ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing................2704
          FUEL LINES................2705
            FUEL LINES : Inspection................2705
          AIR CLEANER FILTER................2705
            AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation................2705
              REMOVAL................2705
              INSTALLATION................2706
          ENGINE OIL................2706
            ENGINE OIL : Draining................2706
            ENGINE OIL : Refilling................2706
          OIL FILTER................2707
            OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation................2707
              REMOVAL................2707
              INSTALLATION................2707
            OIL FILTER : Inspection................2707
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................2707
          SPARK PLUG................2707
            SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation................2708
              REMOVAL................2708
              INSTALLATION................2708
            SPARK PLUG : Inspection................2708
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................2708
          EVAP VAPOR LINES................2708
            EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection................2708
        CHASSIS MAINTENANCE................2709
          EXHAUST SYSTEM................2709
            EXHAUST SYSTEM : Inspection................2709
          CVT FLUID................2709
            CVT FLUID : Inspection................2709
              Level check................2709
              CVT FLUID CONDITION................2710
            CVT FLUID : Changing................2710
          GEAR OIL................2710
            GEAR OIL : Inspection................2711
              OIL LEAKAGE................2711
              OIL LEVEL................2711
            GEAR OIL : Draining................2711
            GEAR OIL : Refilling................2711
          CLUTCH FLUID................2711
            CLUTCH FLUID : Inspection................2711
              FLUID LEVEL................2711
              FLUID LEAKAGE................2712
          WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)................2712
            WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) : Adjustment................2712
              BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)................2712
                Preparation Before Adjustment................2712
                Wheel Balance Adjustment................2712
              TIRE ROTATION................2713
          BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS................2713
            BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS : Inspection................2714
          BRAKE LINES AND CABLES................2714
            BRAKE LINES AND CABLES : Inspection................2714
          BRAKE FLUID................2714
            BRAKE FLUID : Changing................2714
          DISC BRAKE................2714
            DISC BRAKE : Inspection................2714
              DISC ROTOR................2714
              CALIPER................2714
              BRAKE PAD................2715
            DISC BRAKE : Front Disc Brake................2715
          DRUM BRAKE................2715
            DRUM BRAKE : Inspection................2715
              DRUM................2715
              WHEEL CYLINDER................2715
              LINING................2715
            DRUM BRAKE : Rear Drum Brake................2716
          STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE................2716
            STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE : Inspection................2716
              STEERING GEAR................2716
              STEERING LINKAGE................2716
          AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS................2716
            AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS : Inspection................2716
          DRIVE SHAFT................2717
            DRIVE SHAFT : Inspection................2717
        BODY MAINTENANCE................2718
          LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH................2718
            LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : Lubricating................2718
          SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS................2718
            SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS : Inspection................2718
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2719
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................2719
          DRIVE BELT................2719
            DRIVE BELT : Drive Belt................2719
              DRIVE BELT................2719
          ENGINE COOLANT................2719
            ENGINE COOLANT : Periodical Maintenance Specification................2719
              ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................2719
          ENGINE OIL................2719
            ENGINE OIL : Periodical Maintenance Specification................2719
              ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................2719
          SPARK PLUG................2719
            SPARK PLUG : Spark Plug................2719
              SPARK PLUG................2719
          ROAD WHEEL................2719
            ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel................2719
              ALUMINUM WHEEL ................2719
              STEEL WHEEL................2719
  MIR................2721
    Table of Contents................2721
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2722
        DOOR MIRROR................2722
          Description................2722
          Wiring Diagram - MIRROR SYSTEM -................2723
          Component Inspection................2724
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2726
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................2726
          Work Flow................2726
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................2726
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................2726
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................2727
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................2727
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................2727
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................2728
          Inspection Procedure................2728
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................2728
            CENTER CONSOLE................2728
            DOORS................2728
            TRUNK................2728
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................2729
            SEATS................2729
            UNDERHOOD................2729
          Diagnostic Worksheet................2730
      PRECAUTION................2732
        PRECAUTIONS................2732
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2732
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2732
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................2732
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................2732
      PREPARATION................2734
        PREPARATION................2734
          Commercial Service Tools................2734
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2735
        INSIDE MIRROR................2735
          Exploded View................2735
          Removal and Installation................2735
            REMOVAL................2735
            INSTALLATION................2735
        OUTSIDE MIRROR................2736
          DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY................2736
            DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................2736
            DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................2736
              REMOVAL................2736
              INSTALLATION................2736
          GLASS MIRROR................2736
            GLASS MIRROR : Exploded View................2737
            GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and Assembly................2737
              DISASSEMBLY................2737
              ASSEMBLY................2737
          DOOR MIRROR COVER................2737
            DOOR MIRROR COVER : Exploded View................2738
            DOOR MIRROR COVER : Disassembly and Assembly................2738
              DISASSEMBLY................2738
              ASSEMBLY................2738
        DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH................2739
          Exploded View................2739
          Removal and Installation................2739
            REMOVAL................2739
            INSTALLATION................2739
  MWI................2740
    Table of Contents................2740
      BASIC INSPECTION................2743
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................2743
          Work flow................2743
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................2743
            DETAILED FLOW................2743
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................2745
        METER SYSTEM................2745
          METER SYSTEM................2745
            METER SYSTEM : System Diagram................2745
            METER SYSTEM : System Description................2745
              COMBINATION METER................2745
              METER CONTROL FUNCTION LIST................2745
              ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METER................2746
            METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................2747
            METER SYSTEM : Component Description................2748
          SPEEDOMETER................2748
            SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram................2748
            SPEEDOMETER : System Description................2748
            SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts Location................2749
            SPEEDOMETER : Component Description................2749
          TACHOMETER................2749
            TACHOMETER : System Diagram................2750
            TACHOMETER : System Description................2750
            TACHOMETER : Component Parts Location................2750
            TACHOMETER : Component Description................2751
          ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE................2751
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Diagram................2751
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description................2751
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts Location................2752
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description................2752
          FUEL GAUGE................2752
            FUEL GAUGE : System Diagram................2753
            FUEL GAUGE : System Description................2753
              CONTROL OUTLINE................2753
              REFUEL CONTROL................2753
            FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts Location................2753
            FUEL GAUGE : Component Description................2754
          ODO/TRIP METER................2754
            ODO/TRIP METER : System Diagram................2754
            ODO/TRIP METER : System Description................2754
            ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts Location................2755
            ODO/TRIP METER : Component Description................2755
          SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR................2755
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Diagram................2756
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Description................2756
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts Location................2756
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Description................2757
          WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS................2757
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram................2757
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Description................2757
              OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP................2757
              LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING LAMP (FOR CANADA)................2757
                Warning Operation Condition................2757
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Parts Location................2758
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Description................2758
          METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL................2759
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Diagram................2759
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Description................2759
              METER ILLUMINATION ON/OFF CONTROL FUNCTION................2759
                Turns ON Condition................2759
                Turns OFF Condition................2759
              METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL FUNCTION................2759
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location................2760
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Description................2760
          METER EFFECT FUNCTION................2761
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Diagram................2761
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Description................2761
              ENGINE-START EFFECT FUNCTION................2761
                For CVT Models................2761
                For M/T Models................2761
                Outline of Control System ................2761
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................2762
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Description................2762
          INFORMATION DISPLAY................2762
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Diagram................2763
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description................2763
              DESCRIPTION................2763
              INSTANTANEOUS FUEL CONSUMPTION................2763
              AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION................2763
              POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE................2763
              AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED................2764
              AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE (FOR AUTO AIR CONDITIONING MODELS)................2764
                Correction Process (Temperature indicated soon after the ignition switch ON)................2764
                Correction Process (Temperature at the Ignition switch ON)................2764
                A/C Auto Amp. Connection Recognition................2765
              ICY WARNING (LOW AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE)................2765
                Warning Operation Condition................2765
                Warning Cancel Condition................2765
              LOW FUEL WARNING................2765
                Warning Operation Condition................2765
              MAINTENANCE (FOR CANADA)................2765
              TRAVEL TIME (FOR CANADA)................2765
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts Location................2766
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Description................2766
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)................2768
          Diagnosis Description................2768
            SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................2768
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................2768
          CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)................2769
            CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS................2769
            SELF DIAG RESULT................2769
            DATA MONITOR................2769
              Display Item List................2769
            SPECIAL FUNCTION................2771
              Special menu................2771
              W/L ON HISTORY................2771
              Display Item................2771
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................2773
        U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................2773
          Description................2773
          DTC Logic................2773
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................2773
          Diagnosis Procedure................2773
        U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................2774
          Description................2774
          DTC Logic................2774
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................2774
          Diagnosis Procedure................2774
        B2205 VEHICLE SPEED................2775
          Description................2775
          DTC Logic................2775
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................2775
          Diagnosis Procedure................2775
        B2267 ENGINE SPEED................2776
          Description................2776
          DTC Logic................2776
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................2776
          Diagnosis Procedure................2776
        B2268 WATER TEMP................2777
          Description................2777
          DTC Logic................2777
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................2777
          Diagnosis Procedure................2777
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................2778
          COMBINATION METER................2778
            COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure................2778
          IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2778
            IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................2778
          IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................2779
            IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................2779
        FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT................2781
          Description................2781
          Component Function Check................2781
          Diagnosis Procedure................2781
          Component Inspection................2782
        OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................2783
          Description................2783
          Component Function Check................2783
          Diagnosis Procedure................2783
          Component Inspection................2783
        WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................2785
          Description................2785
          Diagnosis Procedure................2785
          Component Inspection................2785
        A/C AUTO AMP. CONNECTION RECOGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................2787
          Description................2787
          Diagnosis Procedure................2787
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................2788
        COMBINATION METER................2788
          Reference Value................2788
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2788
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................2790
            PHYSICAL VALUES................2790
          Wiring Diagram - METER -................2794
          Fail-Safe................2800
            FAIL-SAFE................2800
          DTC Index................2801
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................2802
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................2802
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................2802
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2802
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2804
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2804
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................2809
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................2813
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................2813
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................2813
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................2814
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................2814
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................2814
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................2815
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................2815
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................2815
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................2815
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................2815
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................2817
              PHYSICAL VALUES................2817
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................2822
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................2825
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................2825
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................2825
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................2826
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................2826
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................2826
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................2827
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................2828
        THE FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR DOES NOT OPERATE................2828
          Description................2828
          Diagnosis Procedure................2828
        THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................2829
          Description................2829
          Diagnosis Procedure................2829
        THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................2830
          Description................2830
          Diagnosis Procedure................2830
        THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT................2831
          Description................2831
          Diagnosis Procedure................2831
        THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR OFF................2832
          Description................2832
          Diagnosis Procedure................2832
        NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................2833
          INFORMATION DISPLAY................2833
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description................2833
              AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE................2833
              POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE................2833
      PRECAUTION................2834
        PRECAUTIONS................2834
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................2834
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................2834
      PREPARATION................2835
        PREPARATION................2835
          Commercial Service Tools................2835
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................2836
        COMBINATION METER................2836
          Exploded View................2836
            REMOVAL................2836
            DISASSEMBLY................2836
          Removal and Installation................2836
            REMOVAL................2836
            INSTALLATION................2836
          Disassembly and Assembly................2836
            DISASSEMBLY................2836
            ASSEMBLY................2836
  Owners Manual................2837
    2009 Nissan cube................2837
    OM9E-0Z12U0................2837
    Table of Contents................2842
  PB................3160
    Table of Contents................3160
      PREPARATION................3161
        PREPARATION................3161
          Commercial Service Tool................3161
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................3162
        PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM................3162
          Inspection and Adjustment................3162
            INSPECTION................3162
              Lever Stroke................3162
              Inspect Components................3162
            ADJUSTMENT................3162
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3163
        PARKING BRAKE CONTROL................3163
          Exploded View................3163
          Removal and Installation................3163
            REMOVAL................3163
            INSTALLATION................3163
          Adjustment................3164
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................3164
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3165
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3165
          Parking Brake Control................3165
  PCS................3166
    Table of Contents................3166
      IPDM E/R (WITH I-KEY)................3169
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3169
          RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM................3169
            System Diagram................3169
            System Description................3169
            Component Parts Location................3171
          POWER CONTROL SYSTEM................3172
            System Diagram................3172
            System Description................3172
              ALTERNATOR CONTROL................3172
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................3173
            System Diagram................3173
            System Description................3173
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................3174
            System Diagram................3174
            System Description................3174
              OUTLINE................3174
              SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION................3174
              WAKE-UP OPERATION................3174
            Component Parts Location................3175
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................3176
            Diagnosis Description................3176
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................3176
                Description................3176
                Operation Procedure................3176
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................3176
                Concept of auto active test................3177
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................3177
            CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................3178
              APPLICATION ITEM................3178
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................3178
              DATA MONITOR................3178
              ACTIVE TEST................3179
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3181
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................3181
            Description................3181
            DTC Logic................3181
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3181
            Diagnosis Procedure................3181
          B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK................3182
            Description................3182
            DTC Logic................3182
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3182
            Diagnosis Procedure................3182
          B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK................3183
            Description................3183
            DTC Logic................3183
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3183
            Diagnosis Procedure................3183
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3184
            Diagnosis Procedure................3184
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3185
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3185
            Reference Value................3185
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3185
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3187
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3187
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................3192
            Fail-Safe................3196
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................3196
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................3196
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................3197
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................3197
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................3197
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................3198
            DTC Index................3198
        PRECAUTION................3199
          PRECAUTIONS................3199
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3199
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3199
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3200
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3200
            Exploded View................3200
            Removal and Installation................3200
              REMOVAL................3200
              INSTALLATION................3200
      IPDM E/R (WITHOUT I-KEY)................3201
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3201
          RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM................3201
            System Diagram................3201
            System Description................3201
            Component Parts Location................3202
          POWER CONTROL SYSTEM................3203
            System Diagram................3203
            System Description................3203
              ALTERNATOR CONTROL................3203
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................3204
            System Diagram................3204
            System Description................3204
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................3205
            System Diagram................3205
            System Description................3205
              OUTLINE................3205
              SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION................3205
              WAKE-UP OPERATION................3205
            Component Parts Location................3206
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................3207
            Diagnosis Description................3207
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................3207
                Description................3207
                Operation Procedure................3207
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................3207
                Concept of auto active test................3208
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................3208
            CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................3209
              APPLICATION ITEM................3209
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................3209
              DATA MONITOR................3209
              ACTIVE TEST................3210
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3211
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................3211
            Description................3211
            DTC Logic................3211
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3211
            Diagnosis Procedure................3211
          B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK................3212
            Description................3212
            DTC Logic................3212
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3212
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3212
            Diagnosis Procedure................3212
          B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK................3214
            Description................3214
            DTC Logic................3214
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3214
            Diagnosis Procedure................3214
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3215
            Diagnosis Procedure................3215
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3217
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3217
            Reference Value................3217
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3217
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3218
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3218
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................3223
            Fail-Safe................3226
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................3226
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................3226
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................3227
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................3227
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................3227
            DTC Index................3228
        PRECAUTION................3229
          PRECAUTIONS................3229
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3229
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3229
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3230
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3230
            Exploded View................3230
            Removal and Installation................3230
              REMOVAL................3230
              INSTALLATION................3230
      POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM................3231
        BASIC INSPECTION................3231
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................3231
            Work Flow................3231
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................3231
              DETAILED FLOW................3231
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3234
          POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM................3234
            System Diagram................3234
            System Description................3234
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3234
              BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................3234
                Reset Condition of Battery Saver System................3234
              STEERING LOCK OPERATION................3235
              POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION................3235
                Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)................3235
                Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more................3235
                Emergency Stop Operation................3235
            Component Parts Location................3236
            Component Description................3236
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................3238
            COMMON ITEM................3238
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................3238
                APPLICATION ITEM................3238
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................3238
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................3238
            INTELLIGENT KEY................3239
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................3239
                WORK SUPPORT................3239
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................3240
                DATA MONITOR................3240
                ACTIVE TEST................3242
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3243
          B2553 IGNITION RELAY................3243
            Description................3243
            DTC Logic................3243
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3243
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3243
            Diagnosis Procedure................3243
            Component Inspection................3244
          B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUIT................3245
            Description................3245
            DTC Logic................3245
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3245
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3245
            Diagnosis Procedure................3245
            Component Inspection................3246
          B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT................3248
            Description................3248
            DTC Logic................3248
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3248
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3248
            Diagnosis Procedure................3248
            Component Inspection................3249
          B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT................3251
            Description................3251
            DTC Logic................3251
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3251
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3251
            Diagnosis Procedure................3251
            Component Inspection................3252
          B2618 BCM................3254
            Description................3254
            DTC Logic................3254
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3254
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3254
            Diagnosis Procedure................3254
          B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................3255
            Description................3255
            DTC Logic................3255
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3255
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3255
            Diagnosis Procedure................3255
          B26F1 IGNITION RELAY................3257
            Description................3257
            DTC Logic................3257
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3257
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3257
            Diagnosis Procedure................3257
            Component Inspection................3259
          B26F2 IGNITION RELAY................3260
            Description................3260
            DTC Logic................3260
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3260
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3260
            Diagnosis Procedure................3260
            Component Inspection................3262
          B26F6 BCM................3263
            Description................3263
            DTC Logic................3263
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3263
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3263
            Diagnosis Procedure................3263
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3264
            BCM................3264
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................3264
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................3265
            Description................3265
            Component Function Check................3265
            Diagnosis Procedure................3265
            Component Inspection................3266
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR................3268
            Description................3268
            Component Function Check................3268
            Diagnosis Procedure................3268
          POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM................3270
            Wiring Diagram - PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) -................3270
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3275
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................3275
            Reference Value................3275
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3275
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3280
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3280
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................3296
            Fail-safe................3300
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................3300
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................3302
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................3302
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................3302
            DTC Index................3304
        PRECAUTION................3307
          PRECAUTIONS................3307
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3307
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3307
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................3307
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................3307
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3309
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE................3309
            Description................3309
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................3309
            Diagnosis Procedure................3309
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................3310
            Description................3310
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................3310
            Diagnosis Procedure................3310
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3311
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................3311
            Exploded View................3311
            Removal and Installation................3311
              REMOVAL................3311
              INSTALLATION................3311
  PG................3312
    Table of Contents................3312
      POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT................3314
        BASIC INSPECTION................3314
          BATTERY................3314
            How to Handle Battery................3314
              METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE................3314
              CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL................3314
                Sulphation................3315
              SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK................3315
              CHARGING THE BATTERY................3316
            Work Flow................3316
              TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WITH BATTERY SERVICE CENTER................3316
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3317
          POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT................3317
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -................3317
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSIBLE LINK No. H -................3327
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 14 -................3329
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 34 -................3331
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 43 -................3334
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 47 -................3338
            Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -................3343
            Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 20 -................3346
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -................3349
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 2 -................3358
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 16 -................3362
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 41, 42 -................3364
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 55 -................3367
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 57 -................3370
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 62 -................3372
            Fuse................3374
            Fusible Link................3374
            Circuit Breaker................3374
          OPTION HARNESS................3375
            Wiring Diagram - OPTION HARNESS -................3375
          HARNESS LAYOUT................3382
            How To Read Harness Layout................3382
              CONNECTOR SYMBOL................3382
            Outline................3383
            Main Harness................3384
            Engine Room Harness................3385
              ENGINE COMPARTMENT................3385
              PASSENGER COMPARTMENT................3386
            Engine Control Harness................3387
            Body Harness (LH Side)................3388
            Body Harness (RH Side)................3389
            Room Lamp Harness................3390
            Front Door Harness (LH Side)................3391
            Front Door Harness (RH Side)................3392
            Rear Door Harness (LH Side)................3393
            Rear Door Harness (RH Side)................3394
            Back Door Harness................3395
          HARNESS CONNECTOR................3396
            Description................3396
              HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)................3396
              HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)................3396
              HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)................3397
          STANDARDIZED RELAY................3399
            Description................3399
              NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS................3399
              TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS................3399
          FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................3401
            Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement................3401
          FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX................3402
            Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement................3402
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3403
            Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement................3403
        PRECAUTION................3404
          PRECAUTIONS................3404
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3404
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3404
        PREPARATION................3405
          PREPARATION................3405
            Special Service Tools................3405
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3406
          BATTERY................3406
            Exploded View................3406
            Removal and Installation................3406
              REMOVAL................3406
              INSTALLATION................3406
          BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK................3407
            Exploded View................3407
            Removal and Installation................3407
              REMOVAL................3407
              INSTALLATION................3407
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3408
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3408
            Battery................3408
  PWC................3409
    Table of Contents................3409
      BASIC INSPECTION................3411
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................3411
          WorkFlow................3411
            DETAILED FLOW................3411
        INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................3412
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................3412
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description................3412
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement................3412
              INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE................3412
              CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION................3412
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................3412
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................3412
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................3413
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3414
        POWER WINDOW SYSTEM................3414
          System Diagram................3414
          System Description................3414
            POWER WINDOW OPERATION................3414
            POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE)................3414
            RETAINED POWER OPERATION ................3414
            RETAINED POWER FUNCTION CANCEL CONDITIONS................3414
            POWER WINDOW LOCK................3414
            ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM (FRONT DRIVER SIDE)................3415
          Component Parts Location................3415
          Component Description................3416
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................3417
          COMMON ITEM................3417
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................3417
              APPLICATION ITEM................3417
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................3417
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................3417
          RETAIND PWR................3418
            RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................3418
              Data monitor................3418
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3419
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3419
          BCM................3419
            BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................3419
          POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH................3420
            POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................3420
          FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................3421
            FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure................3421
          REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH................3422
            REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................3422
        FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................3423
          Description................3423
          Component Function Check................3423
          Diagnosis Procedure................3423
          Component Inspection................3424
        REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH ................3425
          Description................3425
          Component Function Check................3425
          Diagnosis Procedure................3425
          Component Inspection................3426
        POWER WINDOW MOTOR................3427
          DRIVER SIDE................3427
            DRIVER SIDE : Description................3427
            DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................3427
            DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................3427
          PASSENGER SIDE................3428
            PASSENGER SIDE : Description................3428
            PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................3428
            PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................3428
          REAR LH................3429
            REAR LH : Description................3429
            REAR LH : Component Function Check................3429
            REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................3429
          REAR RH................3430
            REAR RH : Description................3430
            REAR RH : Component Function Check................3430
            REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................3430
        ENCODER CIRCUIT................3432
          Description................3432
          Component Function Check................3432
          Diagnosis Procedure................3432
            Encoder Circuit Check................3432
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3435
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................3435
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................3435
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................3435
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3435
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3440
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3440
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................3456
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................3460
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................3460
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................3462
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................3462
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................3462
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................3464
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................3466
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................3466
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3466
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3470
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3470
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................3482
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................3485
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................3485
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................3486
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................3486
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................3486
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................3487
        POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH................3489
          Reference Value ................3489
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................3489
            PHYSICAL VALUES................3489
          Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -................3491
          Fail Safe................3496
            FAIL-SAFE CONTROL................3496
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3498
        NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH................3498
          Diagnosis Procedure................3498
        DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................3499
          Diagnosis Procedure................3499
        FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................3500
          WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH................3500
            WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................3500
          WITH FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ONLY................3500
            WITH FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ONLY : Diagnosis Procedure................3500
        REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................3501
          WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH................3501
            WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH : Diagnosis Procedure................3501
          WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ONLY................3501
            WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ONLY : Diagnosis Procedure................3501
        REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................3502
          WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH................3502
            WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH : Diagnosis Procedure................3502
          WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ONLY................3502
            WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ONLY : Diagnosis Procedure................3502
        ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY (DRIVER SIDE)................3503
          Diagnosis Procedure................3503
        POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY................3504
          Diagnosis Procedure................3504
        AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY (DRIVER SIDE)................3505
          Diagnosis Procedure................3505
        POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION................3506
          Diagnosis Procedure................3506
      PRECAUTION................3507
        PRECAUTIONS................3507
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3507
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3507
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3508
        POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH................3508
          Exploded View................3508
          Removal and Installation................3508
            REMOVAL................3508
            INSTALLATION................3508
  PWO................3509
    Table of Contents................3509
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3510
        POWER SOCKET................3510
          Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET -................3510
      PRECAUTION................3512
        PRECAUTIONS................3512
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3512
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3512
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3513
        POWER SOCKET................3513
          Exploded View................3513
          Removal and Installation................3513
            REMOVAL................3513
            INSTALLATION................3513
  RAX................3514
    Table of Contents................3514
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3515
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................3515
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................3515
      PREPARATION................3516
        PREPARATION................3516
          Commercial Service Tool................3516
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................3517
        REAR WHEEL HUB................3517
          Inspection................3517
            COMPONENT PART................3517
            WHEEL HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY................3517
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3518
        REAR WHEEL HUB................3518
          Exploded View................3518
          Removal and Installation................3518
            REMOVAL................3518
            INSTALLATION................3518
          Inspection................3518
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................3518
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................3518
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3519
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3519
          Wheel Bearing................3519
  RSU................3520
    Table of Contents................3520
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3521
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................3521
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................3521
      PRECAUTION................3522
        PRECAUTIONS................3522
          Precautions for Suspension................3522
      PREPARATION................3523
        PREPARATION................3523
          Commercial Service Tool................3523
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................3524
        REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY................3524
          Inspection................3524
            COMPONENT PART................3524
            SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY................3524
        WHEEL ALIGNMENT................3525
          Inspection................3525
            DESCRIPTION................3525
            PRELIMINARY CHECK................3525
            GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS................3525
            ALIGNMENT PROCESS................3525
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3526
        REAR SHOCK ABSORBER................3526
          Exploded View................3526
          Removal and Installation................3526
            REMOVAL................3526
            INSTALLATION................3526
          Inspection................3527
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................3527
              Shock Absorber................3527
              Bound Bumper, Bushing................3527
              Washer, Bound Bumper Cover, Distance Tube................3527
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................3527
          Disposal................3527
        COIL SPRING................3528
          Exploded View................3528
          Removal and Installation................3528
            REMOVAL................3528
            INSTALLATION................3528
          Inspection................3528
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................3528
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................3529
        REAR SUSPENSION BEAM................3530
          Exploded View................3530
          Removal and Installation................3530
            REMOVAL................3530
            INSTALLATION................3530
          Inspection................3531
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................3531
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................3531
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3532
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................3532
          Wheel Alignment................3532
          Wheelarch Height................3532
  SB................3533
    Table of Contents................3533
      PRECAUTION................3534
        PRECAUTIONS................3534
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3534
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3534
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................3534
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................3534
          Precaution for Seat Belt Service................3535
            AFTER A COLLISION................3535
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3536
        FRONT SEAT BELT................3536
          SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................3536
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection................3536
              AFTER A COLLISION................3536
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................3536
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK................3537
                Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)................3537
                ELR Function Stationary Check................3537
                ALR Function Stationary Check................3537
                ELR Function Moving Check................3537
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK................3537
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View................3538
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation................3538
              REMOVAL................3538
              REMOVAL................3539
              INSTALLATION................3539
          SEAT BELT BUCKLE................3539
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection................3539
              AFTER A COLLISION................3539
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................3539
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View................3540
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation................3540
              REMOVAL................3540
              INSTALLATION................3540
        REAR SEAT BELT................3541
          SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................3541
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection................3541
              AFTER A COLLISION................3541
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................3541
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK................3541
                Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)................3541
                ELR Function Stationary Check................3541
                ALR Function Stationary Check................3541
                ELR Function Moving Check................3542
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK................3542
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View................3543
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation................3543
              REMOVAL................3543
                OUTER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................3544
                CENTER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................3544
              INSTALLATION................3544
          SEAT BELT BUCKLE................3544
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection................3544
              AFTER A COLLISION................3544
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................3544
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View................3545
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation................3545
              REMOVAL................3545
              INSTALLATION................3545
  SBC................3546
    Table of Contents................3546
      BASIC INSPECTION................3547
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................3547
          Work Flow................3547
            DETAILED FLOW................3547
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3548
        SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM................3548
          System Diagram................3548
          System Description................3548
          Component Parts Location................3549
          Component Description................3549
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3550
        SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH................3550
          DRIVER SIDE................3550
            DRIVER SIDE : Description................3550
            DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................3550
            DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................3550
            DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)................3551
          PASSENGER SIDE................3551
            PASSENGER SIDE : Description................3551
            PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................3551
            PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................3552
            PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)................3553
        SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT................3554
          Diagnosis Procedure................3554
        SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM................3555
          Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -................3555
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3558
        DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3558
          DTC Index................3558
          Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -................3562
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3568
        SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................3568
          Diagnosis Procedure................3568
        SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................3569
          Diagnosis Procedure................3569
      PRECAUTION................3570
        PRECAUTIONS................3570
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3570
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3570
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................3570
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................3570
  SE................3572
    Table of Contents................3572
      REGULAR GRADE................3573
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3573
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................3573
            Work Flow................3573
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................3573
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................3573
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................3574
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................3574
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................3574
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................3575
            Inspection Procedure................3575
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................3575
              CENTER CONSOLE................3575
              DOORS................3575
              TRUNK................3575
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................3576
              SEATS................3576
              UNDERHOOD................3576
            Diagnostic Worksheet................3577
        PRECAUTION................3579
          PRECAUTIONS................3579
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3579
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3579
            Service Notice................3579
            Precaution for Work................3579
        PREPARATION................3581
          PREPARATION................3581
            Special Service Tool................3581
            Commercial Service Tool................3581
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3582
          FRONT SEAT................3582
            Exploded View................3582
              DRIVER'S SEAT................3582
              PASSENGER'S SEAT................3583
            Removal and Installation................3584
              REMOVAL................3584
              INSTALLATION................3584
            Disassembly and Assembly................3584
              DISASSEMBLY................3584
                Assembly................3586
          REAR SEAT................3587
            Exploded View................3587
            Removal and Installation................3588
              REMOVAL................3588
              INSTALLATION................3588
            Disassembly and Assembly................3588
              SEATBACK................3588
                Disassembly................3588
                Assembly................3589
              SEAT CUSHION................3590
                Disassembly................3590
                Assembly................3591
              ARMREST ASSEMBLY................3591
                Disassembly................3591
                Assembly................3591
      Krom................3592
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................3592
          SEAT................3592
            Seat................3592
  SEC................3593
    Table of Contents................3593
      WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................3598
        BASIC INSPECTION................3598
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................3598
            Work Flow................3598
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................3598
              DETAILED FLOW................3598
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................3601
            ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION................3601
              ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description................3601
              ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement................3601
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3602
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION................3602
            System Diagram................3602
            System Description................3602
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................3602
              PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................3603
              OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED................3603
              OPERATION RANGE................3603
              ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS HELD CLOSE TO PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................3603
              BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................3603
                Reset Condition of Battery Saver System................3604
              STEERING LOCK OPERATION................3604
              POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION................3604
                Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)................3604
                Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more................3604
            Component Parts Location................3605
            Component Description................3606
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................3607
            System Diagram................3607
            System Description................3607
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3607
              PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION................3608
              SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................3608
              ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................3608
              POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION................3608
                Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)................3609
                Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more................3609
            Component Parts Location................3610
            Component Description................3611
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3612
            System Diagram................3612
            System Description................3612
              OPERATION FLOW................3612
              SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3612
                Initial Condition................3612
                Disarmed Phase................3612
                Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase................3613
              CANCELING THE ARMED PHASE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3613
              CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3613
              ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3613
              PANIC ALARM OPERATION................3613
            Component Parts Location................3614
            Component Description................3615
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................3616
            COMMON ITEM................3616
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................3616
                APPLICATION ITEM................3616
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................3616
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................3616
            INTELLIGENT KEY................3617
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................3617
                WORK SUPPORT................3617
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................3618
                DATA MONITOR................3618
                ACTIVE TEST................3620
            THEFT ALM................3620
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT)................3620
                DATA MONITOR................3620
                WORK SUPPORT................3621
                ACTIVE TEST................3621
            IMMU................3621
              IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)................3621
                DATA MONITOR................3621
                ACTIVE TEST................3622
                WORK SUPPORT................3622
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3623
          P1610 LOCK MODE................3623
            Description................3623
            DTC Logic................3623
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3623
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3623
            Diagnosis Procedure................3623
          P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................3624
            Description................3624
            DTC Logic................3624
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3624
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3624
            Diagnosis Procedure................3624
          P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................3626
            Description................3626
            DTC Logic................3626
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3626
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3626
            Diagnosis Procedure................3626
          B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................3627
            Description................3627
            DTC Logic................3627
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3627
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3627
            Diagnosis Procedure................3627
          B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................3629
            Description................3629
            DTC Logic................3629
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3629
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3629
            Diagnosis Procedure................3629
          B2195 ANTI-SCANNING................3630
            Description................3630
            DTC Logic................3630
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3630
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3630
            Diagnosis Procedure................3630
          B2196 DONGLE UNIT................3631
            Description................3631
            DTC Logic................3631
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3631
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3631
            Diagnosis Procedure................3631
          B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.................3633
            Description................3633
            DTC Logic................3633
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3633
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3633
            Diagnosis Procedure................3633
          B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT................3637
            Description................3637
            DTC Logic................3637
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3637
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3637
            Diagnosis Procedure................3637
          B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU................3638
            Description................3638
            DTC Logic................3638
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3638
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3638
            Diagnosis Procedure................3638
          B2555 STOP LAMP................3641
            Description................3641
            DTC Logic................3641
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3641
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3641
            Diagnosis Procedure................3641
            Component Inspection................3642
          B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................3643
            Description................3643
            DTC Logic................3643
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3643
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3643
            Diagnosis Procedure................3643
            Component Inspection................3644
          B2557 VEHICLE SPEED................3645
            Description................3645
            DTC Logic................3645
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3645
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3645
            Diagnosis Procedure................3645
          B2601 SHIFT POSITION................3646
            Description................3646
            DTC Logic................3646
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3646
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3646
            Diagnosis Procedure................3646
            Component Inspection................3648
          B2602 SHIFT POSITION................3649
            Description................3649
            DTC Logic................3649
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3649
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3649
            Diagnosis Procedure................3649
            Component Inspection................3650
          B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUS................3652
            Description................3652
            DTC Logic................3652
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3652
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3652
            Diagnosis Procedure................3652
            Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)................3655
            Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]................3655
          B2604 PNP SWITCH................3657
            Description................3657
            DTC Logic................3657
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3657
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3657
            Diagnosis Procedure................3657
            Component Inspection................3659
          B2605 PNP SWITCH................3660
            Description................3660
            DTC Logic................3660
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3660
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3660
            Diagnosis Procedure................3660
          B2608 STARTER RELAY................3662
            Description................3662
            DTC Logic................3662
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3662
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3662
            Diagnosis Procedure................3662
          B2609 STEERING STATUS................3664
            Description................3664
            DTC Logic................3664
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3664
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3664
            Diagnosis Procedure................3664
          B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT................3667
            Description................3667
            DTC Logic................3667
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3667
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3667
            Diagnosis Procedure................3667
          B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT................3668
            Description................3668
            DTC Logic................3668
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3668
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3668
            Diagnosis Procedure................3668
          B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT................3669
            Description................3669
            DTC Logic................3669
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3669
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3669
            Diagnosis Procedure................3669
          B260F ENGINE STATUS................3670
            Description................3670
            DTC Logic................3670
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3670
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3670
            Diagnosis Procedure................3670
          B2612 STEERING STATUS................3671
            Description................3671
            DTC Logic................3671
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3671
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3671
            Diagnosis Procedure................3671
          B2619 BCM................3674
            Description................3674
            DTC Logic................3674
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3674
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3674
            Diagnosis Procedure................3674
          B26E9 STEERING STATUS................3675
            Description................3675
            DTC Logic................3675
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3675
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3675
            Diagnosis Procedure................3675
          B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY................3676
            Description................3676
            DTC Logic................3676
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3676
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3676
            Diagnosis Procedure................3676
          B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY................3678
            Description................3678
            DTC Logic................3678
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3678
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3678
            Diagnosis Procedure................3678
          B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY................3679
            Description................3679
            DTC Logic................3679
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3679
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3679
            Diagnosis Procedure................3679
          B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY................3680
            Description................3680
            DTC Logic................3680
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3680
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3680
            Diagnosis Procedure................3680
          B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH................3682
            Description................3682
            DTC Logic................3682
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3682
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3682
            Diagnosis Procedure................3682
          B26F7 BCM................3685
            Description................3685
            DTC Logic................3685
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3685
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3685
            Diagnosis Procedure................3685
          B26F8 BCM................3686
            Description................3686
            DTC Logic................3686
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3686
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3686
            Diagnosis Procedure................3686
          B26FC KEY REGISTRATION................3687
            Description................3687
            DTC Logic................3687
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3687
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3687
            Diagnosis Procedure................3687
          B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY................3688
            Description................3688
            DTC Logic................3688
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3688
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3688
            Diagnosis Procedure................3688
          B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY................3689
            Description................3689
            DTC Logic................3689
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3689
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3689
            Diagnosis Procedure................3689
          B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT................3690
            Description................3690
            DTC Logic................3690
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3690
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3690
            Diagnosis Procedure................3690
          B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY................3693
            Description................3693
            DTC Logic................3693
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3693
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3693
            Diagnosis Procedure................3693
          B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY................3694
            Description................3694
            DTC Logic................3694
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3694
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3694
            Diagnosis Procedure................3694
          B210D STARTER RELAY................3695
            Description................3695
            DTC Logic................3695
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3695
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3695
            Diagnosis Procedure................3695
          B210E STARTER RELAY................3696
            Description................3696
            DTC Logic................3696
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3696
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3696
            Diagnosis Procedure................3696
          B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH................3698
            Description................3698
            DTC Logic................3698
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3698
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3698
            Diagnosis Procedure................3698
          B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH................3700
            Description................3700
            DTC Logic................3700
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3700
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3700
            Diagnosis Procedure................3700
            Component Inspection................3702
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3703
            BCM................3703
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................3703
            IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3703
              IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure................3703
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................3705
            Description................3705
            Component Function Check................3705
            Diagnosis Procedure................3705
          HORN FUNCTION................3707
            Description................3707
            Component Function Check................3707
            Diagnosis Procedure................3707
          HEADLAMP FUNCTION................3709
            Description................3709
            Component Function Check................3709
            Diagnosis Procedure................3709
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION................3710
            Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -................3710
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................3719
            Wiring Diagram - NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM -................3719
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3727
            Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM -................3727
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3734
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................3734
            Reference Value................3734
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3734
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3739
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3739
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................3755
            Fail-safe................3759
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................3759
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................3761
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................3761
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................3761
            DTC Index................3763
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................3766
            Reference Value................3766
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3766
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3768
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3768
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................3773
            Fail-Safe................3777
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................3777
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................3777
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................3778
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................3778
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................3778
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................3779
            DTC Index................3779
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3780
          ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE................3780
            Description................3780
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................3780
            Diagnosis Procedure................3780
          STEERING DOES NOT LOCK................3781
            Description................3781
            Diagnosis Procedure................3781
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK................3782
            Description................3782
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................3782
            Diagnosis Procedure................3782
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET................3783
            INTELLIGENT KEY................3783
              INTELLIGENT KEY : Description................3783
                CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................3783
              INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure................3783
            DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................3783
              DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description................3783
                CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................3783
              DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................3783
            DOOR KEY CYLINDER................3783
              DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Description................3784
                CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................3784
              DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Diagnosis Procedure................3784
          VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE................3785
            Description................3785
              CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)................3785
            Diagnosis Procedure................3785
        PRECAUTION................3786
          PRECAUTIONS................3786
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3786
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3786
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................3786
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................3786
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3788
          NATS ANTENNA AMP.................3788
            Exploded View................3788
            Removal and Installation................3788
              REMOVAL................3788
              INSTALLATION................3788
      WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................3789
        BASIC INSPECTION................3789
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................3789
            Work Flow................3789
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................3789
              DETAILED FLOW................3789
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................3792
            ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION................3792
              ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description................3792
              ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement................3792
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3793
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................3793
            System Diagram................3793
            System Description................3793
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3793
              PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION................3793
              SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................3793
            Component Parts Location................3794
            Component Description................3794
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3795
            System Diagram................3795
            System Description................3795
              OPERATION FLOW................3795
              SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3795
                Initial Condition................3795
                Disarmed Phase................3795
                Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase................3796
              CANCELING THE ARMED PHASE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3796
              CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3796
              ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3796
              PANIC ALARM OPERATION................3796
            Component Parts Location................3797
            Component Description................3797
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................3798
            COMMON ITEM................3798
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................3798
                APPLICATION ITEM................3798
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................3798
            IMMU................3798
              IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)................3799
                DATA MONITOR................3799
                ACTIVE TEST................3799
            THEFT ALM................3799
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)................3799
                DATA MONITOR................3799
                WORK SUPPORT................3799
                ACTIVE TEST................3800
            PANIC ALARM................3800
              PANIC ALARM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - PANIC ALARM)................3800
                ACTIVE TEST................3800
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3801
          P1610 LOCK MODE................3801
            Description................3801
            DTC Logic................3801
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3801
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3801
            Diagnosis Procedure................3801
          P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................3802
            Description................3802
            DTC Logic................3802
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3802
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3802
            Diagnosis Procedure................3802
          P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................3804
            Description................3804
            DTC Logic................3804
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3804
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3804
            Diagnosis Procedure................3804
          P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY................3805
            Description................3805
            DTC Logic................3805
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3805
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3805
            Diagnosis Procedure................3805
          P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY................3808
            Description................3808
            DTC Logic................3808
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3808
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3808
            Diagnosis Procedure................3808
          B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.................3809
            Description................3809
            DTC Logic................3809
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3809
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3809
            Diagnosis Procedure................3809
          B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY................3812
            Description................3812
            DTC Logic................3812
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3812
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3812
            Diagnosis Procedure................3812
          B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................3813
            Description................3813
            DTC Logic................3813
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3813
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3813
            Diagnosis Procedure................3813
          B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................3815
            Description................3815
            DTC Logic................3815
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3815
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3815
            Diagnosis Procedure................3815
          B2195 ANTI-SCANNING................3816
            Description................3816
            DTC Logic................3816
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3816
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3816
            Diagnosis Procedure................3816
          B2196 DONGLE UNIT................3817
            Description................3817
            DTC Logic................3817
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3817
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3817
            Diagnosis Procedure................3817
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3819
            BCM................3819
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................3819
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................3820
            Description................3820
            Component Function Check................3820
            Diagnosis Procedure................3820
          HORN FUNCTION................3822
            Description................3822
            Component Function Check................3822
            Diagnosis Procedure................3822
          HEADLAMP FUNCTION................3824
            Description................3824
            Component Function Check................3824
            Diagnosis Procedure................3824
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................3825
            Wiring Diagram - NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM -................3825
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................3830
            Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM -................3830
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3837
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................3837
            Reference Value................3837
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3837
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................3840
              PHYSICAL VALUES................3840
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................3852
            Fail-safe................3855
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................3855
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................3856
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................3856
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................3856
            DTC Index................3857
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3859
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK................3859
            Description................3859
              CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)................3859
            Diagnosis Procedure................3859
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET................3860
            Description................3860
              CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................3860
            Diagnosis Procedure................3860
          VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE................3861
            Description................3861
              CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)................3861
            Diagnosis Procedure................3861
        PRECAUTION................3862
          PRECAUTIONS................3862
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3862
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3862
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3863
          NATS ANTENNA AMP.................3863
            Exploded View................3863
            Removal and Installation................3863
              REMOVAL................3863
              INSTALLATION................3863
  SN................3864
    Table of Contents................3864
      BASIC INSPECTION................3866
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................3866
          Work Flow................3866
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................3866
            DETAILED FLOW................3866
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3868
        SONAR SYSTEM................3868
          System Diagram................3868
          System Description................3868
            ACTIVATION CONDITION................3868
            OBSTACLE DETECTION DISTANCE................3868
              Warning Buzzer Frequency................3869
          Component Parts Location................3870
          Component Description................3870
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SONAR CONTROL UNIT)................3871
          CONSULT-III Function (SONAR)................3871
            DESCRIPTION................3871
            ECU PART NUMBER................3871
            SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS................3871
            DATA MONITOR................3871
            ACTIVE TEST................3871
            WORK SUPPORT................3871
              CORNER SEN DISTANCE SET................3872
              CENTER SEN DISTANCE SET................3872
              TRAILER HITCH MODE................3872
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3873
        B2704 CORNER SENSOR [RL]................3873
          Description................3873
          DTC Logic................3873
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3873
        B2705 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RL]................3874
          Description................3874
          DTC Logic................3874
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3874
          Diagnosis Procedure................3874
        B2706 CORNER SENSOR [RR]................3875
          Description................3875
          DTC Logic................3875
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3875
        B2707 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RR]................3876
          Description................3876
          DTC Logic................3876
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3876
          Diagnosis Procedure................3876
        B2708 CENTER SENSOR [BL]................3877
          Description................3877
          DTC Logic................3877
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3877
        B2709 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CT-BL]................3878
          Description................3878
          DTC Logic................3878
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3878
          Diagnosis Procedure................3878
        B270A CENTER SENSOR [BR]................3879
          Description................3879
          DTC Logic................3879
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3879
        B270B SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CT-BR]................3880
          Description................3880
          DTC Logic................3880
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3880
          Diagnosis Procedure................3880
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................3881
          SONAR CONTROL UNIT................3881
            SONAR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................3881
        R RANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................3882
          Description................3882
          Diagnosis Procedure................3882
        BUZZER DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................3883
          Description................3883
          Diagnosis Procedure................3883
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................3884
        SONAR CONTROL UNIT................3884
          Reference Value................3884
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................3884
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................3885
            PHYSICAL VALUES................3885
          Wiring Diagram - SONAR SYSTEM -................3887
          Fail Safe................3890
          DTC Index................3891
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................3892
        SONAR SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................3892
          Symptom Table................3892
      PRECAUTION................3893
        PRECAUTIONS................3893
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3893
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3893
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3894
        SONAR CONTROL UNIT................3894
          Exploded View................3894
          Removal and Installation................3894
            REMOVAL................3894
            INSTALLATION................3894
        SONAR SENSOR................3895
          CENTER SENSOR................3895
            CENTER SENSOR : Exploded View................3895
              REMOVAL................3895
              DISASSEMBLY................3895
            CENTER SENSOR : Removal and Installation................3895
              REMOVAL................3895
              INSTALLATION................3895
          CORNER SENSOR................3895
            CORNER SENSOR : Exploded View................3895
            CORNER SENSOR : Removal and Installation................3896
              REMOVAL................3896
              INSTALLATION................3896
        BUZZER................3897
          Exploded View................3897
          Removal and Installation................3897
            REMOVAL................3897
            INSTALLATION................3897
  SR................3898
    Table of Contents................3898
      PRECAUTION................3899
        PRECAUTIONS................3899
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................3899
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................3899
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................3899
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................3899
          Occupant Classification System................3900
          Service................3900
      PREPARATION................3901
        PREPARATION................3901
          Commercial Service Tools................3901
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................3902
        DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................3902
          Exploded View................3902
          Removal and Installation................3902
            REMOVAL................3902
            INSTALLATION................3904
        SPIRAL CABLE................3905
          Exploded View................3905
          Removal and Installation................3905
            REMOVAL................3905
            INSTALLATION................3906
        FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................3908
          Exploded View................3908
          Removal and Installation................3908
            REMOVAL................3908
            INSTALLATION................3909
        SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE................3911
          Exploded View................3911
          Removal and Installation................3911
            REMOVAL................3911
            INSTALLATION................3912
        CRASH ZONE SENSOR................3913
          Exploded View................3913
          Removal and Installation................3913
            REMOVAL................3913
            INSTALLATION................3914
        SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR................3915
          Exploded View................3915
          Removal and Installation................3915
            REMOVAL................3915
            INSTALLATION................3916
        DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3917
          Exploded View................3917
          Removal and Installation................3917
            REMOVAL................3917
            INSTALLATION................3918
        SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER................3919
          Exploded View................3919
          Removal and Installation................3919
        OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT................3920
          Removal and Installation................3920
            For removal and installation................3920
  SRC................3921
    Table of Contents................3921
      BASIC INSPECTION................3925
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................3925
          Work Flow................3925
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................3925
            DETAILED FLOW................3925
        INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................3928
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................3928
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................3928
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................3928
              WORK PROCEDURE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................3928
          ZERO POINT RESET................3928
            ZERO POINT RESET : Description................3928
            ZERO POINT RESET : Special Repair Requirement................3928
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................3930
        SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM................3930
          System Diagram................3930
          System Description................3930
            AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT FUNCTIONS................3931
            COLLISION MODES................3931
          Component Parts Location................3932
          Component Description................3933
        OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM................3934
          System Diagram................3934
            OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM................3934
          System Description................3934
            This Occupant Detection System has the following functions.................3934
          Component Parts Location................3935
          Component Description................3936
        ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM................3937
          Diagnosis Description................3937
            DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION................3937
          Diagnosis with Air Bag Warning Lamp................3937
            SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION................3937
            CHANGE DIAGNOSIS MODE................3937
            PROCEDURE TO CHANGE DIAGNOSIS MODE................3937
            USER MODE................3937
              How to Read Air Bag Warning Lamp................3937
              Air Bag Warning Lamp Examples................3937
            DIAGNOSIS MODE................3938
              How to Read Air Bag Warning Lamp................3938
              How to Erase Self Diagnosis Result................3940
            EXAMPLE OF AIR BAG WARNING LAMP OPERATION IN THE DIAGNOSIS MODE................3940
              System Normal................3940
              Single System Malfunction................3940
              Multiple Systems Malfunction................3941
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)................3943
          CONSULT-III Function................3943
            APPLICATION ITEM................3943
            HOW TO ERASE SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS................3943
            SPECIAL FUNCTION................3943
              CAUSE OF WARNING................3943
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM)................3944
          CONSULT-III Function................3944
            ZERO POINT RESET DESCRIPTION................3944
            WORK SUPPORT................3944
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................3945
        B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3945
          Description................3945
          DTC Logic................3945
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3945
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3945
          Diagnosis Procedure................3945
        B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3947
          Description................3947
          DTC Logic................3947
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3947
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3947
          Diagnosis Procedure................3947
        B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3949
          Description................3949
          DTC Logic................3949
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3949
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3949
          Diagnosis Procedure................3949
        B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT................3951
          Description................3951
          DTC Logic................3951
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3951
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3951
          Diagnosis Procedure................3951
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................3951
        B1018 OCCUPANT SYSTEM SENSOR................3953
          Description................3953
          DTC Logic................3953
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3953
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3953
          Diagnosis Procedure................3953
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................3953
        B1022 OCCUPANT SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT................3955
          Description................3955
          DTC Logic................3955
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3955
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3955
          Diagnosis Procedure................3955
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................3955
        B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR................3957
          Description................3957
          DTC Logic................3957
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3957
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3957
          Diagnosis Procedure................3957
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................3957
        B1025, B1032, B1048 OCCUPANT SYSTEM SENSOR................3959
          Description................3959
          DTC Logic................3959
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3959
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3959
          Diagnosis Procedure................3959
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................3959
        B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3961
          Description................3961
          DTC Logic................3961
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3961
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3961
          Diagnosis Procedure................3961
        B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................3963
          Description................3963
          DTC Logic................3963
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3963
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3963
          Diagnosis Procedure................3963
        B1035 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................3965
          Description................3965
          DTC Logic................3965
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3965
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3965
          Diagnosis Procedure................3965
        B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................3967
          Description................3967
          DTC Logic................3967
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3967
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3967
          Diagnosis Procedure................3967
        B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................3969
          Description................3969
          DTC Logic................3969
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3969
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3969
          Diagnosis Procedure................3969
        B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3971
          Description................3971
          DTC Logic................3971
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3971
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3971
          Diagnosis Procedure................3971
        B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................3973
          Description................3973
          DTC Logic................3973
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3973
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3973
          Diagnosis Procedure................3973
        B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................3975
          Description................3975
          DTC Logic................3975
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3975
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3975
          Diagnosis Procedure................3975
        B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................3977
          Description................3977
          DTC Logic................3977
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3977
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3977
          Diagnosis Procedure................3977
        B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................3979
          Description................3979
          DTC Logic................3979
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3979
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3979
          Diagnosis Procedure................3979
        B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3981
          Description................3981
          DTC Logic................3981
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3981
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3981
          Diagnosis Procedure................3981
        B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................3983
          Description................3983
          DTC Logic................3983
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3983
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3983
          Diagnosis Procedure................3983
        B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................3985
          Description................3985
          DTC Logic................3985
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3985
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3985
          Diagnosis Procedure................3985
        B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................3987
          Description................3987
          DTC Logic................3987
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3987
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3987
          Diagnosis Procedure................3987
        B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................3989
          Description................3989
          DTC Logic................3989
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3989
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3989
          Diagnosis Procedure................3989
        B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................3991
          Description................3991
          DTC Logic................3991
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3991
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3991
          Diagnosis Procedure................3991
        B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................3993
          Description................3993
          DTC Logic................3993
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3993
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3993
          Diagnosis Procedure................3993
        B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................3995
          Description................3995
          DTC Logic................3995
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3995
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3995
          Diagnosis Procedure................3995
        B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................3997
          Description................3997
          DTC Logic................3997
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3997
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3997
          Diagnosis Procedure................3997
        B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................3999
          Description................3999
          DTC Logic................3999
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................3999
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................3999
          Diagnosis Procedure................3999
        B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................4001
          Description................4001
          DTC Logic................4001
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4001
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4001
          Diagnosis Procedure................4001
        B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................4003
          Description................4003
          DTC Logic................4003
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4003
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4003
          Diagnosis Procedure................4003
        B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................4005
          Description................4005
          DTC Logic................4005
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4005
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4005
          Diagnosis Procedure................4005
        B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................4007
          Description................4007
          DTC Logic................4007
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4007
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4007
          Diagnosis Procedure................4007
        B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................4009
          Description................4009
          DTC Logic................4009
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4009
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4009
          Diagnosis Procedure................4009
        B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093, B1094, B1095 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4011
          Description................4011
          DTC Logic................4011
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4011
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4011
          Diagnosis Procedure................4011
        B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4013
          Description................4013
          DTC Logic................4013
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4013
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4013
          Diagnosis Procedure................4013
        B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................4015
          Description................4015
          DTC Logic................4015
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4015
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4015
          Diagnosis Procedure................4015
        B1115 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................4017
          Description................4017
          DTC Logic................4017
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4017
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4017
          Diagnosis Procedure................4017
        B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................4019
          Description................4019
          DTC Logic................4019
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4019
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4019
          Diagnosis Procedure................4019
        B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................4021
          Description................4021
          DTC Logic................4021
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4021
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4021
          Diagnosis Procedure................4021
        B1120 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................4023
          Description................4023
          DTC Logic................4023
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4023
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4023
          Diagnosis Procedure................4023
        B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................4025
          Description................4025
          DTC Logic................4025
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4025
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4025
          Diagnosis Procedure................4025
        B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4027
          Description................4027
          DTC Logic................4027
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4027
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4027
          Diagnosis Procedure................4027
        B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................4029
          Description................4029
          DTC Logic................4029
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4029
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4029
          Diagnosis Procedure................4029
        B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................4031
          Description................4031
          DTC Logic................4031
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4031
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4031
          Diagnosis Procedure................4031
        B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................4033
          Description................4033
          DTC Logic................4033
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4033
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4033
          Diagnosis Procedure................4033
        B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................4035
          Description................4035
          DTC Logic................4035
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4035
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4035
          Diagnosis Procedure................4035
        B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................4037
          Description................4037
          DTC Logic................4037
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4037
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4037
          Diagnosis Procedure................4037
        B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................4039
          Description................4039
          DTC Logic................4039
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4039
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4039
          Diagnosis Procedure................4039
        B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................4041
          Description................4041
          DTC Logic................4041
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4041
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4041
          Diagnosis Procedure................4041
        B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................4043
          Description................4043
          DTC Logic................4043
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4043
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4043
          Diagnosis Procedure................4043
        B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4045
          Description................4045
          DTC Logic................4045
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4045
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4045
          Diagnosis Procedure................4045
        B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ................4047
          Description................4047
          DTC Logic................4047
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4047
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4047
          Diagnosis Procedure................4047
        B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................4048
          Description................4048
          DTC Logic................4048
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4048
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4048
          Diagnosis Procedure................4048
        B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................4050
          Description................4050
          DTC Logic................4050
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4050
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4050
          Diagnosis Procedure................4050
        B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................4052
          Description................4052
          DTC Logic................4052
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4052
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4052
          Diagnosis Procedure................4052
        B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................4054
          Description................4054
          DTC Logic................4054
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4054
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4054
          Diagnosis Procedure................4054
        B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................4056
          Description................4056
          DTC Logic................4056
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4056
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4056
          Diagnosis Procedure................4056
        B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................4058
          Description................4058
          DTC Logic................4058
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4058
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4058
          Diagnosis Procedure................4058
        B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................4060
          Description................4060
          DTC Logic................4060
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4060
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4060
          Diagnosis Procedure................4060
        B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................4062
          Description................4062
          DTC Logic................4062
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4062
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4062
          Diagnosis Procedure................4062
        B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157, B1158, B1159 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4064
          Description................4064
          DTC Logic................4064
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4064
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4064
          Diagnosis Procedure................4064
        B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4066
          Description................4066
          DTC Logic................4066
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4066
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4066
          Diagnosis Procedure................4066
        B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189, B1190, B1191 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4068
          Description................4068
          DTC Logic................4068
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4068
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4068
          Diagnosis Procedure................4068
        B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4070
          Description................4070
          DTC Logic................4070
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4070
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4070
          Diagnosis Procedure................4070
        B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION................4072
          Description................4072
          DTC Logic................4072
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4072
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4072
          Diagnosis Procedure................4072
        B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION................4074
          Description................4074
          DTC Logic................4074
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4074
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4074
          Diagnosis Procedure................4074
        B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTION................4076
          Description................4076
          DTC Logic................4076
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4076
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4076
          Diagnosis Procedure................4076
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................4076
        B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................4078
          Description................4078
          DTC Logic................4078
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4078
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4078
          Diagnosis Procedure................4078
        B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................4080
          Description................4080
          DTC Logic................4080
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4080
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4080
          Diagnosis Procedure................4080
        B1218, B1219, B1220, B1221, B1222, B1223 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4082
          Description................4082
          DTC Logic................4082
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4082
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4082
          Diagnosis Procedure................4082
        B1239 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4084
          Description................4084
          DTC Logic................4084
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4084
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4084
          Diagnosis Procedure................4084
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4085
        DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................4085
          DTC Index................4085
          Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -................4089
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4095
        SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................4095
          Diagnosis Procedure................4095
        SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................4096
          Diagnosis Procedure................4096
      PRECAUTION................4097
        PRECAUTIONS................4097
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4097
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4097
          Service................4097
          Occupant Detection System Precaution................4098
  ST................4099
    Table of Contents................4099
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4100
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................4100
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................4100
      PRECAUTION................4101
        PRECAUTIONS................4101
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4101
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4101
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................4101
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................4101
          Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System................4102
      PREPARATION................4103
        PREPARATION................4103
          Special Service Tools................4103
          Commercial Service Tools................4104
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................4105
        STEERING WHEEL................4105
          Inspection................4105
            STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY................4105
            STEERING WHEEL PLAY................4105
            NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL................4105
            STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE................4105
            FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE................4105
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4107
        STEERING WHEEL................4107
          Exploded View................4107
          Removal and Installation................4107
            REMOVAL................4107
            INSTALLATION................4107
          Disassembly and Assembly................4108
            DISASSEMBLY................4108
            ASSEMBLY................4108
        STEERING COLUMN................4109
          Exploded View................4109
          Removal and Installation................4109
            REMOVAL................4109
            INSTALLATION................4110
          Inspection................4110
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................4110
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4110
        STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE................4112
          Exploded View................4112
            REMOVAL ................4112
            DISASSEMBLY ................4112
          Removal and Installation................4113
            REMOVAL................4113
            INSTALLATION................4113
          Disassembly and Assembly................4113
            DISASSEMBLY................4113
            ASSEMBLY................4114
          Inspection................4116
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4116
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4116
              Boot................4116
              Gear Housing Assembly................4116
              Outer Socket and Inner Socket................4116
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4118
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4118
          General Specifications................4118
          Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play................4118
          Steering Wheel Turning Force................4118
          Steering Angle................4118
          Steering Column Operating Range................4118
          Rack Stroke................4118
          Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque................4118
          Socket Axial End Play................4119
          Inner Socket Length................4119
  STC................4120
    Table of Contents................4120
      BASIC INSPECTION................4122
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................4122
          Work Flow................4122
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4124
        EPS SYSTEM................4124
          System Diagram................4124
          System Description................4124
          Component Parts Location................4125
          Component Description................4125
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)................4126
          CONSULT-III Function................4126
            FUNCTION................4126
            ECU IDENTIFICATION................4126
            SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................4126
              Display Item List................4126
            DATA MONITOR MODE................4126
              Display Item List................4126
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4127
        C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY................4127
          Description................4127
          DTC Logic................4127
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4127
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4127
          Diagnosis Procedure................4127
          Special Repair Requirement................4128
        C1604 TORQUE SENSOR................4129
          Description................4129
          DTC Logic................4129
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4129
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4129
          Diagnosis Procedure................4129
          Special Repair Requirement................4130
        C1606 EPS MOTOR................4131
          Description................4131
          DTC Logic................4131
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4131
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4131
          Diagnosis Procedure................4131
          Component Inspection ................4131
          Special Repair Requirement................4132
        C1607, C1608 EPS CONTROL UNIT................4133
          Description................4133
          DTC Logic................4133
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4133
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4133
          Diagnosis Procedure................4133
        C1609 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL................4134
          Description................4134
          DTC Logic................4134
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4134
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4134
          Diagnosis Procedure................4134
        C1610 ENGINE STATUS SIGNAL................4135
          Description................4135
          DTC Logic................4135
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4135
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4135
          Diagnosis Procedure................4135
        U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................4136
          Description................4136
          DTC Logic................4136
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4136
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4136
          Diagnosis Procedure................4136
          Special Repair Requirement................4136
        EPS WARNING LAMP................4137
          Description................4137
            EPS WARNING LAMP INDICATION................4137
          Component Function Check................4137
          Diagnosis Procedure................4137
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4138
        EPS CONTROL UNIT................4138
          Reference Value................4138
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4138
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................4139
            PHYSICAL VALUES................4139
          Wiring Diagram - ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM - ................4140
          Fail-Safe................4142
          DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4143
          DTC Index................4143
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4144
        EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................4144
          Description................4144
          Diagnosis Procedure................4144
        EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................4145
          Description................4145
          Diagnosis Procedure................4145
        STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT................4146
          Description................4146
          Diagnosis Procedure................4146
        UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE AND RETURN BETWEEN RIGHT AND LEFT................4147
          Description................4147
          Diagnosis Procedure................4147
        UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)................4148
          Description................4148
          Diagnosis Procedure................4148
      PRECAUTION................4149
        PRECAUTIONS................4149
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4149
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4149
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................4149
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................4149
          Service Notice or Precautions for EPS System................4150
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4151
        EPS CONTROL UNIT................4151
          Exploded View................4151
          Removal and Installation................4151
            REMOVAL................4151
            INSTALLATION................4151
  STR................4152
    Table of Contents................4152
      BASIC INSPECTION................4153
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................4153
          Work Flow................4153
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................4153
            DETAILED FLOW................4153
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4156
        STARTING SYSTEM................4156
          M/T................4156
            M/T : System Diagram................4156
            M/T : System Description................4156
            M/T : Component Parts Location................4157
            M/T : Component Description................4157
          CVT................4157
            CVT : System Diagram (With Intelligent Key)................4158
            CVT : System Diagram (Without Intellgent Key)................4158
            CVT : System Description (With Intelligent Key)................4158
            CVT : System Description (Without Intelligent Key)................4159
            CVT : Component Parts Location................4159
            CVT : Component Description (With Intellgent Key)................4159
            CVT : Component Description (Without Intelligent Key)................4160
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4161
        B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................4161
          Description................4161
          Diagnosis Procedure................4161
        S CONNECTOR CIRCUIT................4162
          Description................4162
          Diagnosis Procedure................4162
        STARTING SYSTEM................4163
          Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) -................4163
          Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (WITHOUT INTELLIGENTKEY) -................4166
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4169
        STARTING SYSTEM................4169
          Symptom Table................4169
      PRECAUTION................4170
        PRECAUTIONS................4170
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4170
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4170
      PREPARATION................4171
        PREPARATION................4171
          Special Service Tools................4171
          Commercial Service Tools................4171
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4172
        STARTER MOTOR................4172
          Exploded View................4172
            REMOVAL................4172
            DISASSEMBLY................4172
          Removal and Installation................4173
            REMOVAL................4173
            INSTALLATION................4173
          Inspection................4174
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4174
              Pinion/Clutch Check................4174
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4175
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4175
          Starter Motor................4175
  TM................4176
    Table of Contents................4176
      6MT: RS6F94R................4181
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4181
          M/T SYSTEM................4181
            System Diagram................4181
              CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW................4181
            System Description................4182
              TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER................4182
              REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)................4182
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4183
          POSITION SWITCH................4183
            BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH................4183
              BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Component Parts Location................4183
              BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Component Inspection................4183
            PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH................4183
              PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Parts Location................4183
              PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspection................4183
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4185
          NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................4185
            NVH Troubleshooting Chart................4185
        PRECAUTION................4186
          PRECAUTIONS................4186
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4186
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4186
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................4186
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................4186
            Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle................4187
        PREPARATION................4188
          PREPARATION................4188
            Special Service Tools................4188
            Commercial Service Tools................4190
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................4192
          GEAR OIL................4192
            Exploded View................4192
            Inspection................4192
              OIL LEAKAGE................4192
              OIL LEVEL................4192
            Draining................4192
            Refilling................4192
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4193
          SIDE OIL SEAL................4193
            Exploded View................4193
            Removal and Installation................4193
              REMOVAL................4193
              INSTALLATION................4193
            Inspection................4193
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4193
          CONTROL LINKAGE................4194
            Exploded View................4194
            Removal and Installation................4194
              REMOVAL ................4194
              INSTALLATION................4195
                Install the selector cable according to the following instructions.................4195
            Inspection................4196
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4196
          AIR BREATHER HOSE................4197
            Exploded View................4197
            Removal and Installation................4197
              REMOVAL................4197
              INSTALLATION................4197
          POSITION SWITCH................4198
            Exploded View................4198
            Removal and Installation................4198
              REMOVAL................4198
              INSTALLATION................4198
        UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4199
          TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................4199
            Exploded View................4199
            Removal and Installation................4199
              REMOVAL................4199
              INSTALLATION................4200
            Inspection................4200
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4200
        UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY................4201
          TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................4201
            Exploded View................4201
              CASE AND HOUSING................4201
              SHAFT AND GEAR................4202
              SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD................4204
              FINAL DRIVE................4205
            Disassembly................4206
            Assembly................4211
          INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR................4217
            Exploded View................4217
            Disassembly................4217
            Assembly................4218
            Inspection................4220
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4220
                Input shaft and gear................4220
                Synchronizer hub and coupling sleeve................4220
                Baulk ring................4220
                Bearing................4221
          MAINSHAFT AND GEAR................4222
            Exploded View................4222
            Disassembly................4222
            Assembly................4223
            Inspection................4225
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4225
                Mainshaft and Gear................4225
                Synchronizer hub and coupling sleeve................4226
                Baulk ring................4226
                Bearing................4226
          REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR................4227
            Exploded View................4227
            Disassembly................4227
            Assembly................4228
            Inspection................4228
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4228
                Shaft and Gear................4228
                Bearing................4228
          FINAL DRIVE................4229
            Exploded View................4229
            Disassembly................4229
            Assembly................4229
            Inspection................4230
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4230
                Gear and Case................4230
                Bearing................4230
          SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD................4231
            Exploded View................4231
            Disassembly................4231
            Assembly................4231
            Inspection................4231
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................4231
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4232
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4232
            General Specification................4232
      CVT: RE0F08B................4233
        BASIC INSPECTION................4233
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................4233
            Work Flow................4233
              BEFORE STARTING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................4233
              DETAILED FLOW................4233
            Diagnostic Work Sheet................4234
              DESCRIPTION................4234
              WORKSHEET SAMPLE................4234
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................4236
            TCM REPLACEMENT................4236
              TCM REPLACEMENT : Description................4236
              TCM REPLACEMENT : Special Repair Requirement................4236
            TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT................4236
              TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT : Description................4236
              TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT : Special Repair Requirement................4236
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4238
          CVT SYSTEM................4238
            System Diagram................4238
            Component Parts Location................4239
          MECHANICAL SYSTEM................4241
            Cross-Sectional View................4241
            System Diagram................4242
            System Description................4242
              Activation state according to each gear shifting................4242
              Power transmission of each position................4242
                “P” position................4242
                “R” position................4243
                “N” position................4244
                “D” and “L” positions................4245
            Component Parts Location................4246
            Component Description................4246
          HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM................4248
            System Diagram................4248
            System Description................4248
              LINE PRESSURE AND SECONDARY PRESSURE CONTROL................4248
                Normal Control................4248
                Feedback Control................4248
            Component Parts Location................4249
            Component Description................4250
          CONTROL SYSTEM................4251
            System Diagram................4251
            System Description................4251
              TCM FUNCTION ................4251
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM................4251
            Component Parts Location................4253
            Component Description................4254
          LOCK-UP AND SELECT CONTROL SYSTEM................4255
            System Diagram................4255
            System Description................4255
              TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH AND SELECT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL ................4255
                Lock-up Released ................4255
                Lock-up Applied................4255
                Select Control................4255
            Component Parts Location................4256
            Component Description................4257
          SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM................4258
            System Diagram................4258
            System Description................4258
              “D” POSITION................4258
              OVERDRIVE OFF CONDITION................4258
              “L” POSITION................4258
              DOWNHILL ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL (AUTO ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)................4259
              ACCELERATION CONTROL................4259
            Component Parts Location................4259
            Component Description................4260
          SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM................4261
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................4261
              WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description................4261
                SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION................4261
                  When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Selector Operation Allowed)................4261
                  When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)................4261
                “P” POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)................4261
              WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................4262
              WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description................4262
                SHIFT LOCK................4262
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................4263
              WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description................4263
                SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION................4263
                  When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Selector Operation Allowed)................4263
                  When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)................4263
                “P” POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)................4264
                KEY LOCK MECHANISM................4264
                  Key Lock Status................4264
                  Key Unlock Status................4264
              WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................4265
              WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description................4265
                SHIFT LOCK................4265
                KEY LOCK................4265
          ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM................4266
            Diagnosis Description................4266
              DESCRIPTION................4266
              OBD-II FUNCTION................4266
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)................4267
            CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)................4267
              FUNCTION................4267
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE................4267
              DATA MONITOR MODE................4267
                Display Items List................4267
              WORK SUPPORT MODE................4269
                Display Item List................4269
                Engine Brake Adjustment................4269
                Conform CVTF Deterioration................4270
                Calibration Data................4270
            Diagnostic Tool Function................4270
              OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)................4270
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4271
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................4271
            Description................4271
            DTC Logic................4271
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4271
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4271
            Diagnosis Procedure................4271
          U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................4272
            Description................4272
            DTC Logic................4272
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4272
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4272
            Diagnosis Procedure................4272
          P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B................4273
            Description................4273
            DTC Logic................4273
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4273
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4273
            Diagnosis Procedure................4273
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................4275
          P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A................4276
            Description................4276
            DTC Logic................4276
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4276
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4276
            Diagnosis Procedure................4276
            Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Switch)................4278
          P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A................4279
            Description................4279
            DTC Logic................4279
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4279
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4279
            Diagnosis Procedure................4280
            Component Inspection (CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor)................4281
          P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A................4282
            Description................4282
            DTC Logic................4282
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4282
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4282
            Diagnosis Procedure................4282
          P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR................4285
            Description................4285
            DTC Logic................4285
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4285
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4285
            Diagnosis Procedure................4285
          P0725 ENGINE SPEED................4288
            Description................4288
            DTC Logic................4288
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4288
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4288
            Diagnosis Procedure................4288
          P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER................4289
            Description................4289
            DTC Logic................4289
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4289
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4289
            Diagnosis Procedure................4290
            Component Inspection (Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve)................4291
          P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER................4292
            Description................4292
            DTC Logic................4292
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4292
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4292
            Diagnosis Procedure................4292
            Component Inspection (Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve)................4293
            Component Inspection (Lock-up Select Solenoid Valve)................4293
          P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A................4295
            Description................4295
            DTC Logic................4295
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4295
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4295
            Diagnosis Procedure................4295
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4296
          P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A................4297
            Description................4297
            DTC Logic................4297
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4297
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4297
            Diagnosis Procedure................4297
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4298
          P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B................4299
            Description................4299
            DTC Logic................4299
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4299
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4299
            Diagnosis Procedure................4299
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4300
          P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B................4301
            Description................4301
            DTC Logic................4301
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4301
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4301
            Diagnosis Procedure................4301
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4302
          P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A................4303
            Description................4303
            DTC Logic................4303
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4303
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4303
            Diagnosis Procedure................4303
          P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A................4305
            Description................4305
            DTC Logic................4305
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4305
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4305
            Diagnosis Procedure................4305
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4306
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4306
          P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE................4307
            Description................4307
            DTC Logic................4307
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4307
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4307
            Diagnosis Procedure................4307
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4308
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................4308
          P1701 TCM................4310
            Description................4310
            DTC Logic................4310
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4310
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4310
            Diagnosis Procedure................4310
          P1705 TP SENSOR................4313
            Description................4313
            DTC Logic................4313
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4313
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4313
            Diagnosis Procedure................4313
          P1722 VEHICLE SPEED................4314
            Description................4314
            DTC Logic................4314
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4314
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4314
            Diagnosis Procedure................4314
          P1723 SPEED SENSOR................4315
            Description................4315
            DTC Logic................4315
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4315
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4315
            Diagnosis Procedure................4315
          P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL................4317
            Description................4317
            DTC Logic................4317
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4317
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4317
            Diagnosis Procedure................4317
          P1740 SELECT SOLENOID................4318
            Description................4318
            DTC Logic................4318
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4318
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4318
            Diagnosis Procedure................4319
            Component Inspection (Lock-up Select Solenoid Valve)................4319
          P1777 STEP MOTOR................4321
            Description................4321
            DTC Logic................4321
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4321
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4321
            Diagnosis Procedure................4321
            Component Inspection (Step Motor)................4322
          P1778 STEP MOTOR................4324
            Description................4324
            DTC Logic................4324
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4324
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4324
            Diagnosis Procedure................4324
          OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH................4326
            Description................4326
            Component Function Check................4326
            Diagnosis Procedure................4326
            Component Inspection (Overdrive Control Switch)................4328
          SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT................4329
            Description................4329
            Component Function Check................4329
            Diagnosis Procedure................4329
          SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM................4330
            Description................4330
            Wiring Diagram - SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -................4331
            Component Function Check................4332
            Diagnosis Procedure................4333
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................4335
            Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)................4336
            Component Inspection (Park Position Switch)................4336
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4337
          TCM................4337
            Reference Value................4337
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4337
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4339
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4339
            Wiring Diagram - CVT CONTROL SYSTEM -................4342
            Fail-safe................4347
              Description................4347
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4349
            DTC Index................4349
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4351
          SYSTEM SYMPTOM................4351
            Symptom Table................4351
        PRECAUTION................4363
          PRECAUTIONS................4363
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4363
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4363
            Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................4363
              OPERATION PROCEDURE................4363
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................4364
            Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine................4364
            Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Replacement................4364
            Precaution................4364
            Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector................4365
              REMOVAL................4365
              INSTALLATION................4365
            Service Notice or Precaution................4366
              OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS................4366
            ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table ................4366
        PREPARATION................4368
          PREPARATION................4368
            Special Service Tools................4368
            Commercial Service Tools................4368
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................4369
          CVT FLUID................4369
            Inspection................4369
              Level check................4369
              CVT FLUID CONDITION................4369
            Changing................4370
          STALL TEST................4371
            Inspection and Judgment................4371
              INSPECTION................4371
              JUDGMENT................4371
          LINE PRESSURE TEST................4372
            Inspection and Judgment................4372
              INSPECTION................4372
              JUDGMENT................4372
          ROAD TEST................4374
            Description................4374
              DESCRIPTION................4374
            Check before Engine Is Started................4374
            Check at Idle................4374
            Cruise Test................4375
          CVT POSITION................4378
            Inspection and Adjustment................4378
              Inspection................4378
              Adjustment................4378
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4379
          CVT SHIFT SELECTOR................4379
            Exploded View................4379
            Removal and Installation................4379
              REMOVAL................4379
              INSTALLATION................4380
            Disassembly and Assembly................4381
              DISASSEMBLY................4381
              ASSEMBLY................4381
            Inspection................4381
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4381
          CONTROL CABLE................4382
            Exploded View................4382
            Removal and Installation................4382
              REMOVAL................4382
              INSTALLATION................4382
            Inspection................4383
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4383
          KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ................4384
            Exploded View................4384
            Removal and Installation................4384
              REMOVAL................4384
              INSTALLATION................4385
            Inspection................4385
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4385
          TCM................4386
            Exploded View................4386
            Removal and Installation................4386
              REMOVAL................4386
              INSTALLATION................4386
            Adjustment................4386
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................4386
          AIR BREATHER HOSE................4387
            Removal and Installation................4387
              REMOVAL................4387
              INSTALLATION................4387
          OIL PAN................4388
            Exploded View................4388
            Removal and Installation................4388
              REMOVAL................4388
              INSTALLATION................4388
            Inspection................4389
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................4389
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4389
          PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR................4390
            Exploded View................4390
            Removal and Installation................4390
              REMOVAL................4390
              INSTALLATION................4390
            Inspection................4390
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4390
          SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR................4391
            Exploded View................4391
            Removal and Installation................4391
              REMOVAL................4391
              INSTALLATION................4391
            Inspection................4391
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4391
          DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL................4392
            Exploded View................4392
            Removal and Installation................4392
              REMOVAL................4392
              INSTALLATION................4392
            Inspection................4392
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4392
          CVT OIL WARMER SYSTEM................4393
            WATER HOSE................4393
              WATER HOSE : Exploded View................4393
              WATER HOSE : Removal and Installation................4393
                REMOVAL................4393
                INSTALLATION................4393
              WATER HOSE : Inspection................4394
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4394
            CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE................4394
              CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE : Exploded View................4394
                COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION................4394
              CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE : Removal and Installation................4395
                REMOVAL................4395
                INSTALLATION................4395
              CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE : Inspection................4396
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4396
            CVT OIL WARMER................4396
              CVT OIL WARMER : Exploded View................4397
              CVT OIL WARMER : Removal and Installation................4397
                REMOVAL................4397
                INSTALLATION................4397
              CVT OIL WARMER : Inspection................4397
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4397
        UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4398
          TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................4398
            Exploded View................4398
            Removal and Installation................4398
              REMOVAL................4398
              INSTALLATION................4399
            Inspection and Adjustment................4400
              INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION................4400
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4401
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................4401
        UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY................4402
          TORQUE CONVERTER................4402
            Disassembly................4402
            Assembly................4402
            Inspection................4402
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4402
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4403
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4403
            General Specification................4403
            Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears................4403
            Stall Speed................4403
            Line Pressure................4403
            Torque Converter................4403
      Krom................4404
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................4404
          SHIFT FINISHER AND SHIFT BASE FINISHER................4404
            Shift Finisher and Shift Base Finisher................4404
  VTL................4405
    Table of Contents................4405
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4406
        VENTILATION SYSTEM................4406
          System Description................4406
            OUTLINE................4406
            AIR FLOW................4406
              Front................4406
              Rear................4406
      PRECAUTION................4407
        PRECAUTIONS................4407
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4407
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4407
          Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect................4407
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................4407
      PREPARATION................4409
        PREPARATION................4409
          Commercial Service Tool................4409
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................4410
        IN-CABIN MICROFILTER................4410
          Exploded View................4410
          Removal and Installation................4410
            REMOVAL................4410
            INSTALLATION................4410
          Replacement................4410
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4411
        DUCT AND GRILLE................4411
          Exploded View................4411
            FRONT................4411
            REAR................4411
          CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE................4412
            CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation................4412
              REMOVAL................4412
              INSTALLATION................4412
          SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE................4412
            SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation................4412
              REMOVAL................4412
              INSTALLATION................4412
          CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT................4413
            CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation................4413
              REMOVAL................4413
              INSTALLATION................4413
          SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT................4413
            SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation................4413
              REMOVAL................4413
              INSTALLATION................4413
          FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE................4413
            FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation................4413
              REMOVAL................4413
              INSTALLATION................4414
          SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE................4414
            SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation................4414
              REMOVAL................4414
              INSTALLATION................4414
          REAR FOOT DUCT 1................4414
            REAR FOOT DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation................4414
              REMOVAL................4414
              INSTALLATION................4414
          REAR FOOT DUCT 2................4414
            REAR FOOT DUCT 2 : Removal and Installation................4415
              REMOVAL................4415
                Driver side................4415
                Passenger side................4415
              INSTALLATION................4415
          FOOT DUCT................4415
            FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation................4415
              REMOVAL................4415
                Driver side................4415
                Passenger side................4416
              INSTALLATION................4416
        BLOWER MOTOR................4417
          Exploded View................4417
          Removal and Installation................4417
            REMOVAL................4417
            INSTALLATION................4417
  WCS................4418
    Table of Contents................4418
      BASIC INSPECTION................4420
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................4420
          Work Flow................4420
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................4420
            DETAILED FLOW................4420
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4422
        WARNING CHIME SYSTEM................4422
          WARNING CHIME SYSTEM................4422
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Diagram................4422
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description................4422
              COMBINATION METER................4422
              BCM................4422
              WARNING CHIME FUNCTION LIST................4422
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................4423
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Description................4424
          LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME................4424
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................4424
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Description................4424
              DESCRIPTION................4424
              WARNING CHIME OPERATION CONDITIONS................4424
              WARNING CHIME CANCEL CONDITIONS................4424
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................4425
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Description................4425
          SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME................4425
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................4426
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Description................4426
              DESCRIPTION................4426
              WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS................4426
              WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS................4426
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................4427
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Description................4427
          PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME................4427
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................4427
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Description................4427
              DESCRIPTION................4427
              WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS................4428
              WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS................4428
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................4428
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Description................4429
          KEY WARNING CHIME................4429
            KEY WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................4429
            KEY WARNING CHIME : System Description................4429
              DESCRIPTION................4429
              WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS................4429
              WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS................4429
            KEY WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................4430
            KEY WARNING CHIME : Component Description................4430
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)................4431
          CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)................4431
            CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS................4431
            SELF DIAG RESULT................4431
            DATA MONITOR................4431
              Display Item List................4431
            SPECIAL FUNCTION................4433
              Special menu................4433
              W/L ON HISTORY................4433
              Display Item................4433
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4435
          COMMON ITEM................4435
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................4435
              APPLICATION ITEM................4435
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................4435
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................4435
          BUZZER................4436
            BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)................4436
              CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS................4436
              DATA MONITOR................4436
              ACTIVE TEST................4437
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4438
          COMMON ITEM................4438
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................4438
              APPLICATION ITEM................4438
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................4438
          BUZZER................4438
            BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)................4439
              CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS................4439
              DATA MONITOR................4439
              ACTIVE TEST................4439
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4440
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................4440
          COMBINATION METER................4440
            COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure................4440
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4440
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................4440
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4441
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................4441
        METER BUZZER CIRCUIT................4443
          Description................4443
          Component Function Check................4443
          Diagnosis Procedure................4443
        SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4444
          Description................4444
          Component Function Check................4444
          Diagnosis Procedure................4444
          Component Inspection................4445
        WARNING CHIME SYSTEM................4446
          Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME -................4446
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4450
        COMBINATION METER................4450
          Reference Value................4450
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4450
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................4452
            PHYSICAL VALUES................4452
          Wiring Diagram - METER -................4456
          Fail-Safe................4462
            FAIL-SAFE................4462
          DTC Index................4463
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................4464
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................4464
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................4464
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4464
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4469
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4469
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................4485
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................4489
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................4489
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................4491
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................4491
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4491
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................4493
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................4495
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................4495
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4495
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4499
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4499
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................4511
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................4514
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................4514
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................4515
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................4515
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4515
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................4516
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4518
        THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND................4518
          Description................4518
          Diagnosis Procedure................4518
        THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND................4519
          Description................4519
          Diagnosis Procedure................4519
        THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND................4520
          Description................4520
          Diagnosis Procedure................4520
        THE KEY WARNING DOES NOT SOUND (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY)................4521
          Description................4521
          Diagnosis Procedure................4521
      PRECAUTION................4522
        PRECAUTIONS................4522
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4522
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4522
  WT................4523
    Table of Contents................4523
      REGULAR GRADE................4526
        BASIC INSPECTION................4526
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................4526
            Work Flow ................4526
              DETAILED FLOW................4526
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................4528
            TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION................4528
              TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Description................4528
              TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Special Repair Requirement................4528
            ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE................4528
              ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Description................4528
              ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Special Repair Requirement................4528
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4531
          TPMS................4531
            System Diagram................4531
            System Description................4531
              DESCRIPTION................4531
            Component Parts Location................4531
            Component Description................4532
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................4533
            COMMON ITEM................4533
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................4533
                APPLICATION ITEM................4533
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................4533
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................4534
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................4534
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : Diagnosis Description................4534
                DESCRIPTION................4534
                SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ................4535
                ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS................4536
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT-III Function................4536
                FUNCTION................4536
                WORK SUPPORT MODE................4536
                SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................4536
                DATA MONITOR MODE................4536
                ACTIVE TEST MODE................4537
                  TEST ITEM LIST................4537
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4538
          C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE................4538
            Description................4538
            DTC Logic................4538
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4538
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4538
            Diagnosis Procedure................4538
            Special Repair Requirement................4539
          C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TRANSMITTER................4540
            Description................4540
            DTC Logic................4540
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4540
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4540
            Diagnosis Procedure................4540
            Special Repair Requirement................4542
          C1712, C1713, C1714, C1715 TRANSMITTER................4543
            Description................4543
            DTC Logic................4543
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4543
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4543
            Diagnosis Procedure................4543
            Special Repair Requirement................4545
          C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TRANSMITTER................4546
            Description................4546
            DTC Logic................4546
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4546
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4546
            Diagnosis Procedure................4546
            Special Repair Requirement................4547
          C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723 TRANSMITTER................4548
            Description................4548
            DTC Logic................4548
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4548
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4548
            Diagnosis Procedure................4548
            Special Repair Requirement................4550
          C1724, C1725, C1726, C1727 TRANSMITTER................4551
            Description................4551
            DTC Logic................4551
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4551
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4551
            Diagnosis Procedure................4551
            Special Repair Requirement................4553
          C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL................4554
            Description................4554
            DTC Logic................4554
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4554
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4554
            Diagnosis Procedure................4554
            Special Repair Requirement................4554
          C1734 BCM................4556
            Description................4556
            DTC Logic................4556
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4556
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4556
            Diagnosis Procedure................4556
            Special Repair Requirement................4557
          TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER................4558
            Description................4558
            Component Function Check................4558
            Diagnosis Procedure................4558
          TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH................4560
            Description................4560
            Component Function Check................4560
            Diagnosis Procedure................4560
          LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP................4562
            Description................4562
            Component Function Check................4562
            Diagnosis Procedure................4562
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................4563
            Diagnosis Procedure................4563
          TPMS................4564
            Wiring Diagram - TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM -................4564
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4567
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................4567
            Reference Value................4567
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4567
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4572
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4572
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................4588
            Fail-safe................4592
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................4592
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................4594
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................4594
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4594
            DTC Index................4596
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4599
          TPMS................4599
            Symptom Table ................4599
              LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHART................4599
          LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT BLINKS................4602
            Description................4602
              DESCRIPTION................4602
            Diagnosis Procedure................4602
          LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................4603
            Description................4603
            Diagnosis Procedure................4603
          LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS................4604
            Description................4604
              DESCRIPTION................4604
            Diagnosis Procedure................4604
          TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKS................4606
            Description................4606
              DESCRIPTION................4606
            Diagnosis Procedure................4606
          ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED................4607
            Description................4607
              DESCRIPTION................4607
            Diagnosis Procedure................4607
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................4608
            Description................4608
              LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS................4608
          NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................4609
            NVH Troubleshooting Chart................4609
        PRECAUTION................4610
          PRECAUTIONS................4610
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4610
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4610
            Service Notice or Precautions................4610
        PREPARATION................4611
          PREPARATION................4611
            Special Service Tool................4611
            Commercial Service Tool................4611
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................4612
          ROAD WHEEL................4612
            Inspection................4612
              ALUMINUM WHEEL................4612
              STEEL WHEEL................4612
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4613
          ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY................4613
            Exploded View................4613
            Removal and Installation................4613
              REMOVAL................4613
              INSTALLATION................4613
            Adjustment................4613
              BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)................4613
                Preparation Before Adjustment................4613
                Wheel Balance Adjustment................4613
              TIRE ROTATION................4614
          TRANSMITTER................4616
            Exploded View................4616
            Removal and Installation................4616
              REMOVAL................4616
              INSTALLATION................4616
          TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER................4618
            Exploded View................4618
            Removal and Installation................4618
              REMOVAL................4618
              INSTALLATION................4618
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4619
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................4619
            Road Wheel................4619
              ALUMINUM WHEEL ................4619
              STEEL WHEEL................4619
            Tire Air Pressure................4619
      Krom................4620
        SPEC CHANGE INFORMATION................4620
          ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY................4620
            Road Wheel Tire Assembly................4620
  WW................4621
    Table of Contents................4621
      BASIC INSPECTION................4624
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................4624
          Work Flow................4624
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................4624
            DETAILED FLOW................4624
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4626
        FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................4626
          System Diagram................4626
          System Description................4626
            OUTLINE................4626
            FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION................4626
            FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION................4626
            FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION................4626
            FRONT WIPER INT OPERATION................4627
            FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION................4627
            FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER................4628
            FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION................4628
          Component Parts Location................4629
          Component Description................4629
        REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................4630
          System Diagram................4630
          System Description................4630
            OUTLINE................4630
            REAR WIPER BASIC OPERATION................4630
            REAR WIPER ON OPERATION................4630
            REAR WIPER INT OPERATION................4630
            REAR WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION................4630
            REAR WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER ................4631
            REAR WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION................4631
          Component Parts Location................4632
          Component Description................4632
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4633
          COMMON ITEM................4633
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................4633
              APPLICATION ITEM................4633
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................4633
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................4633
          WIPER................4634
            WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................4634
              WORK SUPPORT................4634
              DATA MONITOR................4634
              ACTIVE TEST................4635
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4636
          COMMON ITEM................4636
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................4636
              APPLICATION ITEM................4636
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................4636
          WIPER................4636
            WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................4637
              WORK SUPPORT................4637
              DATA MONITOR................4637
              ACTIVE TEST................4637
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4639
          Diagnosis Description................4639
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................4639
              Description................4639
              Operation Procedure................4639
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................4639
              Concept of auto active test................4640
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................4640
          CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................4641
            APPLICATION ITEM................4641
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................4641
            DATA MONITOR................4641
            ACTIVE TEST................4642
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4644
          Diagnosis Description................4644
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................4644
              Description................4644
              Operation Procedure................4644
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................4644
              Concept of auto active test................4645
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................4645
          CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)................4646
            APPLICATION ITEM................4646
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................4646
            DATA MONITOR................4646
            ACTIVE TEST................4647
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4648
        WIPER AND WASHER FUSE................4648
          Description................4648
          Diagnosis Procedure................4648
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................4649
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4649
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................4649
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4649
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................4649
          IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4650
            IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................4650
          IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................4651
            IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................4651
        FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT................4653
          Component Function Check................4653
          Diagnosis Procedure................4653
        FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT................4655
          Component Function Check................4655
          Diagnosis Procedure................4655
        FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4657
          Component Function Check................4657
          Diagnosis Procedure................4657
        FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT................4659
          Diagnosis Procedure................4659
        WASHER SWITCH................4660
          Description................4660
          Component Inspection................4660
        REAR WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT................4661
          Component Function Check................4661
          Diagnosis Procedure................4661
        REAR WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4663
          Component Function Check................4663
          Diagnosis Procedure................4663
        FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................4665
          Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -................4665
        REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................4669
          Wiring Diagram - REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -................4669
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4673
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................4673
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................4673
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................4673
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4673
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4678
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4678
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................4694
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................4698
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................4698
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................4700
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................4700
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4700
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................4702
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................4704
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................4704
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4704
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4708
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4708
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................4720
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................4723
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................4723
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................4724
              HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................4724
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................4724
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................4725
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................4727
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................4727
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................4727
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4727
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4729
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4729
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................4734
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................4738
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................4738
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................4738
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................4739
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................4739
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................4739
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................4740
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................4740
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................4740
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................4740
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4740
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4742
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4742
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................4747
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................4750
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................4750
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................4750
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................4751
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................4751
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................4751
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................4752
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4753
        WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................4753
          Symptom Table................4753
        NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................4756
          Description................4756
            FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................4756
            REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................4756
        FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE................4757
          Description................4757
          Diagnosis Procedure................4757
      PRECAUTION................4759
        PRECAUTIONS................4759
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4759
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4759
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4760
        WASHER TANK................4760
          Exploded View................4760
          Removal and Installation................4760
            REMOVAL................4760
            INSTALLATION................4760
        WASHER PUMP................4761
          Exploded View................4761
          Removal and Installation................4761
            REMOVAL................4761
            INSTALLATION................4761
        WASHER LEVEL SWITCH................4762
          Removal and Installation................4762
        FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE................4763
          Exploded View................4763
          Hydraulic Layout................4763
          Removal and Installation................4763
            REMOVAL................4763
            INSTALLATION................4764
          Inspection and Adjustment................4764
            INSPECTION................4764
              Check valve Inspection................4764
            ADJUSTMENT................4764
              Washer Nozzle Spray Position Adjustment................4764
        FRONT WIPER ARM................4766
          Exploded View................4766
          Removal and Installation................4766
            REMOVAL................4766
            INSTALLATION................4766
          Adjustment................4766
            WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT................4766
        FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY................4768
          Exploded View................4768
            REMOVAL VIEW................4768
            DISASSEMBLY VIEW................4768
          Removal and Installation................4768
            REMOVAL................4768
            INSTALLATION................4769
          Disassembly and Assembly................4769
            DISASSEMBLY................4769
            ASSEMBLY................4769
        WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH................4770
          Exploded View................4770
        REAR WIPER ARM................4771
          Exploded View................4771
          Removal and Installation................4771
            REMOVAL................4771
            INSTALLATION................4771
          Adjustment................4771
            REAR WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT................4771
        REAR WIPER MOTOR................4773
          Exploded View................4773
          Removal and Installation................4773
            REMOVAL................4773
            INSTALLATION................4773
        REAR WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE................4774
          Hydraulic Layout................4774
          Removal and Installation................4774
            REMOVAL................4774
            INSTALLATION................4775
          Inspection and Adjustment................4775
            INSPECTION................4775
              Washer Nozzle Inspection................4775
            ADJUSTMENT................4775
              Washer Nozzle Spray Position adjustment................4775
'14................4776
  ACC................4778
    Table of Contents................4778
      PRECAUTION................4779
        PRECAUTIONS................4779
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................4779
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4779
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4779
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4780
        ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM................4780
          Exploded View................4780
          Removal and Installation................4780
            REMOVAL................4780
            INSTALLATION................4780
          Inspection................4781
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................4781
  AV................4782
    Table of Contents................4782
      AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION................4785
        BASIC INSPECTION................4785
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................4785
            Work Flow................4785
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................4785
              DETAILED FLOW................4785
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4787
          AUDIO SYSTEM................4787
            System Diagram................4787
            System Description................4787
              AUDIO SYSTEM................4787
              FUNCTION DESCRIPTION................4787
                AM/FM Radio Mode................4787
                CD Mode................4787
                iPod® Connection................4787
                AUX Connection................4788
                Speed Sensitive Volume................4788
                Hands-free phone system................4788
            Component Parts Location................4788
            Component Description................4789
          HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................4790
            System Diagram................4790
            System Description................4790
              WHEN RECEIVING A CALL................4790
              WHEN A CALL IS ORIGINATED................4790
            Component Parts Location................4791
            Component Description................4791
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)................4793
            Diagnosis Description................4793
              AUDIO UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION................4793
                Operation Procedure................4793
                Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode................4795
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................4796
            Diagnosis Description................4796
              HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS................4796
              ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM................4796
              SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................4796
                The Details of Error Count................4796
              FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................4797
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4798
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................4798
            AUDIO UNIT................4798
              AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................4798
            iPod ADAPTER................4798
              iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure................4798
            TEL ADAPTER UNIT................4798
              TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................4799
          TELEPHONE ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4800
            Description................4800
            Diagnosis Procedure................4800
          MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4801
            Description................4801
            Diagnosis Procedure................4801
          CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4803
            Description................4803
            Diagnosis Procedure................4803
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................4804
            Description................4804
            Diagnosis Procedure................4804
            Component Inspection................4805
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................4806
            Description................4806
            Diagnosis Procedure................4806
            Component Inspection................4807
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT (STEERING SWITCH TO TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................4808
            Description................4808
            Diagnosis Procedure................4808
            Component Inspection................4808
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT (TEL ADAPTER UNIT TO AUDIO UNIT)................4810
            Description................4810
            Diagnosis Procedure................4810
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT (TEL ADAPTER UNIT TO AUDIO UNIT)................4811
            Description................4811
            Diagnosis Procedure................4811
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT (TEL ADAPTER UNIT TO AUDIO UNIT)................4812
            Description................4812
            Diagnosis Procedure................4812
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4813
          AUDIO UNIT................4813
            Reference Value................4813
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4813
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4813
          TEL ADAPTER UNIT................4816
            Reference Value................4816
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4816
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4816
          iPod ADAPTER................4819
            Reference Value................4819
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4819
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4819
        WIRING DIAGRAM................4821
          AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION................4821
            Wiring Diagram................4821
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4833
          AUDIO SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................4833
            Symptom Table................4833
              AUDIO SYSTEM................4833
              RELATED TO iPod®................4833
                Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom................4833
              RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH................4834
          HANDS-FREE PHONE SYMPTOMS................4835
            Symptom Table................4835
              RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE................4835
                Check Compatibility................4835
              RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH................4835
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................4837
            Description................4837
              RELATED TO AUDIO................4837
              RELATED TO TELEPHONE................4837
              RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE................4838
        PRECAUTION................4839
          PRECAUTIONS................4839
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4839
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4839
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................4839
            Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis................4839
              AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................4839
            Precaution for Harness Repair................4840
              AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................4840
        PREPARATION................4841
          PREPARATION................4841
            Commercial Service Tools................4841
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4842
          AUDIO UNIT................4842
            Exploded View................4842
              REMOVAL................4842
              DISASSEMBLY................4842
            Removal and Installation................4842
              REMOVAL................4842
              INSTALLATION................4842
          FRONT DOOR SPEAKER................4843
            Exploded View................4843
            Removal and Installation................4843
              REMOVAL................4843
              INSTALLATION................4843
          TWEETER................4844
            Exploded View................4844
            Removal and Installation................4844
              REMOVAL................4844
              INSTALLATION................4844
          REAR DOOR SPEAKER................4845
            Exploded View................4845
            Removal and Installation................4845
              REMOVAL................4845
              INSTALLATION................4845
          ANTENNA BASE................4846
            Exploded View................4846
            Removal and Installation................4846
              REMOVAL................4846
              INSTALLATION................4846
          TEL ADAPTER UNIT................4847
            Exploded View................4847
              REMOVAL................4847
              DISASSEMBLY................4847
            Removal and Installation................4847
              REMOVAL................4847
              INSTALLATION................4847
          MICROPHONE................4848
            Exploded View................4848
            Removal and Installation................4848
              REMOVAL................4848
              INSTALLATION................4848
          STEERING SWITCH................4849
            Exploded View................4849
            Removal and Installation................4849
              REMOVAL................4849
              INSTALLATION................4849
          iPod ADAPTER................4850
            Exploded View................4850
              REMOVAL................4850
              DISASSEMBLY................4850
            Removal and Installation................4850
              REMOVAL................4850
              INSTALLATION................4850
          iPod CONNECTOR................4851
            Exploded View................4851
              REMOVAL................4851
              DISASSEMBLY................4851
            Removal and Installation................4851
              REMOVAL................4851
              INSTALLATION................4851
          ANTENNA FEEDER................4852
            Harness Layout................4852
      AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION................4853
        PRECAUTION................4853
          PRECAUTIONS................4853
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................4853
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................4853
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................4853
            Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis................4853
              AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................4853
            Precaution for Harness Repair................4854
              AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................4854
        PREPARATION................4855
          PREPARATION................4855
            Commercial Service Tools................4855
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4856
          COMPONENT PARTS................4856
            Component Parts Location................4856
            Component Description................4857
          SYSTEM................4858
            System Diagram................4858
            System Description................4858
              NAVIGATION SYSTEM FUNCTION................4858
                Description................4858
                POSITION DETECTION PRINCIPLE................4859
                MAP-MATCHING................4859
                GPS (Global Positioning System)................4860
              SATELLITE RADIO FUNCTION................4860
              AUXILIARY INPUT FUNCTION................4860
              REAR VIEW MONITOR FUNCTION................4861
                Camera Image Operation Principle................4861
              USB CONNECTION FUNCTION................4861
              SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM................4861
              HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM................4861
                When A Call Is Originated................4861
                When Receiving A Call................4861
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (NAVI CONTROL UNIT)................4862
            On Board Diagnosis Function................4862
              On-Board Diagnosis Item................4862
              METHOD OF STARTING................4864
              END ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS................4864
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)................4865
            Description................4865
            Diagnosis Description................4865
              ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM................4865
              SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................4865
                The Details of Error Count................4865
              FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................4866
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4867
          NAVI CONTROL UNIT................4867
            Reference Value................4867
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4867
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4867
          TEL ADAPTER UNIT................4871
            Reference Value................4871
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4871
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4871
        WIRING DIAGRAM................4873
          AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION................4873
            Wiring Diagram................4873
        BASIC INSPECTION................4887
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................4887
            Work Flow................4887
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................4887
              DETAILED FLOW................4887
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4889
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................4889
            NAVI CONTROL UNIT................4889
              NAVI CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................4889
            TEL ADAPTER UNIT................4889
              TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................4889
          WOOFER AMP. ON SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4891
            Description................4891
            Diagnosis Procedure................4891
          MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4892
            Description................4892
            Diagnosis Procedure................4892
          CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4894
            Description................4894
            Diagnosis Procedure................4894
          CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................4895
            Description................4895
            Diagnosis Procedure................4895
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT................4897
            Description................4897
            Diagnosis Procedure................4897
            Component Inspection................4897
          STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT................4899
            Description................4899
            Diagnosis Procedure................4899
            Component Inspection................4899
          STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT................4901
            Description................4901
            Diagnosis Procedure................4901
            Component Inspection................4901
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................4903
          NAVIGATION SYSTEM................4903
            Symptom Table................4903
              RELATED TO NAVIGATION................4903
              RELATED TO AUDIO................4903
              RELATED TO USB................4904
              RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT................4904
              RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH................4904
              RELATED TO CAMERA................4905
          HANDS-FREE PHONE SYMPTOMS................4906
            Symptom Table................4906
              RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE................4906
                Check Compatibility................4906
              RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH................4906
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................4908
            Description................4908
              BASIC OPERATIONS................4908
              RELATED TO AUDIO................4908
              MAP SD-CARD ................4909
              RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE ................4909
              RELATED TO VEHICLE ICON................4910
              RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCE................4910
              RELATED TO TRAFFIC INFORMATION................4910
              RELATED TO TELEPHONE................4911
              RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE................4911
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................4913
          NAVI CONTROL UNIT................4913
            Removal and Installation................4913
              REMOVAL................4913
              INSTALLATION................4913
          FRONT DOOR SPEAKER................4914
            Exploded View................4914
            Removal and Installation................4914
              REMOVAL................4914
              INSTALLATION................4914
          TWEETER................4915
            Exploded View................4915
            Removal and Installation................4915
              REMOVAL................4915
              INSTALLATION................4915
          REAR DOOR SPEAKER................4916
            Exploded View................4916
            Removal and Installation................4916
              REMOVAL................4916
              INSTALLATION................4916
          WOOFER................4917
            Exploded View................4917
            Removal and Installation................4917
              REMOVAL................4917
              INSTALLATION................4917
          ANTENNA BASE................4918
            Exploded View................4918
            Removal and Installation................4918
              REMOVAL................4918
              INSTALLATION................4918
          GPS ANTENNA................4919
            Removal and Installation................4919
              REMOVAL................4919
              INSTALLATION................4919
          TEL ADAPTER UNIT................4920
            Exploded View................4920
              REMOVAL................4920
              DISASSEMBLY................4920
            Removal and Installation................4920
              REMOVAL................4920
              INSTALLATION................4920
          MICROPHONE................4921
            Exploded View................4921
            Removal and Installation................4921
              REMOVAL................4921
              INSTALLATION................4921
          STEERING SWITCH................4922
            Exploded View................4922
            Removal and Installation................4922
              REMOVAL................4922
              INSTALLATION................4922
          REAR VIEW CAMERA................4923
            Removal and Installation................4923
              REMOVAL................4923
              INSTALLATION................4923
          USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK................4924
            Removal and Installation................4924
              REMOVAL................4924
              INSTALLATION................4924
          ANTENNA FEEDER................4925
            Feeder Layout................4925
  BCS................4926
    Table of Contents................4926
      WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................4930
        BASIC INSPECTION................4930
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................4930
            Description................4930
              BEFORE REPLACEMENT................4930
              AFTER REPLACEMENT................4930
            Work Procedure................4930
          CONFIGURATION (BCM)................4931
            Description................4931
            Work Procedure................4931
            Configuration list................4932
          SHIPPING MODE CANCEL OPERATION................4933
            Description................4933
              SYSTEM DIAGRAM................4933
              DESCRIPTION................4933
            Work Procedure................4933
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................4934
          BODY CONTROL SYSTEM................4934
            System Description................4934
              OUTLINE................4934
              BCM CONTROL FUNCTION LIST................4934
            Component Parts Location................4935
          COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM................4936
            System Diagram................4936
            System Description................4936
              OUTLINE................4936
              COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX................4936
              COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION................4937
                Description................4937
                Operation Example................4937
              WIPER INTERMITTENT DIAL POSITION................4938
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................4940
            System Diagram................4940
            System Description................4940
              OUTLINE................4940
              Signal transmission function list................4940
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................4942
            System Diagram................4942
            System Description................4942
              OUTLINE................4942
              LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCM................4942
              Sleep mode activation................4942
              Wake-up operation................4943
            Component Parts Location................4944
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................4945
            COMMON ITEM................4945
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................4945
                APPLICATION ITEM................4945
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................4945
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................4945
            DOOR LOCK................4946
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................4946
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................4946
                WORK SUPPORT................4947
                DATA MONITOR................4947
                ACTIVE TEST................4947
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................4948
              REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................4948
                DATA MONITOR................4948
                ACTIVE TEST................4948
            BUZZER................4948
              BUZZER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BUZZER)................4948
                CONSULT APPLICATION ITEMS................4948
                DATA MONITOR................4948
                ACTIVE TEST................4949
            INT LAMP................4949
              INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................4949
                WORK SUPPORT................4949
                DATA MONITOR................4950
                ACTIVE TEST................4950
            HEADLAMP................4951
              HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................4951
                WORK SUPPORT................4951
                DATA MONITOR................4951
                ACTIVE TEST................4952
            WIPER................4953
              WIPER : CONSULT Function (BCM - WIPER)................4953
                WORK SUPPORT................4953
                DATA MONITOR................4953
                ACTIVE TEST................4953
            FLASHER................4954
              FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER)................4954
                WORK SUPPORT................4954
                DATA MONITOR................4954
                ACTIVE TEST................4954
            AIR CONDITIONER................4955
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic A/ C)................4955
                DATA MONITOR................4955
            INTELLIGENT KEY................4955
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................4955
                WORK SUPPORT................4955
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................4956
                DATA MONITOR................4956
                ACTIVE TEST................4957
            COMB SW................4958
              COMB SW : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMB SW)................4958
                DATA MONITOR................4958
            BCM................4959
              BCM : CONSULT Function (BCM - BCM)................4959
                WORK SUPPORT................4959
            IMMU................4959
              IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU)................4959
                DATA MONITOR................4959
                ACTIVE TEST................4959
            BATTERY SAVER................4960
              BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................4960
                WORK SUPPORT................4960
                DATA MONITOR................4960
                ACTIVE TEST................4961
            TRUNK................4961
              TRUNK : CONSULT Function (BCM - TRUNK)................4961
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................4961
                DATA MONITOR................4961
                ACTIVE TEST................4961
            THEFT ALM................4961
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT)................4962
                DATA MONITOR................4962
                WORK SUPPORT................4962
                ACTIVE TEST................4962
            RETAIND PWR................4963
              RETAIND PWR : CONSULT Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................4963
                DATA MONITOR................4963
            SIGNAL BUFFER................4963
              SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)................4963
                DATA MONITOR................4963
                ACTIVE TEST................4963
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................4963
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT Function................4963
                FUNCTION................4963
                WORK SUPPORT MODE................4964
                SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................4964
                DATA MONITOR MODE................4964
                ACTIVE TEST MODE................4964
                  TEST ITEM LIST................4964
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................4965
          U1000 CAN COMM................4965
            Description................4965
            DTC Logic................4965
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4965
            Diagnosis Procedure................4965
          U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................4966
            DTC Logic................4966
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4966
            Diagnosis Procedure................4966
          U0415 VEHICLE SPEED................4967
            Description................4967
            DTC Logic................4967
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4967
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4967
            Diagnosis Procedure................4967
          B2562 LOW VOLTAGE................4968
            DTC Logic................4968
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................4968
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................4968
            Diagnosis Procedure................4968
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................4969
            Diagnosis Procedure................4969
          COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT................4970
            Diagnosis Procedure................4970
          COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT................4972
            Diagnosis Procedure................4972
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................4974
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................4974
            Reference Value................4974
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................4974
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................4979
              PHYSICAL VALUES................4979
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................4994
            Fail-safe................5005
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................5005
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................5006
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................5006
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5006
            DTC Index................5007
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5010
          COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................5010
            Symptom Table................5010
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................5011
            Description................5011
              SHIPPING MODE................5011
        PRECAUTION................5012
          PRECAUTIONS................5012
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5012
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5012
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5012
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5013
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5013
            Exploded View................5013
            Removal and Installation................5013
              REMOVAL................5013
              INSTALLATION................5013
          COMBINATION SWITCH................5014
            Exploded View................5014
            Removal and Installation................5014
              REMOVAL................5014
              INSTALLATION................5014
      WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................5015
        BASIC INSPECTION................5015
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................5015
            Description................5015
              BEFORE REPLACEMENT................5015
              AFTER REPLACEMENT................5015
            Work Procedure................5015
          CONFIGURATION (BCM)................5016
            Description................5016
            Work Procedure................5016
            Configuration list................5017
          SHIPPING MODE CANCEL OPERATION................5018
            Description................5018
              SYSTEM DIAGRAM................5018
              DESCRIPTION................5018
            Work Procedure................5018
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5019
          BODY CONTROL SYSTEM................5019
            System Description................5019
              OUTLINE................5019
              BCM FUNCTION LIST................5019
            Component Parts Location................5020
          COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM................5021
            System Diagram................5021
            System Description................5021
              OUTLINE................5021
              COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX................5021
              COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION................5022
                Description................5022
                Operation Example................5022
              WIPER INTERMITTENT DIAL POSITION................5023
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................5025
            System Diagram................5025
            System Description................5025
              OUTLINE................5025
              SIGNAL TRANSMISSION FUNCTION LIST................5025
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................5026
            System Diagram................5026
            System Description................5026
              OUTLINE................5026
              LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCM................5026
              Sleep mode activation................5026
              Wake-up operation................5027
            Component Parts Location................5027
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................5028
            COMMON ITEM................5028
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................5028
                APPLICATION ITEM................5028
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................5028
            DOOR LOCK................5028
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................5028
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5028
                WORK SUPPORT................5029
                DATA MONITOR................5029
                ACTIVE TEST................5030
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................5030
              REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................5030
                DATA MONITOR................5030
                ACTIVE TEST................5030
            BUZZER................5030
              BUZZER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BUZZER)................5030
                CONSULT APPLICATION ITEMS................5030
                DATA MONITOR................5030
                ACTIVE TEST................5031
            INT LAMP................5031
              INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................5031
                WORK SUPPORT................5031
                DATA MONITOR................5032
                ACTIVE TEST................5033
            MULTI REMOTE ENT................5033
              MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT)................5033
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5033
                DATA MONITOR................5033
                ACTIVE TEST................5034
                WORK SUPPORT................5034
            HEADLAMP................5034
              HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................5034
                WORK SUPPORT................5034
                DATA MONITOR................5035
                ACTIVE TEST................5036
            WIPER................5036
              WIPER : CONSULT Function (BCM - WIPER)................5036
                WORK SUPPORT................5036
                DATA MONITOR................5036
                ACTIVE TEST................5037
            FLASHER................5037
              FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER)................5037
                DATA MONITOR................5037
                ACTIVE TEST................5038
            AIR CONDITIONER................5038
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/C)................5038
                DATA MONITOR................5038
                ACTIVE TEST................5038
            COMB SW................5038
              COMB SW : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMB SW)................5038
                DATA MONITOR................5038
            BCM................5039
              BCM : CONSULT Function (BCM - BCM)................5039
                WORK SUPPORT................5039
            IMMU................5039
              IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU)................5039
                DATA MONITOR................5039
                ACTIVE TEST................5040
            BATTERY SAVER................5040
              BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................5040
                WORK SUPPORT................5040
                DATA MONITOR................5040
                ACTIVE TEST................5041
            TRUNK................5041
              TRUNK : CONSULT Function (BCM - TRUNK)................5041
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5041
                DATA MONITOR................5041
            THEFT ALM................5041
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)................5041
                DATA MONITOR................5041
                WORK SUPPORT................5042
                ACTIVE TEST................5042
            RETAIND PWR................5042
              RETAIND PWR : CONSULT Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................5042
                DATA MONITOR................5042
            SIGNAL BUFFER................5043
              SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)................5043
                DATA MONITOR................5043
                ACTIVE TEST................5043
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................5043
              AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT Function................5043
                FUNCTION................5043
                WORK SUPPORT MODE................5043
                SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................5043
                DATA MONITOR MODE................5043
                ACTIVE TEST MODE................5044
                  TEST ITEM LIST................5044
            PANIC ALARM................5044
              PANIC ALARM : CONSULT Function (BCM - PANIC ALARM)................5044
                ACTIVE TEST................5044
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................5045
          U1000 CAN COMM................5045
            Description................5045
            DTC Logic................5045
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5045
            Diagnosis Procedure................5045
          U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................5046
            DTC Logic................5046
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5046
            Diagnosis Procedure................5046
          C1735 IGN CIRCUIT OPEN................5047
            DTC Logic................5047
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5047
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5047
            Diagnosis Procedure................5047
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................5048
            Diagnosis Procedure................5048
          COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT................5049
            Diagnosis Procedure................5049
          COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT................5051
            Diagnosis Procedure................5051
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................5053
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5053
            Reference Value................5053
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5053
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5056
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5056
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................5066
            Fail-safe................5074
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................5074
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................5075
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5075
            DTC Index................5075
        PRECAUTION................5077
          PRECAUTIONS................5077
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5077
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5077
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5077
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5078
          COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................5078
            Symptom Table................5078
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................5079
            Description................5079
              SHIPPING MODE................5079
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5080
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5080
            Exploded View................5080
            Removal and Installation................5080
              REMOVAL................5080
              INSTALLATION................5080
          COMBINATION SWITCH................5081
            Exploded View................5081
            Removal and Installation................5081
              REMOVAL................5081
              INSTALLATION................5081
  BR................5082
    Table of Contents................5082
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5084
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................5084
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................5084
      PRECAUTION................5085
        PRECAUTIONS................5085
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5085
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5085
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................5085
          Precaution for Brake System................5085
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5086
      PREPARATION................5087
        PREPARATION................5087
          Commercial Service Tool................5087
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................5088
        BRAKE PEDAL................5088
          Inspection and Adjustment................5088
            INSPECTION................5088
              Brake Pedal Height................5088
              Stop Lamp Switch................5088
              ASCD Brake Switch (With ASCD)................5088
              Brake Pedal Play................5088
              Depressed Brake Pedal Height................5088
            ADJUSTMENT................5089
              Brake Pedal Height................5089
              Brake Pedal Play................5089
        BRAKE FLUID................5091
          Inspection................5091
            BRAKE FLUID LEVEL................5091
            BRAKE LINE................5091
          Draining................5091
          Refilling................5091
          Bleeding Brake System................5092
        BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER................5093
          Inspection................5093
            FLUID LEAK................5093
        BRAKE BOOSTER................5094
          Inspection................5094
            OPERATION................5094
            AIR TIGHT................5094
        FRONT DISC BRAKE................5095
          BRAKE PAD................5095
            BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment................5095
              INSPECTION................5095
              ADJUSTMENT................5095
          DISC ROTOR................5095
            DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment................5095
              INSPECTION................5095
                Appearance................5095
                Runout................5095
                Thickness................5096
              ADJUSTMENT................5096
        REAR DRUM BRAKE................5097
          BRAKE LINING................5097
            BRAKE LINING : Inspection................5097
              INSPECTION OF BRAKE LINING................5097
          BRAKE DRUM................5097
            BRAKE DRUM : Inspection................5097
              APPEARANCE................5097
              INSPECTION OF BRAKE DRUM INNER DIAMETER................5097
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5098
        BRAKE PEDAL................5098
          Exploded View................5098
            WITH ASCD................5098
            WITHOUT ASCD................5098
          Removal and Installation................5099
            REMOVAL................5099
            INSTALLATION................5099
          Inspection and Adjustment................5099
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5099
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5100
        BRAKE PIPING................5101
          FRONT................5101
            FRONT : Exploded View................5101
            FRONT : Hydraulic Piping................5102
            FRONT : Removal and Installation................5102
              REMOVAL................5102
              INSTALLATION................5102
            FRONT : Inspection................5103
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5103
          REAR................5103
            REAR : Exploded View................5103
            REAR : Hydraulic Piping................5104
            REAR : Removal and Installation................5104
              REMOVAL................5104
              INSTALLATION................5104
            REAR : Inspection................5105
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5105
        BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER................5106
          Exploded View................5106
          Removal and Installation................5106
            REMOVAL ................5106
            INSTALLATION................5106
          Disassembly and Assembly................5107
            DISASSEMBLY................5107
            ASSEMBLY................5107
          Inspection................5108
            INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL................5108
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5108
        BRAKE BOOSTER................5109
          Exploded View................5109
          Removal and installation................5109
            REMOVAL................5109
            INSTALLATION................5109
          Inspection and Adjustment................5110
            INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL................5110
              Air Tight................5110
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5110
              Input Rod Length Inspection................5110
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5110
              Operation................5110
              Air Tight................5110
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5110
        VACUUM LINES................5112
          Exploded View................5112
          Removal and Installation................5112
            REMOVAL................5112
            INSTALLATION................5112
          Inspection................5112
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5112
              Appearance................5112
              Check Valve Airtightness................5113
        FRONT DISC BRAKE................5114
          BRAKE PAD................5114
            BRAKE PAD : Exploded View................5114
            BRAKE PAD : Removal and Installation................5114
              REMOVAL................5114
              INSTALLATION................5114
            BRAKE PAD : Inspection................5115
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5115
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5115
          BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY................5115
            BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5115
              REMOVAL................5115
              DISASSEMBLY................5116
            BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5116
              REMOVAL................5116
              INSTALLATION................5117
            BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly................5117
              DISASSEMBLY................5117
              ASSEMBLY................5118
            BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY : Inspection................5119
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................5119
                Cylinder Body................5119
                Torque Member................5119
                Pistons................5119
                Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot................5119
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5119
        REAR DRUM BRAKE................5120
          Exploded View................5120
          Removal and Installation................5120
            REMOVAL................5120
            INSTALLATION................5121
          Disassembly and Assembly................5122
            DISASSEMBLY................5122
            ASSEMBLY................5122
          Inspection and Adjustment................5122
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5122
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................5122
            INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY................5123
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5123
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5123
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5124
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5124
          General Specifications................5124
          Brake Pedal................5124
          Brake Booster................5124
          Front Disc Brake................5124
          Rear Drum Brake................5124
  BRC................5125
    Table of Contents................5125
      VDC/TCS/ABS................5128
        BASIC INSPECTION................5128
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................5128
            Work Flow................5128
              PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS................5128
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................5129
              DETAILED FLOW................5129
            Diagnostic Work Sheet................5131
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................5132
            Description................5132
            Special Repair Requirement................5132
          ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION................5133
            Description................5133
            Special Repair Requirement................5133
              ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION................5133
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5135
          VDC................5135
            System Diagram................5135
            System Description................5135
            Component Parts Location................5136
            Component Description................5137
          TCS................5138
            System Diagram................5138
            System Description................5138
            Component Parts Location................5139
            Component Description................5140
          ABS................5141
            System Diagram................5141
            System Description................5141
            Component Parts Location................5142
            Component Description................5143
          EBD................5144
            System Diagram................5144
            System Description................5144
            Component Parts Location................5145
            Component Description................5146
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]................5147
            CONSULT Function................5147
              FUNCTION................5147
              WORK SUPPORT................5147
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................5147
                Operation Procedure................5147
                Display Item List................5147
                How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results................5147
              DATA MONITOR MODE................5147
                Display Item List................5147
              ACTIVE TEST MODE................5149
                Test Item................5150
              ECU IDENTIFICATION................5151
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................5152
          C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR................5152
            Description................5152
            DTC Logic................5152
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5152
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5152
            Diagnosis Procedure................5152
            Special Repair Requirement................5154
          C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR................5155
            Description................5155
            DTC Logic................5155
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5155
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5155
            Diagnosis Procedure................5155
            Special Repair Requirement................5159
          C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM................5160
            Description................5160
            DTC Logic................5160
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5160
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5160
            Diagnosis Procedure................5160
            Special Repair Requirement................5161
          C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................5162
            DTC Logic................5162
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5162
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5162
            Diagnosis Procedure................5162
            Special Repair Requirement................5162
          C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM................5163
            Description................5163
              PUMP................5163
              MOTOR................5163
              MOTOR RELAY................5163
            DTC Logic................5163
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5163
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5163
            Diagnosis Procedure................5163
            Special Repair Requirement................5164
          C1115 WHEEL SENSOR................5165
            Description................5165
            DTC Logic................5165
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5165
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5165
            Diagnosis Procedure................5165
            Special Repair Requirement................5169
          C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH................5170
            Description................5170
            DTC Logic................5170
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5170
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5170
            Diagnosis Procedure................5170
            Component Inspection................5173
            Special Repair Requirement................5174
          C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL................5175
            Description................5175
            DTC Logic................5175
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5175
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5175
            Diagnosis Procedure................5175
            Special Repair Requirement................5176
          C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL................5177
            Description................5177
            DTC Logic................5177
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5177
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5177
            Diagnosis Procedure................5177
            Special Repair Requirement................5178
          C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL................5179
            Description................5179
            DTC Logic................5179
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5179
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5179
            Diagnosis Procedure................5179
            Special Repair Requirement................5179
          C1140 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM................5181
            Description................5181
            DTC Logic................5181
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5181
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5181
            Diagnosis Procedure................5181
            Special Repair Requirement................5182
          C1142 PRESS SENSOR................5183
            Description................5183
            DTC Logic................5183
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5183
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5183
            Diagnosis Procedure................5183
            Special Repair Requirement................5184
          C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................5185
            Description................5185
            DTC Logic................5185
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5185
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5185
            Diagnosis Procedure................5185
            Special Repair Requirement................5186
          C1144 INCOMPLETE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT................5187
            Description................5187
            DTC Logic................5187
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5187
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5187
            Diagnosis Procedure................5187
            Special Repair Requirement................5187
          C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR................5188
            Description................5188
            DTC Logic................5188
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5188
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5188
            Diagnosis Procedure................5188
            Special Repair Requirement................5190
          C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH................5191
            Description................5191
            DTC Logic................5191
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5191
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5191
            Diagnosis Procedure................5191
            Component Inspection................5193
            Special Repair Requirement................5193
          C1164, C1165 CV SYSTEM................5194
            Description................5194
            DTC Logic................5194
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5194
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5194
            Diagnosis Procedure................5194
            Special Repair Requirement................5195
          C1166, C1167 SV SYSTEM................5196
            Description................5196
            DTC Logic................5196
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5196
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5196
            Diagnosis Procedure................5196
            Special Repair Requirement................5197
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................5198
            Description................5198
            DTC Logic................5198
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5198
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5198
            Diagnosis Procedure................5198
            Special Repair Requirement................5198
          U1002 SYSTEM COMM (CAN)................5199
            Description................5199
            DTC Logic................5199
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5199
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5199
            Diagnosis Procedure................5199
            Special Repair Requirement................5200
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................5201
            Description................5201
            Diagnosis Procedure................5201
          PARKING BRAKE SWITCH................5203
            Description................5203
            Diagnosis Procedure................5203
            Component Inspection................5203
          VDC OFF SWITCH................5205
            Description................5205
            Diagnosis Procedure................5205
            Component Inspection................5206
            Special Repair Requirement................5206
          ABS WARNING LAMP................5207
            Description................5207
            Component Function Check................5207
            Diagnosis Procedure................5207
            Special Repair Requirement................5207
          BRAKE WARNING LAMP................5208
            Description................5208
            Component Function Check................5208
            Diagnosis Procedure................5208
            Special Repair Requirement................5208
          VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP................5210
            Description................5210
            Component Function Check................5210
            Diagnosis Procedure................5210
            Special Repair Requirement................5210
          VDC WARNING LAMP................5211
            Description................5211
            Component Function Check................5211
            Diagnosis Procedure................5211
            Special Repair Requirement................5211
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................5212
          ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................5212
            Reference Value................5212
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5212
            Wiring Diagram................5216
            Fail-Safe................5220
              VDC, TCS ................5220
              ABS, EBD SYSTEM................5221
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5221
            DTC Index................5222
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5223
          EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY................5223
            Diagnosis Procedure................5223
          UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION................5224
            Diagnosis Procedure................5224
          THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG................5225
            Diagnosis Procedure................5225
          ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5226
            Diagnosis Procedure................5226
          PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS................5227
            Diagnosis Procedure................5227
          VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL................5228
            Diagnosis Procedure................5228
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................5229
            Description................5229
        PRECAUTION................5230
          PRECAUTIONS................5230
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5230
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5230
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................5230
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5231
            Precaution for Brake System................5231
            Precaution for Brake Control................5231
            Precautions for Harness Repair................5232
              COMMUNICATION LINE................5232
        PREPARATION................5233
          PREPARATION................5233
            Commercial Service Tools................5233
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5234
          WHEEL SENSOR................5234
            FRONT WHEEL SENSOR................5234
              FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View................5234
              FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation................5234
                REMOVAL................5234
                INSTALLATION................5234
            REAR WHEEL SENSOR................5235
              REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View................5235
              REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation................5235
                REMOVAL................5235
                INSTALLATION................5235
          SENSOR ROTOR................5236
            FRONT SENSOR ROTOR................5236
              FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation................5236
                REMOVAL................5236
                INSTALLATION................5236
              FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Disassembly and Assembly................5236
            REAR SENSOR ROTOR................5236
              REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation................5236
                REMOVAL................5236
                INSTALLATION................5236
              REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Disassembly and Assembly................5236
          ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)................5237
            Exploded View................5237
            Removal and Installation................5237
              REMOVAL................5237
              INSTALLATION................5238
            Adjustment................5238
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5238
          YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR................5239
            Exploded View................5239
            Removal and Installation................5239
              REMOVAL................5239
              INSTALLATION................5239
          STEERING ANGLE SENSOR................5240
            Exploded View................5240
            Removal and Installation................5240
              REMOVAL................5240
              INSTALLATION................5240
            Adjustment................5240
          VDC OFF SWITCH................5241
            Removal and Installation................5241
              REMOVAL................5241
              INSTALLATION................5241
  BRM................5242
    Table of Contents................5242
      VEHICLE INFORMATION................5243
        BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR................5243
          Body Exterior Paint Color................5243
      PRECAUTION................5244
        REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL................5244
          High Strength Steel (HSS)................5244
          Handling of Ultra High Strength Steel Plate Parts................5246
            PROHIBITION OF CUT AND CONNECTION................5246
      PREPARATION................5247
        REPAIRING MATERIAL................5247
          Foam Repair................5247
            URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONS................5247
              Example of foaming agent filling operation procedure................5247
        BODY COMPONENT PARTS................5249
          Underbody Component Parts................5249
          Body Component Parts................5251
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5253
        CORROSION PROTECTION................5253
          Description................5253
            Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel)................5253
            Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer................5253
          Undercoating................5253
            PRECAUTIONS IN UNDERCOATING................5253
          Stone Guard Coat................5254
          Body Sealing................5255
        BODY CONSTRUCTION................5259
          Body Construction................5259
          Rear Fender Hemming Process................5260
            PROCEDURE OF THE HEMMING PROCESS................5260
        REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS................5262
          Description................5262
          Radiator Core Support................5264
          Hoodledge................5264
          Hoodledge (Partial Replacement)................5266
          Front Side Member................5268
          Front Side Member (Partial Replacement)................5270
          Front Pillar................5271
          Center Pillar................5274
          Outer Sill (Partial Replacement)................5278
          Outer Sill................5279
            POINT................5280
          Rear Fender (LH)................5282
            POINT................5284
          Rear Fender (RH)................5286
            POINT................5288
          Rear Panel................5290
          Rear Floor Rear................5290
          Rear Side Member Extension................5291
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5293
        BODY ALIGNMENT................5293
          Body Center Marks................5293
          Description................5294
          Engine Compartment................5294
            MEASUREMENT................5294
            MEASUREMENT POINTS................5295
          Underbody................5296
            MEASUREMENT................5296
            MEASUREMENT POINTS................5297
          Passenger Compartment................5299
            MEASUREMENT................5299
            MEASUREMENT POINTS................5300
          Rear Body................5302
            MEASUREMENT................5302
            MEASUREMENT POINTS................5302
        LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS................5304
          Precautions for Plastics................5304
          Location of Plastic Parts................5305
  CCS................5307
    Table of Contents................5307
      ASCD................5308
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5308
          AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)................5308
            Information................5308
  CHG................5309
    Table of Contents................5309
      BASIC INSPECTION................5311
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................5311
          Work Flow (With EXP-800 NI or GR8-1200 NI)................5311
            CHARGING SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS WITH EXP-800 NI OR GR8-1200 NI................5311
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................5312
            DETAILED FLOW................5312
          Work Flow (Without EXP-800 NI or GR8-1200 NI)................5315
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................5315
            DETAILED FLOW................5315
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5318
        CHARGING SYSTEM................5318
          System Diagram................5318
          System Description................5318
          Component Parts Location................5318
          Component Description................5319
        POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM................5320
          System Diagram................5320
          System Description................5320
          Component Parts Location................5320
          Component Description................5321
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................5322
        B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................5322
          Description................5322
          Diagnosis Procedure................5322
        L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN)................5323
          Description................5323
          Diagnosis Procedure................5323
        L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)................5325
          Description................5325
          Diagnosis Procedure................5325
        S TERMINAL CIRCUIT................5326
          Description................5326
          Diagnosis Procedure................5326
        CHARGING SYSTEM................5327
          Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM -................5327
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5331
        CHARGING SYSTEM................5331
          Symptom Table................5331
      PRECAUTION................5332
        PRECAUTIONS................5332
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5332
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5332
          Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control System................5332
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5332
      PREPARATION................5334
        PREPARATION................5334
          Special Service Tools................5334
          Commercial Service Tools................5334
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................5335
        CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION................5335
          Inspection Procedure................5335
        POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION................5336
          Inspection Procedure................5336
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5338
        ALTERNATOR................5338
          Exploded View................5338
            REMOVAL................5338
            DISASSEMBLY................5338
          Removal and Installation................5339
            REMOVAL................5339
            INSTALLATION................5339
          Inspection................5339
            ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION................5339
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5341
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5341
          Alternator................5341
  CL................5342
    Table of Contents................5342
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5343
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................5343
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................5343
      PRECAUTION................5344
        PRECAUTIONS................5344
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5344
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5344
          Service Notice or Precautions for Clutch................5344
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5345
      PREPARATION................5346
        PREPARATION................5346
          Special Service Tools................5346
          Commercial Service Tools................5346
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................5347
        CLUTCH PEDAL................5347
          Inspection and Adjustment................5347
            INSPECTION................5347
              The Height of Clutch Pedal................5347
              Clutch Pedal Height When Disengaging The Clutch................5347
              Clutch Pedal Play................5347
              Position of Clutch Interlock Switch................5347
              Position of ASCD Clutch Switch (With ASCD)................5348
            ADJUSTMENT................5348
              Position of Clutch Interlock Switch................5348
              Position of ASCD Clutch Switch (With ASCD)................5348
        CLUTCH FLUID................5349
          Inspection................5349
            FLUID LEAKAGE................5349
            FLUID LEVEL................5349
          Draining................5349
          Refilling................5350
          Air Bleeding Procedure................5351
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5352
        CLUTCH PEDAL................5352
          Exploded View................5352
          Removal and Installation................5352
            REMOVAL................5352
            INSTALLATION................5352
          Inspection and Adjustment................5353
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5353
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5353
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5353
        CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER................5354
          Exploded View................5354
          Removal and Installation................5354
            REMOVAL................5354
            INSTALLATION................5355
          Inspection and Adjustment................5355
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5355
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5355
        CLUTCH PIPING................5356
          Exploded View................5356
          Hydraulic Layout................5356
          Removal and Installation................5356
            REMOVAL ................5356
            INSTALLATION................5357
          Inspection and Adjustment................5357
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5357
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5357
      UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5358
        CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER)................5358
          Exploded View................5358
          Removal and Installation................5358
            REMOVAL................5358
            INSTALLATION................5358
          Inspection and Adjustment................5358
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5358
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................5358
        CLUTCH DISC AND CLUTCH COVER................5359
          Exploded View................5359
          Removal and Installation................5359
            REMOVAL................5359
            INSTALLATION................5359
          Inspection................5360
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5360
              CLUTCH DISC................5360
              CLUTCH COVER................5360
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5360
              CLUTCH COVER................5360
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5362
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5362
          Clutch Control System................5362
          Clutch Pedal................5362
          Clutch Disc................5362
          Clutch Cover................5362
  CO................5363
    Table of Contents................5363
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5364
        DESCRIPTION................5364
          Engine Cooling System................5364
          Engine Cooling System Schematic................5365
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5366
        OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS................5366
          Troubleshooting Chart................5366
      PRECAUTION................5368
        PRECAUTIONS................5368
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5368
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5368
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5368
      PREPARATION................5369
        PREPARATION................5369
          Commercial Service Tools................5369
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................5370
        ENGINE COOLANT................5370
          Inspection................5370
            LEVEL ................5370
            LEAKAGE................5370
          Draining................5370
          Refilling................5371
          Flushing................5372
        RADIATOR................5374
          RADIATOR CAP................5374
            RADIATOR CAP : Inspection................5374
          RADIATOR................5374
            RADIATOR : Inspection................5374
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5376
        RADIATOR................5376
          Exploded View................5376
          Removal and Installation................5376
            REMOVAL................5376
            INSTALLATION................5377
          Inspection................5378
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5378
        COOLING FAN................5379
          Exploded View................5379
          Removal and Installation................5379
            REMOVAL................5379
            INSTALLATION................5380
          Disassembly and Assembly................5380
            DISASSEMBLY................5380
            ASSEMBLY................5380
          Inspection................5380
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................5380
              Cooling Fan................5380
        WATER PUMP................5381
          Exploded View................5381
          Removal and Installation................5381
            REMOVAL................5381
            INSTALLATION................5381
          Inspection................5381
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5381
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5382
        THERMOSTAT................5383
          Exploded View................5383
          Removal and Installation................5383
            REMOVAL................5383
            INSTALLATION................5383
              Thermostat ................5383
          Inspection................5384
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5384
              Thermostat................5384
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5384
        WATER OUTLET................5385
          Exploded View................5385
          Removal and Installation................5385
            REMOVAL................5385
            INSTALLATION................5386
          Inspection................5386
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................5386
              Water Control Valve................5386
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................5386
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5387
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................5387
          Periodical Maintenance Specification................5387
            ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................5387
          Radiator................5387
          Thermostat................5387
          Water Control Valve................5387
  DEF................5388
    Table of Contents................5388
      BASIC INSPECTION................5390
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................5390
          Work Flow................5390
            DETAILED FLOW................5390
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5391
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM................5391
          System Diagram................5391
          System Description................5391
            OPERATION DESCRIPTION................5391
            TIMER FUNCTION................5391
          Component Parts Location................5391
          Component Description................5392
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................5393
          COMMON ITEM................5393
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................5393
              APPLICATION ITEM................5393
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................5393
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................5393
          REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................5394
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................5394
              DATA MONITOR................5394
              ACTIVE TEST................5395
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................5396
          COMMON ITEM................5396
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................5396
              APPLICATION ITEM................5396
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................5396
          REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................5396
            REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER)................5396
              DATA MONITOR................5396
              ACTIVE TEST................5397
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................5398
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................5398
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Description................5398
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................5398
                Description................5398
                Operation Procedure................5398
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................5398
                Concept of auto active test................5399
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................5399
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................5400
              APPLICATION ITEM................5400
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................5400
              DATA MONITOR................5400
              ACTIVE TEST................5401
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................5402
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Description................5402
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................5402
                Description................5402
                Operation Procedure................5402
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................5402
                Concept of auto active test................5403
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................5403
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................5404
              APPLICATION ITEM................5404
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................5404
              DATA MONITOR................5404
              ACTIVE TEST................5405
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................5407
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH................5407
          WITH AUTO A/C................5407
            WITH AUTO A/C : Component Function Check................5407
            WITH AUTO A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................5407
            WITH AUTO A/C : Component Inspection................5408
          WITH MANUAL A/C................5408
            WITH MANUAL A/C : Component Function Check................5408
            WITH MANUAL A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................5408
            WITH MANUAL A/C : Component Inspection................5410
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY................5411
          Component Function Check................5411
          Diagnosis Procedure................5411
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER................5412
          Component Function Check................5412
          Diagnosis Procedure................5412
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FEEDBACK SIGNAL................5414
          WITH AUTO A/C................5414
            WITH AUTO A/C : Component Function Check................5414
            WITH AUTO A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................5414
          WITH MANUAL A/C................5414
            WITH MANUAL A/C : Component Function Check................5414
            WITH MANUAL A/C : Diagnosis Procedure................5414
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM................5415
          Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER CONTROL SYSTEM -................5415
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................5420
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5420
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................5420
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................5420
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5420
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5425
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5425
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................5440
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................5451
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................5451
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................5452
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................5452
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5452
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................5453
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................5455
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................5455
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5455
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5459
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5459
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................5469
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................5477
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................5477
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................5478
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5478
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................5478
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................5480
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................5480
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................5480
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5480
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5482
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5482
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................5486
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................5489
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................5489
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................5489
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................5490
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................5490
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................5490
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................5491
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................5491
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................5491
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................5491
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5491
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5493
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5493
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................5497
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................5500
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................5500
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................5500
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................5501
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................5501
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................5501
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................5502
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5503
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE................5503
          Description................5503
          Diagnosis Procedure................5503
        REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................5504
          Diagnosis Procedure................5504
      PRECAUTION................5505
        PRECAUTIONS................5505
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5505
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5505
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................5505
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5506
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5507
        FILAMENT................5507
          Inspection and Repair................5507
            INSPECTION................5507
            REPAIR................5507
              REPAIR EQUIPMENT................5507
              REPAIRING PROCEDURE................5508
  DLK................5509
    Table of Contents................5509
      WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................5517
        BASIC INSPECTION................5517
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................5517
            Work Flow................5517
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................5517
              DETAILED FLOW................5517
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................5520
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................5520
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................5520
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................5520
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5521
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................5521
            System Diagram................5521
            System Description................5521
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................5521
                Door Lock and Unlock Switch................5521
                Door Key Cylinder Switch................5521
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)................5521
                Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1................5521
                P Range Interlock Door Lock*2................5521
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................5521
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)................5522
                IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1................5522
                P Range Interlock Door Unlock*2................5522
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................5522
            Component Parts Location................5523
            Component Description................5523
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................5524
            INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................5524
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Diagram................5524
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description................5524
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................5526
              INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description................5527
            DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................5528
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram................5528
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description................5528
                OPERATION DESCRIPTION................5528
                OPERATION CONDITION................5528
                OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA................5529
                SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION................5529
                  Lock Operation................5529
                  Unlock Operation................5529
                HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION................5529
                  Operating Function of Hazard and Buzzer Reminder................5529
                  How to Change Hazard and Buzzer Reminder Mode................5529
                AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................5530
                LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS................5530
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................5531
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Description................5532
            REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION................5533
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Diagram................5533
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description................5533
                OPERATION................5533
                OPERATION AREA................5533
                DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION................5533
                OPERATION CONDITION................5533
                SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION................5533
                HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION................5534
                  Operating Function of Hazard and Horn Reminder................5534
                AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................5534
                LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS................5534
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................5536
              REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Description................5537
            KEY REMINDER FUNCTION................5537
              KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System Diagram................5538
              KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System Description................5538
              KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................5539
            WARNING FUNCTION................5540
              WARNING FUNCTION : System Description................5540
                OPERATION DESCRIPTION................5540
                OPERATION CONDITION................5540
                WARNING METHOD................5541
                LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS................5542
              WARNING FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................5543
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................5545
            COMMON ITEM................5545
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................5545
                APPLICATION ITEM................5545
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................5545
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................5545
            DOOR LOCK................5546
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................5546
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5546
                WORK SUPPORT................5547
                DATA MONITOR................5547
                ACTIVE TEST................5547
            INTELLIGENT KEY................5548
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................5548
                WORK SUPPORT................5548
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................5549
                DATA MONITOR................5549
                ACTIVE TEST................5550
            TRUNK................5551
              TRUNK : CONSULT Function (BCM - TRUNK)................5551
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5551
                DATA MONITOR................5551
                ACTIVE TEST................5551
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................5552
          B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA................5552
            Description................5552
            DTC Logic................5552
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5552
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5552
            Diagnosis Procedure................5552
          B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA................5554
            Description................5554
            DTC Logic................5554
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5554
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5554
            Diagnosis Procedure................5554
          B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA................5556
            Description................5556
            DTC Logic................5556
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5556
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5556
            Diagnosis Procedure................5556
          B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA................5558
            Description................5558
            DTC Logic................5558
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5558
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5558
            Diagnosis Procedure................5558
          B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA................5560
            Description................5560
            DTC Logic................5560
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................5560
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................5560
            Diagnosis Procedure................5560
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................5562
            BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5562
              BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure................5562
          DOOR SWITCH................5563
            Description................5563
            Component Function Check................5563
            Diagnosis Procedure................5563
            Component Inspection................5566
          DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................5567
            DRIVER SIDE................5567
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5567
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................5567
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5567
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection................5568
            PASSENGER SIDE................5569
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5569
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................5569
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5569
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection................5571
          DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................5572
            DRIVER SIDE................5572
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5572
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................5572
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5572
            PASSENGER SIDE................5572
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5573
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................5573
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5573
            REAR LH................5573
              REAR LH : Description................5573
              REAR LH : Component Function Check................5574
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................5574
            REAR RH................5574
              REAR RH : Description................5574
              REAR RH : Component Function Check................5574
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................5575
            BACK DOOR................5575
              BACK DOOR : Description................5575
              BACK DOOR : Component Function Check................5575
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5576
          BACK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RELAY................5578
            Description................5578
            Component Function Check................5578
            Diagnosis Procedure................5578
            Component Inspection................5579
          DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH................5581
            Description................5581
            Component Function Check................5581
            Diagnosis Procedure................5581
            Component Inspection................5582
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................5583
            Description................5583
            Component Function Check................5583
            Diagnosis Procedure................5583
          BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................5585
            Description................5585
            Component Function Check................5585
            Diagnosis Procedure................5585
            Component Inspection................5586
          DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................5587
            Description................5587
            Component Function Check................5587
            Diagnosis Procedure................5587
            Component Inspection................5588
          UNLOCK SENSOR................5589
            Description................5589
            Component Function Check................5589
            Diagnosis Procedure................5589
            Component Inspection................5590
          INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................5591
            Description................5591
            Component Function Check................5591
            Diagnosis Procedure................5591
            Component Inspection................5592
          INTELLIGENT KEY................5593
            Description................5593
            Component Function Check................5593
            Diagnosis Procedure................5593
          BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)................5594
            Description................5594
            Component Function Check................5594
            Diagnosis Procedure................5594
          KEY WARNING LAMP................5595
            Description................5595
            Component Function Check................5595
            Diagnosis Procedure................5595
          HAZARD FUNCTION................5596
            Description................5596
            Component Function Check................5596
            Diagnosis Procedure................5596
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................5597
            Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -................5597
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................5605
            Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM -................5605
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................5618
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5618
            Reference Value................5618
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5618
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5623
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5623
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................5638
            Fail-safe................5649
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................5649
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................5650
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................5650
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5650
            DTC Index................5651
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5654
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................5654
            ALL DOOR................5654
              ALL DOOR : Description................5654
              ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5654
            DRIVER SIDE................5654
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5654
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5654
            PASSENGER SIDE................5655
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5655
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5655
            REAR LH................5655
              REAR LH : Description................5655
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................5655
            REAR RH................5655
              REAR RH : Description................5655
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................5655
            BACK DOOR................5656
              BACK DOOR : Description................5656
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5656
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATION................5657
            Diagnosis Procedure................5657
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................5658
            ALL DOOR................5658
              ALL DOOR : Description................5658
              ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5658
            DRIVER SIDE................5658
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5658
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5658
            PASSENGER SIDE................5659
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5659
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5659
            BACK DOOR................5659
              BACK DOOR : Description................5659
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5659
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................5661
            Diagnosis Procedure................5661
          SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5662
            Diagnosis Procedure................5662
          VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................5663
            Diagnosis Procedure................5663
          IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5664
            Diagnosis Procedure................5664
          P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5665
            Diagnosis Procedure................5665
          AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................5666
            Diagnosis Procedure................5666
          HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE................5667
            Diagnosis Procedure................5667
          HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE................5668
            Diagnosis Procedure................5668
          KEY REMINDER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5670
            Diagnosis Procedure................5670
          OFF POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5671
            Diagnosis Procedure................5671
          P POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5672
            Diagnosis Procedure................5672
          ACC WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5674
            Diagnosis Procedure................5674
          TAKE AWAY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5675
            Diagnosis Procedure................5675
          INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5676
            Diagnosis Procedure................5676
          DOOR LOCK OPERATION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5677
            Diagnosis Procedure................5677
          KEY ID WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................5678
            Diagnosis Procedure................5678
          KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................5679
            Diagnosis Procedure................5679
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................5680
            Work Flow................5680
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................5680
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................5680
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................5681
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................5681
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................5681
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................5682
            Inspection Procedure................5682
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................5682
              CENTER CONSOLE................5682
              DOORS................5682
              TRUNK................5682
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................5683
              SEATS................5683
              UNDERHOOD................5683
            Diagnostic Worksheet................5684
        PRECAUTION................5686
          PRECAUTIONS................5686
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5686
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5686
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................5686
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5687
            Work................5687
        PREPARATION................5688
          PREPARATION................5688
            Special Service Tools................5688
            Commercial Service Tools................5688
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5689
          HOOD................5689
            HOOD ASSEMBLY................5689
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5689
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5689
                REMOVAL................5689
                INSTALLATION................5689
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5690
            HOOD HINGE................5691
              HOOD HINGE : Exploded View................5691
              HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation................5691
                REMOVAL................5691
                INSTALLATION................5692
            HOOD SUPPORT ROD................5692
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Exploded View................5692
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Removal and Installation................5692
                REMOVAL................5692
                INSTALLATION................5693
          RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT................5694
            Exploded View................5694
            Removal and Installation................5694
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER................5694
              INSTALLATION................5694
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT LOWER................5695
              INSTALLATION................5695
          FRONT FENDER................5696
            Exploded View................5696
            Removal and Installation................5696
              REMOVAL................5696
              INSTALLATION................5696
          FRONT DOOR................5698
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................5698
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5698
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5698
                REMOVAL................5698
                INSTALLATION................5698
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5699
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................5700
            DOOR STRIKER................5700
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................5700
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................5700
                REMOVAL................5700
                INSTALLATION................5701
            DOOR HINGE................5701
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................5701
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................5701
                REMOVAL................5701
                INSTALLATION................5701
            DOOR CHECK LINK................5702
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................5702
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................5702
                REMOVAL................5702
                INSTALLATION................5702
          REAR DOOR................5704
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................5704
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5704
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5704
                REMOVAL................5704
                INSTALLATION................5704
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5705
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................5706
            DOOR STRIKER................5706
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................5706
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................5706
                REMOVAL................5706
                INSTALLATION................5707
            DOOR HINGE................5707
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................5707
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................5707
                REMOVAL................5707
                INSTALLATION................5707
            DOOR CHECK LINK................5708
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................5708
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................5708
                REMOVAL................5708
                INSTALLATION................5708
          BACK DOOR................5709
            BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY................5709
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5709
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5709
                REMOVAL................5709
                INSTALLATION................5710
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5711
                BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................5712
            BACK DOOR STRIKER................5712
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................5713
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................5713
                REMOVAL................5713
                INSTALLATION................5713
            BACK DOOR HINGE................5713
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................5714
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................5714
                REMOVAL................5714
                INSTALLATION................5714
            DOOR CHECK LINK................5714
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................5715
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................5715
                REMOVAL................5715
                INSTALLATION................5715
            DOVETAIL................5715
              DOVETAIL : Exploded View................5716
              DOVETAIL : Removal and Installation................5716
                REMOVAL................5716
                INSTALLATION................5716
            BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP................5716
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded View................5717
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation................5717
                REMOVAL................5717
                INSTALLATION................5717
          HOOD LOCK................5718
            Exploded View................5718
            Removal and Installation................5718
              REMOVAL................5718
              INSTALLATION................5718
            Inspection................5719
          FRONT DOOR LOCK................5720
            DOOR LOCK................5720
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................5720
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................5720
                REMOVAL................5720
                INSTALLATION................5721
            INSIDE HANDLE................5721
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5721
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5721
                REMOVAL................5721
                INSTALLATION................5721
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................5721
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5722
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5722
                REMOVAL................5722
                INSTALLATION................5723
          REAR DOOR LOCK................5724
            DOOR LOCK................5724
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................5724
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................5724
                REMOVAL................5724
                INSTALLATION................5724
            INSIDE HANDLE................5725
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5725
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5725
                REMOVAL................5725
                INSTALLATION................5725
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................5725
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5726
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5726
                REMOVAL................5726
                INSTALLATION................5727
          BACK DOOR LOCK................5728
            DOOR LOCK................5728
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................5728
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................5728
                REMOVAL................5728
                INSTALLATION................5728
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................5728
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5729
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5729
                REMOVAL................5729
                INSTALLATION................5730
            EMERGENCY LEVER................5730
              EMERGENCY LEVER : Unlock procedures................5730
                UNLOCK PROCEDURES................5730
          FUEL FILLER LID OPENER................5731
            Exploded View................5731
            Removal and Installation................5731
              REMOVAL ................5731
                FUEL FILLER LID................5731
                FUEL FILLER LID OPENER CABLE................5731
              INSTALLATION ................5732
          DOOR SWITCH................5733
            Exploded View................5733
            Removal and Installation................5733
              REMOVAL................5733
              INSTALLATION................5733
          INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................5734
            INSTRUMENT CENTER................5734
              INSTRUMENT CENTER : Exploded View................5734
              INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installation................5734
                REMOVAL................5734
                INSTALLATION................5734
            LUGGAGE ROOM................5734
              LUGGAGE ROOM : Exploded View................5734
              LUGGAGE ROOM : Removal and Installation................5735
                REMOVAL................5735
                INSTALLATION................5735
          INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER................5736
            Exploded View................5736
            Removal and Installation................5736
              REMOVAL................5736
              INSTALLATION................5736
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................5737
            Exploded View................5737
            Removal and Installation................5737
              REMOVAL................5737
              INSTALLATION................5737
          INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY................5738
            Removal and Installation................5738
      WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................5739
        BASIC INSPECTION................5739
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................5739
            Work Flow................5739
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................5739
              DETAILED FLOW................5739
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................5742
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................5742
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................5742
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................5742
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5743
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................5743
            System Diagram................5743
            System Description................5743
              DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................5743
                Door Key Cylinder................5743
                KEY REMINDER FUNCTION................5743
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)................5743
                Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1................5743
                P Range Interlock Door Lock*2................5743
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................5743
              AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)................5744
                IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1................5744
                P Range Interlock Door Unlock*2................5744
                Key out Interlock Door Unlock................5744
                Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function................5744
            Component Parts Location................5745
            Component Description................5745
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM................5746
            System Diagram................5746
            System Description................5746
              DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK OPERATION................5746
              OPERATION CONDITION................5746
              OPERATION AREA................5746
              SELECTIVE UNLOCK OPERATION................5746
              HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER................5746
                How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder Modes................5746
              AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION................5747
              INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL FUNCTION................5747
              REGISTER, CHECK, AND ERASURE OF REMOTE CONTROLLER ID................5747
                Remote controller ID registration with key................5747
            Component Parts Location................5748
            Component Description................5749
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................5750
            COMMON ITEM................5750
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................5750
                APPLICATION ITEM................5750
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................5750
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................5750
            DOOR LOCK................5751
              DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)................5751
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5751
                WORK SUPPORT................5752
                DATA MONITOR................5752
                ACTIVE TEST................5753
            MULTI REMOTE ENT................5753
              MULTI REMOTE ENT : CONSULT Function (BCM - MULTI REMOTE ENT)................5753
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5753
                DATA MONITOR................5753
                ACTIVE TEST................5753
                WORK SUPPORT................5754
            TRUNK................5754
              TRUNK : CONSULT Function (BCM - TRUNK)................5754
                BCM CONSULT FUNCTION................5754
                DATA MONITOR................5754
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................5756
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................5756
            BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5756
              BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure................5756
          DOOR SWITCH................5757
            Description................5757
            Component Function Check................5757
            Diagnosis Procedure................5757
            Component Inspection................5759
          DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................5760
            DRIVER SIDE................5760
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5760
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................5760
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5760
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection................5761
            PASSENGER SIDE................5762
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5762
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................5762
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5762
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection................5764
          DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................5765
            DRIVER SIDE................5765
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5765
              DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................5765
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5765
            PASSENGER SIDE................5765
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5766
              PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................5766
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5766
            REAR LH................5766
              REAR LH : Description................5766
              REAR LH : Component Function Check................5767
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................5767
            REAR RH................5767
              REAR RH : Description................5767
              REAR RH : Component Function Check................5767
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................5768
            BACK DOOR................5768
              BACK DOOR : Description................5768
              BACK DOOR : Component Function Check................5768
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5769
          DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH................5770
            Description................5770
            Component Function Check................5770
            Diagnosis Procedure................5770
            Component Inspection................5771
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................5772
            Description................5772
            Component Function Check................5772
            Diagnosis Procedure................5772
          KEY SWITCH................5775
            Description................5775
            Component Function Check................5775
            Diagnosis Procedure................5775
            Component Inspection................5776
              COMPONENT INSPECTION................5776
          BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)................5777
            Description................5777
            Component Function Check................5777
            Diagnosis Procedure................5777
          HAZARD FUNCTION................5778
            Description................5778
            Component Function Check................5778
            Diagnosis Procedure................5778
          KEYFOB BATTERY................5779
            Description................5779
            Component Function Check................5779
            Diagnosis Procedure................5779
          POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM................5780
            Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -................5780
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM................5788
            Wiring Diagram - REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM -................5788
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................5797
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................5797
            Reference Value................5797
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................5797
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................5800
              PHYSICAL VALUES................5800
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................5810
            Fail-safe................5818
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................5818
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................5819
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................5819
            DTC Index................5819
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................5821
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH................5821
            ALL DOOR................5821
              ALL DOOR : Description................5821
              ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5821
            DRIVER SIDE................5821
              DRIVER SIDE : Description................5821
              DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5821
            PASSENGER SIDE................5822
              PASSENGER SIDE : Description................5822
              PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................5822
            REAR LH................5822
              REAR LH : Description................5822
              REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................5822
            REAR RH................5822
              REAR RH : Description................5822
              REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................5822
            BACK DOOR................5823
              BACK DOOR : Description................5823
              BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure................5823
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATION................5824
            Diagnosis Procedure................5824
          DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH KEYFOB................5825
            Diagnosis Procedure................5825
          AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................5826
            Diagnosis Procedure................5826
          SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5827
            Diagnosis Procedure................5827
          VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE................5828
            Diagnosis Procedure................5828
          IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5829
            Diagnosis Procedure................5829
          P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5830
            Diagnosis Procedure................5830
          KEY OUT INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................5831
            Diagnosis Procedure................5831
          HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE................5832
            Diagnosis Procedure................5832
          SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................5833
            Work Flow................5833
              CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................5833
              DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................5833
              CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................5834
              LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................5834
              REPAIR THE CAUSE................5834
              CONFIRM THE REPAIR................5835
            Inspection Procedure................5835
              INSTRUMENT PANEL................5835
              CENTER CONSOLE................5835
              DOORS................5835
              TRUNK................5835
              SUNROOF/HEADLINING................5836
              SEATS................5836
              UNDERHOOD................5836
            Diagnostic Worksheet................5837
        PRECAUTION................5839
          PRECAUTIONS................5839
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................5839
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................5839
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................5839
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................5840
            Work................5840
        PREPARATION................5841
          PREPARATION................5841
            Special Service Tools................5841
            Commercial Service Tools................5841
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................5842
          HOOD................5842
            HOOD ASSEMBLY................5842
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5842
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5842
                REMOVAL................5842
                INSTALLATION................5842
              HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5843
            HOOD HINGE................5844
              HOOD HINGE : Exploded View................5844
              HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation................5844
                REMOVAL................5844
                INSTALLATION................5845
            HOOD SUPPORT ROD................5845
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Exploded View................5845
              HOOD SUPPORT ROD : Removal and Installation................5845
                REMOVAL................5845
                INSTALLATION................5846
          RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT................5847
            Exploded View................5847
            Removal and Installation................5847
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT UPPER................5847
              INSTALLATION................5847
              RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT LOWER................5848
              INSTALLATION................5848
          FRONT FENDER................5849
            Exploded View................5849
            Removal and Installation................5849
              REMOVAL................5849
              INSTALLATION................5849
          FRONT DOOR................5851
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................5851
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5851
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5851
                REMOVAL................5851
                INSTALLATION................5851
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5852
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................5853
            DOOR STRIKER................5853
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................5853
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................5853
                REMOVAL................5853
                INSTALLATION................5854
            DOOR HINGE................5854
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................5854
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................5854
                REMOVAL................5854
                INSTALLATION................5854
            DOOR CHECK LINK................5855
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................5855
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................5855
                REMOVAL................5855
                INSTALLATION................5855
          REAR DOOR................5857
            DOOR ASSEMBLY................5857
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5857
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5857
                REMOVAL................5857
                INSTALLATION................5857
              DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5858
                DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................5859
            DOOR STRIKER................5859
              DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................5859
              DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................5859
                REMOVAL................5859
                INSTALLATION................5860
            DOOR HINGE................5860
              DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................5860
              DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................5860
                REMOVAL................5860
                INSTALLATION................5860
            DOOR CHECK LINK................5861
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................5861
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................5861
                REMOVAL................5861
                INSTALLATION................5861
          BACK DOOR................5862
            BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY................5862
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................5862
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................5862
                REMOVAL................5862
                INSTALLATION................5863
              BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................5864
                BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT................5865
            BACK DOOR STRIKER................5865
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View................5866
              BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation................5866
                REMOVAL................5866
                INSTALLATION................5866
            BACK DOOR HINGE................5866
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................5867
              BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................5867
                REMOVAL................5867
                INSTALLATION................5867
            DOOR CHECK LINK................5867
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View................5868
              DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................5868
                REMOVAL................5868
                INSTALLATION................5868
            DOVETAIL................5868
              DOVETAIL : Exploded View................5869
              DOVETAIL : Removal and Installation................5869
                REMOVAL................5869
                INSTALLATION................5869
            BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP................5869
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded View................5870
              BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation................5870
                REMOVAL................5870
                INSTALLATION................5870
          HOOD LOCK................5871
            Exploded View................5871
            Removal and Installation................5871
              REMOVAL................5871
              INSTALLATION................5871
            Inspection................5872
          FRONT DOOR LOCK................5873
            DOOR LOCK................5873
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................5873
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................5873
                REMOVAL................5873
                INSTALLATION................5874
            INSIDE HANDLE................5874
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5874
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5874
                REMOVAL................5874
                INSTALLATION................5874
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................5874
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5875
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5875
                REMOVAL................5875
                INSTALLATION................5876
          REAR DOOR LOCK................5877
            DOOR LOCK................5877
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................5877
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................5877
                REMOVAL................5877
                INSTALLATION................5877
            INSIDE HANDLE................5878
              INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5878
              INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5878
                REMOVAL................5878
                INSTALLATION................5878
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................5878
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5879
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5879
                REMOVAL................5879
                INSTALLATION................5880
          BACK DOOR LOCK................5881
            DOOR LOCK................5881
              DOOR LOCK : Exploded View................5881
              DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation................5881
                REMOVAL................5881
                INSTALLATION................5881
            OUTSIDE HANDLE................5881
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View................5882
              OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation................5882
                REMOVAL................5882
                INSTALLATION................5883
            EMERGENCY LEVER................5883
              EMERGENCY LEVER : Unlock procedures................5883
                UNLOCK PROCEDURES................5883
          FUEL FILLER LID OPENER................5884
            Exploded View................5884
            Removal and Installation................5884
              REMOVAL ................5884
                FUEL FILLER LID................5884
                FUEL FILLER LID OPENER CABLE................5884
              INSTALLATION ................5885
          DOOR SWITCH................5886
            Exploded View................5886
            Removal and Installation................5886
              REMOVAL................5886
              INSTALLATION................5886
          REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER................5887
            Exploded View................5887
            Removal and Installation................5887
              REMOVAL................5887
              INSTALLATION................5887
          KEYFOB BATTERY................5888
            Exploded View................5888
            Removal and Installation................5888
              REMOVAL................5888
              INSTALLATION................5888
  EC................5889
    Table of Contents................5889
      MR18DE................5896
        BASIC INSPECTION................5896
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................5896
            Work Flow................5896
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................5896
              DETAILED FLOW................5897
            Diagnostic Work Sheet................5899
              DESCRIPTION................5899
              WORKSHEET SAMPLE................5900
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................5901
            BASIC INSPECTION................5901
              BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement................5901
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................5904
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................5904
                PROGRAMMING OPERATION................5904
              ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................5904
            IDLE SPEED................5906
              IDLE SPEED : Description................5906
              IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement................5906
            IGNITION TIMING................5906
              IGNITION TIMING : Description................5906
              IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement................5906
            VIN REGISTRATION................5906
              VIN REGISTRATION : Description................5906
              VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement................5907
            ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING................5907
              ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description................5907
              ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement................5907
            THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING................5907
              THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description................5907
              THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement................5907
            IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING................5908
              IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description................5908
              IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement................5908
            MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR................5910
              MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description................5910
              MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement................5910
          HOW TO SET SRT CODE................5911
            Description................5911
              OUTLINE................5911
              SRT ITEM................5911
              SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE................5911
            SRT Set Driving Pattern................5912
            Work Procedure................5914
          HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC................5917
            Description................5917
              OUTLINE................5917
                When a DTC is stored in ECM................5917
                When a DTC is not stored in ECM................5917
              PERMANENT DTC ITEM................5917
              PERMANENT DTC SERVICE PROCEDURE................5918
            Work Procedure (Group A)................5918
            Work Procedure (Group B)................5920
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5923
          ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM................5923
            System Diagram................5923
            System Description................5924
            Component Parts Location................5924
            Component Description................5929
          MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM................5930
            System Diagram................5930
            System Description................5930
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5930
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5931
              VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION................5931
              MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)................5931
              MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL................5931
              FUEL INJECTION TIMING................5932
              FUEL SHUT-OFF................5932
            Component Parts Location................5933
            Component Description................5938
          ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM................5939
            System Diagram................5939
            System Description................5939
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5939
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5939
            Component Parts Location................5940
            Component Description................5945
          AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL................5946
            System Diagram................5946
            System Description................5946
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5946
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5946
            Component Parts Location................5947
            Component Description................5952
          AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)................5953
            System Diagram................5953
            System Description................5953
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5953
              BASIC ASCD SYSTEM................5953
              SET OPERATION................5953
              ACCELERATE OPERATION................5953
              CANCEL OPERATION................5954
              COAST OPERATION................5954
              RESUME OPERATION................5954
            Component Parts Location................5955
            Component Description................5960
          CAN COMMUNICATION................5961
            System Description................5961
          COOLING FAN CONTROL................5962
            System Diagram................5962
            System Description................5962
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5962
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5962
                Cooling Fan Operation................5963
                Cooling Fan Relay Operation................5963
            Component Parts Location................5964
            Component Description................5969
          EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM................5970
            System Diagram................5970
            System Description................5970
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5970
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5971
              EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING................5971
            Component Parts Location................5974
            Component Description................5979
          INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL................5980
            System Diagram................5980
            System Description................5980
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5980
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5980
            Component Parts Location................5981
            Component Description................5986
          FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM................5987
            System Diagram................5987
            System Description................5987
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART................5987
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................5987
                Reset Operation................5987
          ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM................5989
            Diagnosis Description................5989
            GST (Generic Scan Tool)................5989
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)................5990
            DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION................5990
              DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic................5990
              DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data................5990
                DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC................5990
                FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA................5990
              DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System................5991
                RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS................5991
                COUNTER SYSTEM CHART................5991
                Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................5991
                Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................5992
                  Driving Pattern B................5992
                  Driving Pattern C................5993
                Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................5993
                Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”................5994
                  Driving Pattern A................5994
                  Driving Pattern B................5994
              DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern................5994
                DRIVING PATTERN A................5994
                DRIVING PATTERN B................5994
                DRIVING PATTERN C................5994
                DRIVING PATTERN D................5995
              DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code................5995
                SRT SET TIMING................5995
              DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)................5996
            On Board Diagnosis Function................5997
              ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM................5997
              BULB CHECK MODE................5997
                Description................5997
                Operation Procedure................5997
              SRT STATUS MODE................5997
                Description................5997
                Operation Procedure................5997
              MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE................5998
                Description................5998
                Operation Procedure................5998
              SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE................5998
                Description................5998
                How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode................5998
                How to Read Self-diagnostic Results................5999
                How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results................6000
            CONSULT Function................6000
              FUNCTION................6000
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE................6000
                Self Diagnostic Item................6000
                How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC................6000
                How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC................6001
                Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data................6001
              DATA MONITOR MODE................6001
                Monitored Item................6001
              WORK SUPPORT MODE................6006
                Work Item................6006
              ACTIVE TEST MODE................6006
                Test Item................6006
              DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE................6007
                Test item................6007
              SRT & P-DTC MODE................6007
                SRT STATUS Mode................6008
                PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode................6008
                SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode................6008
                PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode................6008
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................6009
          TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE................6009
            Description................6009
            Component Function Check................6009
            Diagnosis Procedure................6010
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................6010
              DETAILED PROCEDURE................6011
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................6017
            Diagnosis Procedure................6017
          U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................6020
            Description................6020
            DTC Logic................6020
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6020
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6020
            Diagnosis Procedure................6020
          U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................6021
            Description................6021
            DTC Logic................6021
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6021
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6021
            Diagnosis Procedure................6021
          P0011 IVT CONTROL................6022
            DTC Logic................6022
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6022
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6022
            Diagnosis Procedure................6023
            Component Inspection................6024
          P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER................6026
            Description................6026
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................6026
            DTC Logic................6026
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6026
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6026
            Diagnosis Procedure................6026
            Component Inspection................6028
          P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER................6029
            Description................6029
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................6029
              OPERATION................6029
            DTC Logic................6029
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6029
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6029
            Diagnosis Procedure................6030
            Component Inspection................6031
          P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................6032
            Description................6032
            DTC Logic................6032
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6032
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6032
            Diagnosis Procedure................6032
            Component Inspection................6033
          P0101 MAF SENSOR................6035
            Description................6035
            DTC Logic................6035
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6035
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6035
            Component Function Check................6036
            Diagnosis Procedure................6037
            Component Inspection................6038
          P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR................6042
            Description................6042
            DTC Logic................6042
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6042
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6042
            Diagnosis Procedure................6043
            Component Inspection................6044
          P0111 IAT SENSOR................6047
            DTC Logic................6047
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6047
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6047
            Component Function Check................6048
            Diagnosis Procedure................6048
            Component Inspection................6048
          P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR................6049
            Description................6049
            DTC Logic................6049
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6049
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6049
            Diagnosis Procedure................6049
            Component Inspection................6050
          P0116 ECT SENSOR................6051
            Description................6051
            DTC Logic................6051
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6051
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6051
            Component Function Check................6052
            Diagnosis Procedure................6053
            Component Inspection................6053
          P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR................6054
            Description................6054
            DTC Logic................6054
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6054
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6054
            Diagnosis Procedure................6054
            Component Inspection................6055
          P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR................6057
            Description................6057
            DTC Logic................6057
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6057
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6057
            Diagnosis Procedure................6057
            Component Inspection................6059
            Special Repair Requirement................6059
          P0125 ECT SENSOR................6060
            Description................6060
            DTC Logic................6060
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6060
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6060
            Diagnosis Procedure................6061
            Component Inspection................6061
          P0127 IAT SENSOR................6063
            Description................6063
            DTC Logic................6063
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6063
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6063
            Diagnosis Procedure................6064
            Component Inspection................6064
          P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION................6065
            DTC Logic................6065
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6065
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6065
            Diagnosis Procedure................6066
            Component Inspection................6067
          P0130 A/F SENSOR 1................6068
            Description................6068
            DTC Logic................6068
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6068
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6068
            Component Function Check................6069
            Diagnosis Procedure................6070
          P0131 A/F SENSOR 1................6072
            Description................6072
            DTC Logic................6072
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6072
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6072
            Diagnosis Procedure................6073
          P0132 A/F SENSOR 1................6075
            Description................6075
            DTC Logic................6075
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6075
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6075
            Diagnosis Procedure................6076
          P0137 HO2S2................6078
            Description................6078
            DTC Logic................6078
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6078
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6078
            Component Function Check................6079
            Diagnosis Procedure................6080
            Component Inspection................6081
          P0138 HO2S2................6084
            Description................6084
            DTC Logic................6084
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6084
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6085
            Component Function Check................6085
            Diagnosis Procedure................6086
            Component Inspection................6089
          P0139 HO2S2................6092
            Description................6092
            DTC Logic................6092
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6092
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6092
            Component Function Check................6094
            Diagnosis Procedure................6094
            Component Inspection................6096
          P014C, P014D, P015A, P015B A/F SENSOR 1................6098
            Description................6098
            DTC Logic................6098
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6098
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6098
            Diagnosis Procedure................6100
          P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION................6103
            DTC Logic................6103
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6103
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6103
            Diagnosis Procedure................6104
          P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION................6107
            DTC Logic................6107
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6107
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6107
            Diagnosis Procedure................6108
          P0181 FTT SENSOR................6111
            Description................6111
            DTC Logic................6111
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6111
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6111
            Component Function Check................6113
            Diagnosis Procedure................6113
            Component Inspection................6114
          P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR................6115
            Description................6115
            DTC Logic................6115
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6115
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6115
            Diagnosis Procedure................6115
            Component Inspection................6116
          P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR................6118
            Description................6118
            DTC Logic................6118
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6118
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6118
            Diagnosis Procedure................6118
            Component Inspection................6120
            Special Repair Requirement................6120
          P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE................6121
            DTC Logic................6121
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6121
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6121
            Diagnosis Procedure................6122
          P0327, P0328 KS................6127
            Description................6127
            DTC Logic................6127
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6127
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6127
            Diagnosis Procedure................6127
            Component Inspection................6128
          P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)................6129
            Description................6129
            DTC Logic................6129
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6129
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6129
            Diagnosis Procedure................6130
            Component Inspection................6132
          P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)................6133
            Description................6133
            DTC Logic................6133
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6133
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6133
            Diagnosis Procedure................6134
            Component Inspection................6135
          P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION................6137
            DTC Logic................6137
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6137
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6137
            Component Function Check................6138
            Diagnosis Procedure................6138
          P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM................6142
            DTC Logic................6142
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6142
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6142
            Component Function Check................6143
            Diagnosis Procedure................6144
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................6147
          P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................6148
            Description................6148
            DTC Logic................6148
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6148
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6148
            Diagnosis Procedure................6149
            Component Inspection................6151
          P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................6153
            Description................6153
            DTC Logic................6153
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6153
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6153
            Diagnosis Procedure................6153
            Component Inspection................6155
          P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................6156
            Description................6156
            DTC Logic................6156
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6156
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6156
            Diagnosis Procedure................6156
            Component Inspection................6158
          P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE................6160
            Description................6160
            DTC Logic................6160
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6160
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6160
            Diagnosis Procedure................6161
            Component Inspection................6162
          P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR................6164
            Description................6164
            DTC Logic................6164
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6164
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6164
            Diagnosis Procedure................6165
            Component Inspection................6167
          P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR................6168
            Description................6168
            DTC Logic................6168
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6168
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6168
            Diagnosis Procedure................6169
            Component Inspection................6172
          P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR................6173
            Description................6173
            DTC Logic................6173
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6173
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6173
            Diagnosis Procedure................6174
            Component Inspection................6177
          P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM................6179
            DTC Logic................6179
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6179
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6179
            Diagnosis Procedure................6180
            Component Inspection................6184
          P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................6185
            Description................6185
            DTC Logic................6185
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6185
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6185
            Diagnosis Procedure................6185
          P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................6186
            Description................6186
            DTC Logic................6186
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6186
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6186
            Component Function Check................6186
            Diagnosis Procedure................6187
          P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................6188
            Description................6188
            DTC Logic................6188
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6188
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6188
            Diagnosis Procedure................6188
          P0500 VSS................6190
            EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS................6190
              EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Description................6190
              EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Logic................6190
                DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6190
                DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6190
              EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure................6190
            M/T MODELS................6191
              M/T MODELS : Description................6191
              M/T MODELS : DTC Logic................6191
                DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6191
                DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6191
              M/T MODELS : Component Function Check................6192
              M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure................6193
          P0506 ISC SYSTEM................6194
            Description................6194
            DTC Logic................6194
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6194
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6194
            Diagnosis Procedure................6194
          P0507 ISC SYSTEM................6196
            Description................6196
            DTC Logic................6196
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6196
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6196
            Diagnosis Procedure................6196
          P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL................6198
            Description................6198
            DTC Logic................6198
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6198
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6198
            Diagnosis Procedure................6199
          P0605 ECM................6200
            Description................6200
            DTC Logic................6200
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6200
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6200
            Diagnosis Procedure................6201
          P0607 ECM................6202
            Description................6202
            DTC Logic................6202
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6202
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6202
            Diagnosis Procedure................6202
          P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY................6203
            DTC Logic................6203
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6203
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6203
            Diagnosis Procedure................6203
          P0850 PNP SWITCH................6205
            Description................6205
            DTC Logic................6205
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6205
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6205
            Component Function Check................6206
            Diagnosis Procedure................6206
          P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL................6208
            DTC Logic................6208
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6208
          P117A AIR FUEL RATIO................6209
            DTC Logic................6209
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6209
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6209
            Diagnosis Procedure................6210
          P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE................6214
            Description................6214
            DTC Logic................6214
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6214
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6214
            Diagnosis Procedure................6214
          P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE................6215
            DTC Logic................6215
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6215
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6215
            Component Function Check................6215
            Diagnosis Procedure................6216
          P1225 TP SENSOR................6219
            Description................6219
            DTC Logic................6219
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6219
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6219
            Diagnosis Procedure................6219
            Special Repair Requirement................6220
          P1226 TP SENSOR................6221
            Description................6221
            DTC Logic................6221
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6221
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6221
            Diagnosis Procedure................6221
            Special Repair Requirement................6222
          P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................6223
            Description................6223
            DTC Logic................6223
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6223
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6223
            Diagnosis Procedure................6224
            Component Inspection................6225
          P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................6227
            Description................6227
            DTC Logic................6227
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6227
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6227
            Diagnosis Procedure................6228
            Component Inspection................6229
          P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................6231
            Description................6231
            DTC Logic................6231
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6231
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6231
            Diagnosis Procedure................6232
            Component Inspection................6233
          P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR................6235
            Description................6235
            DTC Logic................6235
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6235
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6235
            Component Function Check................6235
            Diagnosis Procedure................6236
            Component Inspection................6238
          P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH................6239
            Description................6239
            DTC Logic................6239
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6239
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6239
            Diagnosis Procedure................6239
            Component Inspection................6241
          P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH................6242
            Description................6242
            DTC Logic................6242
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6242
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6242
            Diagnosis Procedure................6243
            Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)................6246
            Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)................6247
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................6247
          P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................6249
            Description................6249
            DTC Logic................6249
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6249
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6249
            Diagnosis Procedure................6249
          P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR................6251
            Description................6251
            DTC Logic................6251
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6251
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6251
            Diagnosis Procedure................6251
          P1805 BRAKE SWITCH................6253
            Description................6253
            DTC Logic................6253
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6253
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6253
            Diagnosis Procedure................6253
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................6254
          P2096, P2097 A/F SENSOR 1................6256
            Description................6256
            DTC Logic................6256
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6256
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6256
            Diagnosis Procedure................6257
          P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY................6260
            Description................6260
            DTC Logic................6260
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6260
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6260
            Diagnosis Procedure................6260
          P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION................6263
            Description................6263
            DTC Logic................6263
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6263
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6263
            Diagnosis Procedure................6263
            Component Inspection................6266
            Special Repair Requirement................6266
          P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR................6267
            Description................6267
            DTC Logic................6267
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6267
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6267
            Diagnosis Procedure................6267
            Component Inspection................6268
            Special Repair Requirement................6268
          P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR................6269
            Description................6269
            DTC Logic................6269
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6269
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6269
            Diagnosis Procedure................6269
            Special Repair Requirement................6270
          P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR................6271
            Description................6271
            DTC Logic................6271
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6271
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6271
            Diagnosis Procedure................6271
            Component Inspection................6273
            Special Repair Requirement................6273
          P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR................6274
            Description................6274
            DTC Logic................6274
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6274
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6274
            Diagnosis Procedure................6274
            Component Inspection................6276
            Special Repair Requirement................6277
          P2135 TP SENSOR................6278
            Description................6278
            DTC Logic................6278
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6278
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6278
            Diagnosis Procedure................6278
            Component Inspection................6280
            Special Repair Requirement................6280
          P2138 APP SENSOR................6281
            Description................6281
            DTC Logic................6281
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................6281
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................6281
            Diagnosis Procedure................6282
            Component Inspection................6284
            Special Repair Requirement................6284
          ASCD BRAKE SWITCH................6285
            Description................6285
            Component Function Check................6285
            Diagnosis Procedure................6285
            Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)................6287
            Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)................6287
          ASCD INDICATOR................6289
            Description................6289
            Component Function Check................6289
            Diagnosis Procedure................6289
          COOLING FAN................6290
            Description................6290
              COOLING FAN MOTOR................6290
                Models without A/C................6290
                Models with A/C................6290
            Component Function Check................6290
            Diagnosis Procedure................6290
            Component Inspection................6291
              COOLING FAN MOTOR................6291
          ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL................6292
            Description................6292
            Component Function Check................6292
            Diagnosis Procedure................6292
          FUEL INJECTOR................6294
            Description................6294
            Component Function Check................6294
            Diagnosis Procedure................6294
            Component Inspection................6295
          FUEL PUMP................6297
            Description................6297
            Component Function Check................6297
            Diagnosis Procedure................6297
            Component Inspection................6299
          IGNITION SIGNAL................6300
            Description................6300
            Component Function Check................6300
            Diagnosis Procedure................6300
            Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)................6303
            Component Inspection (Condenser)................6304
          MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP................6305
            Description................6305
            Component Function Check................6305
            Diagnosis Procedure................6305
          ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)................6306
            Description................6306
            Component Function Check................6306
            Diagnosis Procedure................6306
            Component Inspection (Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve)................6309
            Component Inspection (Drain filter)................6311
          POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION................6312
            Description................6312
            Component Inspection................6312
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................6313
            Description................6313
            Component Function Check................6313
            Diagnosis Procedure................6313
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................6315
          ECM................6315
            Reference Value................6315
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................6315
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................6319
              PHYSICAL VALUES................6319
            Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -................6327
            Fail Safe................6340
              NON DTC RELATED ITEM................6340
              DTC RELATED ITEM................6341
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................6342
            DTC Index................6343
            Test Value and Test Limit................6346
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6354
          ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................6354
            Symptom Table................6354
              SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM................6354
              SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER................6355
          NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................6358
            Description................6358
              FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)................6358
        PRECAUTION................6359
          PRECAUTIONS................6359
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6359
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6359
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................6359
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6360
            On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT................6360
            General Precautions................6360
        PREPARATION................6364
          PREPARATION................6364
            Special Service Tools................6364
            Commercial Service Tools................6364
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6366
          FUEL PRESSURE................6366
            Inspection................6366
              FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE................6366
                With CONSULT................6366
                Without CONSULT................6366
              FUEL PRESSURE CHECK................6366
          EVAP LEAK CHECK................6368
            Inspection................6368
              WITH CONSULT................6368
              WITHOUT CONSULT................6368
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6370
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6370
            Idle Speed................6370
            Ignition Timing................6370
            Calculated Load Value................6370
            Mass Air Flow Sensor................6370
  EM................6371
    Table of Contents................6371
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6373
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................6373
          NVH troubleshooting Chart................6373
      PRECAUTION................6375
        PRECAUTIONS................6375
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6375
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................6375
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6375
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6375
          Precautions For Engine Service................6376
            DISCONNECTING FUEL PIPING................6376
            DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT................6376
            INSPECTION, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT................6376
            REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY................6376
            ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION................6376
          Parts Requiring Angle Tightening................6376
          Liquid Gasket................6377
            REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING................6377
            LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE................6377
      PREPARATION................6379
        PREPARATION................6379
          Special Service Tools................6379
          Commercial Service Tools................6380
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6383
        DRIVE BELT................6383
          Exploded View................6383
          Checking................6383
          Tension Adjustment................6383
          Removal and Installation................6383
            REMOVAL................6383
            INSTALLATION................6384
        AIR CLEANER FILTER................6385
          Removal and Installation................6385
            REMOVAL................6385
            INSTALLATION................6385
          Inspection (Viscous Paper Type)................6385
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6385
            MAINTENANCE INTERVAL................6385
        SPARK PLUG................6386
          Exploded View................6386
          Removal and Installation................6386
            REMOVAL................6386
            INSTALLATION................6386
          Inspection................6387
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6387
        CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE................6388
          Inspection and Adjustment................6388
            INSPECTION................6388
            ADJUSTMENT................6389
        COMPRESSION PRESSURE................6391
          Inspection................6391
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6392
        ENGINE COVER................6392
          Exploded View................6392
          Removal and Installation................6392
            REMOVAL................6392
            INSTALLATION................6392
        DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY................6393
          Exploded View................6393
          Removal and Installation................6393
            Removal................6393
            Installation................6393
        AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT................6394
          Exploded View................6394
          Removal and Installation................6394
            REMOVAL................6394
            INSTALLATION................6395
          Inspection................6395
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6395
        INTAKE MANIFOLD................6396
          Exploded View................6396
          Removal and Installation................6396
            REMOVAL................6396
            INSTALLATION................6397
              Intake Manifold................6397
              Electric Throttle Control Actuator................6398
        EXHAUST MANIFOLD................6399
          Exploded View................6399
          Removal and Installation................6399
            REMOVAL................6399
            INSTALLATION................6400
              Exhaust manifold ................6400
              AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1................6400
          Inspection................6401
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6401
              Surface Distortion................6401
        OIL PAN (LOWER)................6402
          Exploded View................6402
          Removal and Installation................6402
            REMOVAL................6402
            INSTALLATION................6403
          Inspection................6404
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6404
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6404
        FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE................6405
          Exploded View................6405
          Removal and Installation................6405
            REMOVAL................6405
            INSTALLATION................6407
          Inspection................6408
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6408
              Check on Fuel Leakage................6409
        IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER................6410
          Exploded View................6410
          Removal and Installation................6410
            REMOVAL................6410
            INSTALLATION................6411
        TIMING CHAIN................6412
          Exploded View................6412
          Removal and Installation................6413
            REMOVAL................6413
            INSTALLATION................6416
          Inspection................6421
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6421
              Timing Chain................6421
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6421
              Inspection for Leakage................6421
        CAMSHAFT................6423
          Exploded View................6423
          Removal and Installation................6424
            REMOVAL................6424
            INSTALLATION................6425
          Inspection................6427
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6427
              Camshaft Runout................6427
              Camshaft Cam Height................6428
              Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance................6428
              Camshaft End Play................6429
              Camshaft Sprocket Runout................6429
              Valve Lifter ................6429
              Valve Lifter Clearance................6430
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6430
              Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove................6430
        OIL SEAL................6432
          VALVE OIL SEAL................6432
            VALVE OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation................6432
              REMOVAL................6432
              INSTALLATION................6432
          FRONT OIL SEAL................6432
            FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation................6433
              REMOVAL................6433
              INSTALLATION................6433
          REAR OIL SEAL................6433
            REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation................6433
              REMOVAL................6433
              INSTALLATION................6433
        CYLINDER HEAD................6435
          Exploded View................6435
            REMOVAL................6435
            DISASSEMBLY................6435
          Removal and Installation................6436
            REMOVAL................6436
            INSTALLATION................6437
          Disassembly and Assembly................6437
            DISASSEMBLY................6437
            ASSEMBLY................6439
          Inspection................6441
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6441
              Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter................6441
              Cylinder Head Distortion................6441
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................6442
              VALVE DIMENSIONS................6442
              VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE................6442
              VALVE SEAT CONTACT................6442
              VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS................6442
              VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD................6443
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6443
              Inspection for Leakage................6443
      UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6444
        ENGINE ASSEMBLY................6444
          Exploded View................6444
          Removal and Installation................6444
            REMOVAL................6445
              Outline................6445
              Preparation................6445
              Engine Room LH................6445
              Engine Room RH................6445
              Vehicle Underbody................6446
              Removal................6446
              Separation................6447
            INSTALLATION................6447
              Upper Torque Rod (RH)................6447
              Engine Mounting Bracket (RH)................6447
          Inspection................6448
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6448
              Inspection for Leakage................6448
      UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY................6449
        ENGINE STAND SETTING................6449
          Setting................6449
        ENGINE UNIT................6451
          Disassembly................6451
          Assembly................6451
        OIL PAN (UPPER)................6452
          Exploded View................6452
          Removal and Installation................6452
            REMOVAL................6452
            INSTALLATION................6453
          Inspection................6455
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6455
        CYLINDER BLOCK................6456
          Exploded View................6456
          Disassembly and Assembly................6457
            DISASSEMBLY................6457
            ASSEMBLY................6459
          Inspection................6465
            CRANKSHAFT END PLAY................6465
            CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE................6465
            PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE................6466
              Piston Pin Hole Diameter ................6466
              Piston Pin Outer Diameter ................6466
              Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance................6466
            PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE................6466
            PISTON RING END GAP................6467
            CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION................6467
            CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER................6467
            CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE................6468
              Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter................6468
              Piston Pin Outer Diameter................6468
              Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance................6468
            CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION................6468
            MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER................6469
            PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE................6469
              Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter................6469
              Piston Skirt Diameter................6470
              Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance................6470
            CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER................6470
            CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER ................6470
            OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT................6470
            CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ................6471
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................6471
              Method by Calculation................6471
              Method of Using Plastigage................6471
            MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................6472
              Method by Calculation................6472
              Method of Using Plastigage................6472
            MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT ................6472
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT................6473
            MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ................6473
            CONNECTING ROD CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER ................6473
            CLOGGED OR DAMAGED OIL FILTER (FOR INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL)................6473
            FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS)................6474
            MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS)................6474
              Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction................6474
              Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction................6474
            DRIVE PLATE (CVT MODELS)................6474
        HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING................6476
          Description................6476
          Piston................6476
            WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED................6476
            WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED................6476
            PISTON SELECTION TABLE................6477
          Connecting Rod Bearing................6477
            WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED................6477
            WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED................6477
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE................6478
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE................6478
            UNDERSIZE BEARINGS USAGE GUIDE................6478
          Main Bearing................6479
            WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED................6479
            WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED................6480
            MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 1, 4, AND 5 JOURNAL)................6480
            MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 2 AND 3 JOURNAL)................6481
            MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)................6481
            UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE................6481
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6483
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6483
          General Specification................6483
            GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................6483
          Drive Belt................6483
            DRIVE BELT................6483
          Spark Plug................6483
            SPARK PLUG................6483
          Exhaust Manifold................6484
            EXHAUST MANIFOLD................6484
          Camshaft................6484
            CAMSHAFT................6484
            VALVE LIFTER................6484
            VALVE CLEARANCE................6484
            AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER................6485
          Cylinder Head................6486
            CYLINDER HEAD................6486
            VALVE DIMENSIONS................6486
            VALVE GUIDE................6486
            VALVE SEAT................6487
            VALVE SPRING................6488
          Cylinder Block................6488
            CYLINDER BLOCK................6488
            AVAILABLE PISTON................6489
            PISTON RING................6489
            PISTON PIN................6490
            CONNECTING ROD................6490
            CRANKSHAFT................6490
          Connecting Rod Bearing................6492
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE................6492
            UNDERSIZE TABLE................6492
            CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................6492
          Main Bearing................6492
            MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)................6492
            UNDERSIZE TABLE................6493
            MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE................6493
  EX................6494
    Table of Contents................6494
      PRECAUTION................6495
        PRECAUTIONS................6495
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6495
          Removal and Installation................6495
      PREPARATION................6496
        PREPARATION................6496
          Special Service Tools................6496
          Commercial Service Tools................6496
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6497
        EXHAUST SYSTEM................6497
          Inspection................6497
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6498
        EXHAUST SYSTEM................6498
          Exploded View................6498
          Removal and Installation................6498
            REMOVAL................6498
            INSTALLATION................6499
              Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube................6499
              Exhaust Front Tube to Center Muffler................6499
          Inspection................6500
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6500
  EXL................6501
    Table of Contents................6501
      BASIC INSPECTION................6504
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................6504
          Work Flow................6504
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................6504
            DETAILED FLOW................6504
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................6507
        HEADLAMP SYSTEM................6507
          System Diagram................6507
          System Description................6507
            OUTLINE................6507
            HEADLAMP (LO) OPERATION ................6507
            HEADLAMP (HI) OPERATION................6507
          Component Parts Location................6508
          Component Description................6508
        AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM................6509
          System Diagram................6509
          System Description................6509
            OUTLINE................6509
            AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION (WITH TWILIGHT LIGHTING FUNCTION)................6509
              Description................6509
            WIPER LINKED AUTO LIGHTING FUNCTION................6510
            DELAY TIMER FUNCTION................6510
          Component Parts Location................6510
          Component Description................6511
        FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM................6512
          System Diagram................6512
          System Description................6512
            OUTLINE................6512
            FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION ................6512
          Component Parts Location................6512
          Component Description................6513
        TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM................6514
          System Diagram................6514
          System Description................6514
            OUTLINE................6514
            TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION................6514
            HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION................6514
            TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL OPERATION................6514
            HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................6514
          Component Parts Location................6515
          Component Description................6515
        PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM................6516
          System Diagram................6516
          System Description................6516
            OUTLINE................6516
            PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, TAIL AND REAR SIDE MARKER LAMPS OPERATION................6516
          Component Parts Location................6517
          Component Description................6517
        EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................6518
          System Diagram................6518
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................6518
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................6518
          System Description................6518
            OUTLINE................6518
            EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION................6518
          Component Parts Location................6519
          Component Description................6519
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6520
          COMMON ITEM................6520
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................6520
              APPLICATION ITEM................6520
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................6520
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................6520
          HEADLAMP................6521
            HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................6521
              WORK SUPPORT................6521
              DATA MONITOR................6522
              ACTIVE TEST................6523
          FLASHER................6524
            FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER)................6524
              WORK SUPPORT................6524
              DATA MONITOR................6524
              ACTIVE TEST................6524
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6525
          COMMON ITEM................6525
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................6525
              APPLICATION ITEM................6525
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................6525
          HEADLAMP................6525
            HEADLAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP)................6525
              WORK SUPPORT................6525
              DATA MONITOR................6526
              ACTIVE TEST................6527
          FLASHER................6527
            FLASHER : CONSULT Function (BCM - FLASHER)................6527
              DATA MONITOR................6527
              ACTIVE TEST................6528
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6529
          Diagnosis Description................6529
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................6529
              Description................6529
              Operation Procedure................6529
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................6529
              Concept of auto active test................6530
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................6530
          CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................6531
            APPLICATION ITEM................6531
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................6531
            DATA MONITOR................6531
            ACTIVE TEST................6532
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6534
          Diagnosis Description................6534
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................6534
              Description................6534
              Operation Procedure................6534
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................6534
              Concept of auto active test................6535
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................6535
          CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................6536
            APPLICATION ITEM................6536
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................6536
            DATA MONITOR................6536
            ACTIVE TEST................6537
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................6538
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................6538
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6538
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................6538
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6538
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................6538
          IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6539
            IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................6539
          IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6540
            IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................6540
        HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT................6542
          Component Function Check................6542
          Diagnosis Procedure................6542
        HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT................6544
          Component Function Check................6544
          Diagnosis Procedure................6544
        FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT................6546
          Component Function Check................6546
          Diagnosis Procedure................6546
        PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT................6548
          Component Function Check................6548
          Diagnosis Procedure................6548
        TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT................6550
          Description................6550
          Component Function Check................6550
          Diagnosis Procedure................6550
        OPTICAL SENSOR................6553
          Description................6553
          Component Function Check................6553
          Diagnosis Procedure................6553
        HAZARD SWITCH................6556
          Component Function Check................6556
          Diagnosis Procedure................6556
        TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT................6558
          Component Function Check................6558
          Diagnosis Procedure................6558
        REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP CIRCUIT................6560
          Component Function Check................6560
          Diagnosis Procedure................6560
        LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT................6561
          Component Function Check................6561
          Diagnosis Procedure................6561
        HEADLAMP SYSTEM................6562
          Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP -................6562
        AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM................6566
          Wiring Diagram - AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM -................6566
        FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM................6571
          Wiring Diagram - FRONT FOG LAMP -................6571
        TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM................6575
          Wiring Diagram - TURN AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS -................6575
        PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM................6580
          Wiring Diagram - PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS -................6580
        STOP LAMP................6587
          Wiring Diagram - STOP LAMP -................6587
        BACK-UP LAMP................6591
          Wiring Diagram - BACK-UP LAMP -................6591
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................6595
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................6595
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................6595
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................6595
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................6595
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................6600
              PHYSICAL VALUES................6600
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................6615
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................6626
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................6626
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................6627
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................6627
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................6627
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................6628
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................6630
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................6630
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................6630
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................6634
              PHYSICAL VALUES................6634
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................6644
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................6652
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................6652
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................6653
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................6653
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................6653
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................6655
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................6655
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................6655
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................6655
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................6657
              PHYSICAL VALUES................6657
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................6661
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................6664
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................6664
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................6664
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................6665
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................6665
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................6665
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................6666
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................6666
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................6666
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................6666
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................6666
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................6668
              PHYSICAL VALUES................6668
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................6672
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................6675
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................6675
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................6675
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................6676
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................6676
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................6676
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................6677
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6678
        EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................6678
          Symptom Table................6678
        NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................6680
          Description................6680
            AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM................6680
        BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (HI) ARE NOT TURNED ON................6681
          Description................6681
          Diagnosis Procedure................6681
        BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON................6682
          Description................6682
          Diagnosis Procedure................6682
        PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON................6683
          Description................6683
          Diagnosis Procedure................6683
        BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON................6684
          Description................6684
          Diagnosis Procedure................6684
      PRECAUTION................6685
        PRECAUTIONS................6685
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6685
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6685
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6685
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6686
        HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT................6686
          Description................6686
            PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING................6686
            AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW................6686
          Aiming Adjustment Procedure................6687
        FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT................6689
          Description................6689
            PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING................6689
            AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW................6689
          Aiming Adjustment Procedure................6689
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6691
        FRONT COMBINATION LAMP................6691
          Exploded View................6691
            REMOVAL................6691
            DISASSEMBLY................6691
          Removal and Installation................6691
            REMOVAL................6691
            INSTALLATION................6692
          Replacement................6692
            HEADLAMP BULB................6692
            PARKING(FRONT SIDE MARKER) LAMP BULB................6692
            FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................6692
          Disassembly and Assembly................6692
            DISASSEMBLY................6692
            ASSEMBLY................6692
        FRONT FOG LAMP................6694
          Exploded View................6694
          Removal and Installation................6694
            REMOVAL................6694
            INSTALLATION................6694
          Replacement................6694
            FRONT FOG LAMP BULB................6694
        OPTICAL SENSOR................6696
          Exploded View................6696
          Removal and Installation................6696
            REMOVAL................6696
            INSTALLATION................6696
        LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH................6697
          Exploded View................6697
        SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP................6698
          Exploded View................6698
          Removal and Installation................6698
            REMOVAL................6698
            INSTALLATION................6698
          Replacement................6698
            SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................6698
        HAZARD SWITCH................6700
          Exploded View................6700
          Removal and Installation................6700
            REMOVAL................6700
            INSTALLATION................6700
        REAR COMBINATION LAMP................6701
          Exploded View................6701
            REMOVAL................6701
            DISASSEMBLY................6701
          Removal and Installation................6701
            REMOVAL................6701
            INSTALLATION................6702
          Replacement................6702
            STOP/TAIL LAMP BULB................6702
            REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB................6703
            BACK-UP LAMP BULB................6703
        REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP................6704
          Exploded View................6704
          Removal and Installation................6704
            REMOVAL................6704
            INSTALLATION................6704
          Replacement................6704
            REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB................6704
        HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP................6705
          Exploded View................6705
          Removal and Installation................6705
            REMOVAL................6705
            INSTALLATION................6705
          Replacement................6705
            HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP BULB................6705
        LICENSE PLATE LAMP................6707
          Exploded View................6707
          Removal and Installation................6707
            REMOVAL................6707
            INSTALLATION................6707
          Replacement................6707
            LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB................6707
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6709
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6709
          Bulb Specifications................6709
  EXT................6710
    Table of Contents................6710
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6711
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................6711
          Work Flow................6711
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................6711
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................6711
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................6712
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................6712
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................6712
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................6713
          Inspection Procedure................6713
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................6713
            CENTER CONSOLE................6713
            DOORS................6713
            TRUNK................6713
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................6714
            SEATS................6714
            UNDERHOOD................6714
          Diagnostic Worksheet................6715
      PRECAUTION................6717
        PRECAUTIONS................6717
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6717
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6717
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6717
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................6718
          Precaution for Work................6718
      PREPARATION................6719
        PREPARATION................6719
          Special Service Tools................6719
          Commercial Service Tools................6719
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6720
        FRONT BUMPER................6720
          Exploded View................6720
          Removal and Installation................6721
            REMOVAL................6721
            INSTALLATION................6722
        REAR BUMPER................6723
          Exploded View................6723
          Removal and Installation................6724
            REMOVAL................6724
            INSTALLATION................6725
        FRONT GRILLE................6726
          Exploded View................6726
          Removal and Installation................6726
            REMOVAL................6726
            INSTALLATION................6727
        COWL TOP................6728
          Exploded View................6728
          Removal and Installation................6728
            REMOVAL................6728
            INSTALLATION................6729
        FENDER PROTECTOR................6730
          FENDER PROTECTOR................6730
            FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View................6730
            FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation................6730
              REMOVAL................6730
              INSTALLATION................6730
        FLOOR SIDE FAIRING................6731
          Exploded View................6731
          Removal and Installation................6731
            REMOVAL................6731
              FRONT UNDER COVER FRONT................6731
              FRONT UNDER COVER................6731
            INSTALLATION................6731
        ROOF SIDE MOLDING................6732
          Exploded View................6732
          Removal and Installation................6732
            REMOVAL................6732
            INSTALLATION................6733
            REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROOF SIDE MOLDING CLIP................6733
              Removal................6733
              Installation................6733
        DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................6735
          Exploded View................6735
          Removal and Installation................6735
            REMOVAL................6735
              FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................6735
              REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING................6735
            INSTALLATION................6736
        REAR PILLAR FINISHER................6737
          Exploded View................6737
          Removal and Installation................6737
            REMOVAL................6737
            INSTALLATION................6737
  FAX................6739
    Table of Contents................6739
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6740
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................6740
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................6740
      PRECAUTION................6741
        PRECAUTIONS................6741
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6741
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6741
          Precautions for Drive Shaft................6741
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6742
      PREPARATION................6743
        PREPARATION................6743
          Special Service Tool................6743
          Commercial Service Tool................6743
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6745
        FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE................6745
          Inspection................6745
            COMPONENT PART................6745
            WHEEL HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY................6745
        FRONT DRIVE SHAFT................6746
          Inspection................6746
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6747
        FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE................6747
          Exploded View................6747
          Removal and Installation................6747
            REMOVAL................6747
            INSTALLATION................6748
          Inspection................6748
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6748
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6748
        FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT................6749
          Exploded View................6749
            LEFT SIDE................6749
            RIGHT SIDE................6749
          WHEEL SIDE................6750
            WHEEL SIDE : Removal and Installation................6750
              REMOVAL................6750
              INSTALLATION................6750
          TRANSAXLE SIDE................6752
            TRANSAXLE SIDE : Removal and Installation................6752
          Inspection................6752
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6752
        FRONT DRIVE SHAFT................6753
          Exploded View................6753
            LEFT SIDE................6753
            RIGHT SIDE................6753
          LEFT SIDE................6754
            LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation................6754
              REMOVAL................6754
              INSTALLATION................6754
                Transaxle Side................6754
                Wheel Hub Side................6754
          RIGHT SIDE................6755
            RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation................6755
              REMOVAL................6755
              INSTALLATION................6755
                Transaxle Side................6755
                Wheel Hub Side................6756
          WHEEL SIDE................6756
            WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly................6756
              DISASSEMBLY................6756
              ASSEMBLY................6756
          TRANSAXLE SIDE................6757
            TRANSAXLE SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly................6758
              DISASSEMBLY................6758
                Left Side................6758
                Right Side................6758
              ASSEMBLY................6759
                Left Side................6759
                Right Side................6761
          Inspection................6763
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6763
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................6764
              Shaft................6764
              Dynamic Damper................6764
              Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)................6764
              Housing and spider assembly (Transaxle Side)................6764
              Support Bearing (Right Side)................6764
              Support Bearing Bracket (Right Side)................6764
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6764
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6765
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6765
          Wheel Bearing................6765
          Drive Shaft................6765
  FL................6766
    Table of Contents................6766
      PRECAUTION................6767
        PRECAUTIONS................6767
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6767
          General Precautions................6767
      PREPARATION................6768
        PREPARATION................6768
          Special Service Tool................6768
          Commercial Service Tools................6768
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6769
        FUEL SYSTEM................6769
          Inspection................6769
          Quick Connector................6769
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6770
        FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY................6770
          Exploded View................6770
          Removal and Installation................6770
            REMOVAL................6770
            INSTALLATION................6772
              Fuel Level Sensor Unit................6772
              Quick Connector................6772
          Inspection................6773
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6773
        FUEL TANK................6774
          Exploded View................6774
          Removal and Installation................6774
            REMOVAL................6774
            INSTALLATION................6777
              Fuel Tank................6777
              Fuel Filler Hose................6777
              EVAP Hose and Vent Tube................6777
          Inspection................6778
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6778
        EVAP CANISTER................6779
          Exploded View................6779
          Removal and Installation................6779
            REMOVAL................6779
            INSTALLATION................6779
          Inspection................6779
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6780
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6780
          Fuel Tank................6780
            Standard and Limit................6780
  FSU................6781
    Table of Contents................6781
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6782
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................6782
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................6782
      PRECAUTION................6783
        PRECAUTIONS................6783
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6783
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6783
          Precautions for Suspension................6783
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6783
      PREPARATION................6785
        PREPARATION................6785
          Special Service Tool................6785
          Commercial Service Tool................6785
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6786
        FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY................6786
          Inspection................6786
            COMPONENT PART................6786
              Ball Joint Axial End Play................6786
            STRUT ASSEMBLY................6786
        WHEEL ALIGNMENT................6787
          Inspection................6787
            DESCRIPTION................6787
            PRELIMINARY CHECK................6787
            GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS................6787
            ALIGNMENT PROCESS................6787
          Adjustment................6787
            TOE-IN................6787
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6789
        FRONT COIL SPRING AND STRUT................6789
          Exploded View................6789
          Removal and Installation................6789
            REMOVAL................6789
            INSTALLATION................6789
          Disassembly and Assembly................6790
            DISASSEMBLY................6790
            ASSEMBLY................6790
          Inspection................6791
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................6791
              Strut................6791
              Strut Mounting Insulator and bound bumper Inspection................6791
              Coil Spring................6791
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6791
          Disposal................6791
        TRANSVERSE LINK................6793
          Exploded View................6793
          Removal and Installation................6793
            REMOVAL................6793
            INSTALLATION................6793
          Inspection................6793
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6793
              Transverse Link................6793
              Swing Torque................6793
              Axial End Play................6794
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6794
        FRONT STABILIZER................6795
          Exploded View................6795
          Removal and Installation................6795
            REMOVAL................6795
            INSTALLATION................6795
          Inspection................6796
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................6796
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6796
        FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER................6797
          Exploded View................6797
          Removal and Installation................6797
            REMOVAL................6797
            INSTALLATION................6797
          Inspection................6798
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................6798
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................6798
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6799
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6799
          Wheel Alignment................6799
          Ball Joint................6799
          Wheelarch Height................6800
  FWD................6801
    QUICK REFERENCE INDEX................6801
    FOREWORD................6802
    QUICK REFERENCE CHART................6804
    A: GENERAL INFORMATION................6801
    B: ENGINE................6801
    C: ELECTRIC POWER TRAIN................6801
    D: TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE................6801
    E: SUSPENSION................6801
    F: BRAKES................6801
    G: STEERING................6801
    H: RESTRAINTS................6801
    I: VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER................6801
    J: BODY INTERIOR................6801
    K: BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY................6801
    L: DRIVER CONTROLS................6801
    M: ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL................6801
    N: DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA................6801
    O: CRUISE CONTROL & DRIVER ASSISTANCE................6801
    P: MAINTENANCE................6801
    Comment Sheet................6803
  GI................6807
    Table of Contents................6807
      HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................6809
        HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................6809
          Description................6809
          Terms................6809
          Units................6809
          Contents................6809
          Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions................6810
          Components................6810
            SYMBOLS................6811
        HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................6812
          Description................6812
          How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis................6812
          Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures................6813
        HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS................6815
          Connector Symbols................6815
          Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example-................6816
            SWITCH POSITIONS ................6817
            MULTIPLE SWITCH................6817
          Connector Information................6818
            HOW TO USE CONNECTOR INFORMATION................6818
        ABBREVIATIONS................6820
          Abbreviation List................6820
        TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS................6825
          Description................6825
          Tightening Torque Table (New Standard Included)................6825
            PREVIOUS STANDARD................6825
            NEW STANDARD BASED ON ISO................6826
            DISCRIMINATION OF BOLTS AND NUTS................6827
        RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS................6828
          Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants................6828
      VEHICLE INFORMATION................6829
        IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION................6829
          Model Variation................6829
          Information About Identification or Model Code................6829
            IDENTIFICATION NUMBER................6829
            VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT................6830
            CERTIFICATION LABEL ................6830
            ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER ................6830
            CVT NUMBER ................6831
            MANUAL TRANSAXLE NUMBER................6831
          Dimensions................6831
          Wheels & Tires................6831
      PRECAUTION................6832
        PRECAUTIONS................6832
          Description................6832
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6832
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6832
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................6832
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6833
          General Precautions................6833
          Three Way Catalyst................6834
          Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System................6835
          Hoses................6835
            HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6835
            HOSE CLAMPING................6835
          Engine Oils................6836
            HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ................6836
            ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ................6836
          Air Conditioning................6836
          Fuel................6836
        LIFTING POINT................6838
          Commercial Service Tools................6838
          Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift................6838
          Board-On Lift................6839
        TOW TRUCK TOWING................6840
          Tow Truck Towing................6840
            2WD MODELS................6840
          Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)................6840
            FRONT................6840
            REAR................6841
      BASIC INSPECTION................6842
        SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT................6842
          Work Flow................6842
            WORK FLOW................6842
          Control Units and Electrical Parts................6842
            PRECAUTIONS................6842
          How to Check Terminal................6843
            CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT................6843
            HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS................6844
              Probing from Harness Side ................6844
              Probing from Terminal Side ................6844
              How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal................6845
              Waterproof Connector Inspection ................6846
              Terminal Lock Inspection ................6846
          Intermittent Incident................6846
            DESCRIPTION................6846
            VEHICLE VIBRATION................6847
              Connector & Harness................6847
              Hint................6847
              Sensor & Relay................6847
              Engine Compartment................6847
              Behind the Instrument Panel................6847
              Under Seating Areas................6847
            HEAT SENSITIVE................6848
            FREEZING ................6848
            WATER INTRUSION................6848
            ELECTRICAL LOAD ................6848
            COLD OR HOT START UP ................6848
          Circuit Inspection................6849
            DESCRIPTION ................6849
            TESTING FOR “OPENS” IN THE CIRCUIT................6849
              Continuity Check Method................6849
              Voltage Check Method................6849
            TESTING FOR “SHORTS” IN THE CIRCUIT................6850
              Resistance Check Method................6850
              Voltage Check Method................6850
            GROUND INSPECTION ................6850
            VOLTAGE DROP TESTS ................6851
              Measuring Voltage Drop - Accumulated Method................6851
              Measuring Voltage Drop - Step-by-Step................6852
            CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TEST ................6852
              CASE 1................6852
              CASE 2................6853
        CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM................6854
          Description................6854
          CONSULT Function and System Application*1................6854
            FUNCTION................6854
            SYSTEM APPLICATION*1................6854
          CONSULT/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit................6855
            INSPECTION PROCEDURE................6855
          Wiring Diagram - CONSULT/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -................6856
        INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................6859
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................6859
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection................6859
  GW................6860
    Table of Contents................6860
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6861
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................6861
          Work Flow................6861
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................6861
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................6861
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................6862
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................6862
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................6862
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................6863
          Inspection Procedure................6863
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................6863
            CENTER CONSOLE................6863
            DOORS................6863
            TRUNK................6863
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................6864
            SEATS................6864
            UNDERHOOD................6864
          Diagnostic Worksheet................6865
      PRECAUTION................6867
        PRECAUTIONS................6867
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6867
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6867
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6867
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................6868
          Handling for Adhesive and Primer................6868
      PREPARATION................6869
        PREPARATION................6869
          Special Service Tools................6869
          Commercial Service Tools................6869
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6870
        WINDSHIELD GLASS................6870
          Exploded View................6870
          Removal and Installation................6871
            REMOVAL................6871
            INSTALLATION................6871
          Inspection................6872
            REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR WINDSHIELD GLASS................6872
        SIDE WINDOW GLASS................6873
          Exploded View................6873
          Removal and Installation................6874
            REMOVAL................6874
            INSTALLATION................6874
          Inspection................6874
            REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR SIDE WINDOW GLASS................6874
        BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS................6875
          Exploded View................6875
          Removal and Installation................6875
            REMOVAL................6875
            INSTALLATION................6876
          Inspection................6876
            REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS................6876
        FRONT DOOR GLASS................6877
          Exploded View................6877
          Removal and Installation................6877
            REMOVAL................6877
            INSTALLATION................6878
          Inspection and Adjustment................6878
            SYSTEM INITIALIZATION................6878
              Initialization................6878
            INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM................6879
            FITTING INSPECTION................6879
        FRONT REGULATOR................6880
          Exploded View................6880
          Removal and Installation................6880
            REMOVAL................6880
            INSTALLATION................6880
          Disassembly and Assembly................6880
            DISASSEMBLY................6880
            ASSEMBLY................6880
          Inspection and Adjustment................6881
            Inspection after Removal................6881
            SYSTEM INITIALIZATION................6881
              Initialization................6881
            INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM................6881
            FITTING INSPECTION................6881
        REAR DOOR GLASS................6882
          Exploded View................6882
          Removal and Installation................6882
            REMOVAL................6882
            INSTALLATION................6883
          Inspection and Adjustment................6883
            FITTING INSPECTION................6883
        REAR REGULATOR................6884
          Exploded View................6884
          Removal and Installation................6884
            REMOVAL................6884
            INSTALLATION................6885
          Disassembly and Assembly................6885
            DISASSEMBLY................6885
            ASSEMBLY................6885
          Inspection and Adjustment................6885
            Inspection after Removal................6885
            FITTING INSPECTION................6885
  HA................6886
    Table of Contents................6886
      BASIC INSPECTION................6888
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................6888
          Work Flow................6888
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................6888
            DETAILED FLOW................6888
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................6890
        REFRIGERATION SYSTEM................6890
          System Diagram................6890
          System Description................6890
            REFRIGERANT CYCLE................6890
              Refrigerant Flow................6890
              Freeze Protection................6890
            REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION................6890
              Refrigerant Pressure Sensor................6890
              Pressure Relief Valve................6891
          Component Parts Location................6891
          Component Description................6891
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................6893
        REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................6893
          Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure................6893
          Symptom Table................6893
        NOISE................6895
          Symptom Table................6895
      PRECAUTION................6896
        PRECAUTIONS................6896
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................6896
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................6896
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................6896
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................6897
          Precautions For Refrigerant System Service................6897
            GENERAL REFRIGERANT PRECAUTION................6897
            WORKING WITH HFC-134a (R-134a)................6897
            CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT................6898
            REFRIGERANT CONNECTION................6898
            COMPRESSOR................6899
            LEAK DETECTION DYE................6899
      PREPARATION................6901
        PREPARATION................6901
          Special Service Tool................6901
          Commercial Service Tool................6904
          Sealant or/and Lubricant................6904
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................6905
        DESCRIPTION................6905
          Service Equipment................6905
            RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT................6905
            ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR................6905
            VACUUM PUMP................6905
            MANIFOLD GAUGE SET................6905
            SERVICE HOSES................6905
            SERVICE COUPLERS................6906
            REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE................6906
            CHARGING CYLINDER................6906
        REFRIGERANT................6907
          Description................6907
            CONNECTION OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................6907
          Leak Test................6907
            CHECK REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE USING FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTION DYE................6907
            CHECK REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE USING ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR................6908
          Recycle Refrigerant................6909
          Charge Refrigerant................6909
        LUBRICANT................6911
          Description................6911
            MAINTENANCE OF LUBRICANT LEVEL................6911
          Inspection................6911
          Perform Lubricant Return Operation................6911
          Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor................6911
          Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor Replacement................6912
        PERFORMANCE TEST................6914
          Inspection................6914
            INSPECTION PROCEDURE................6914
            RECIRCULATING-TO-DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE TABLE................6914
            AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE-TO-OPERATING PRESSURE TABLE................6914
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................6916
        COMPRESSOR................6916
          Exploded View................6916
            REMOVAL................6916
            DISASSEMBLY................6916
          COMPRESSOR................6917
            COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation................6917
              REMOVAL................6917
              INSTALLATION................6918
          MAGNET CLUTCH................6918
            MAGNET CLUTCH : Removal and Installation................6918
              REMOVAL................6918
                Overhaul................6918
              INSTALLATION................6918
                Break-in Operation................6919
          Inspection................6919
            CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE................6919
        COOLER PIPE AND HOSE................6920
          Exploded View................6920
          HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................6920
            HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................6920
              REMOVAL................6920
              INSTALLATION................6921
          LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................6921
            LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................6921
              REMOVAL................6921
              INSTALLATION................6922
          HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE................6922
            HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE : Removal and Installation................6922
              REMOVAL................6922
              INSTALLATION................6923
        CONDENSER................6924
          Exploded View................6924
          CONDENSER................6924
            CONDENSER : Removal and Installation................6924
              REMOVAL................6924
              INSTALLATION................6925
          LIQUID TANK................6925
            LIQUID TANK : Removal and Installation................6925
              REMOVAL................6925
              INSTALLATION................6925
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................6926
            REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation................6926
              REMOVAL................6926
              INSTALLATION................6926
        A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY................6927
          Exploded View (Automatic Air Conditioner)................6927
            REMOVAL................6927
            DISASSEMBLY................6927
          Exploded View (Manual Air Conditioner)................6929
            REMOVAL................6929
            DISASSEMBLY................6929
          A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY................6931
            A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................6931
              REMOVAL................6931
              INSTALLATION................6932
          EVAPORATOR................6933
            EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation................6933
              REMOVAL................6933
              INSTALLATION................6933
          HEATER CORE................6933
            HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation................6933
              REMOVAL................6933
              INSTALLATION................6933
        EXPANSION VALVE................6934
          Exploded View................6934
          Removal and Installation................6934
            REMOVAL................6934
            INSTALLATION................6935
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6936
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................6936
          Compressor................6936
          Lubricant................6936
          Refrigerant................6936
          Engine Idling Speed................6936
          Belt Tension................6936
  HAC................6937
    Table of Contents................6937
      AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING................6941
        BASIC INSPECTION................6941
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................6941
            Work Flow................6941
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................6941
              DETAILED FLOW................6941
          INSPECTION................6944
            Description & Inspection................6944
              DESCRIPTION................6944
          AUXILIARY MECHANISM................6946
            Temperature Setting Trimmer................6946
              DESCRIPTION................6946
              OPERATING PROCEDURES ................6946
            Inlet Port Memory Function................6947
              DESCRIPTION................6947
              OPERATING PROCEDURES................6947
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................6948
          COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION................6948
            Description................6948
              PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION................6948
                Functional Circuit Diagram................6948
                Functional Initial Inspection Chart................6948
            Component Parts Location................6949
            Component Description................6949
          AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM................6951
            System Diagram................6951
            System Description................6951
              OUTLINE................6951
              OPERATION................6952
                Controller (A/C Control)................6952
                Switch Operation................6952
              AIR OUTLET CONTROL................6954
              TEMPERATURE CONTROL................6954
              AIR INLET FUNCTION................6954
              AIR FLOW CONTROL................6954
                Description................6954
                Automatic Air Flow Control................6954
                Starting Fan Speed Control................6955
                Low Coolant Temperature Starting Control................6955
                Fan speed Control at Door Motor Operation................6955
                High In-vehicle Temperature Starting Control................6955
              COMPRESSOR CONTROL................6955
                Description................6955
                Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction................6956
                Compressor Oil Circulation Control................6956
                Low Temperature Protection Control................6956
                Operating Rate Control................6956
                Air Conditioner Cut Control................6956
              DOOR MOTOR CONTROL................6956
                Mode Door Motor................6956
                Air Mix Door Motor................6956
                Intake Door Motor................6957
              SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS................6957
              AIR DISTRIBUTION ................6959
            Component Parts Location................6960
            Component Description................6960
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)................6962
            Diagnosis Description................6962
              ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM................6962
              SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE................6962
                Self-diagnosis Mode Entry................6962
                Changes of Step up and Step down................6962
                Self-diagnosis Cancellation................6962
              STEP-1: INDICATOR CHECK................6962
                Description................6962
              STEP-2: SENSOR DIAGNOSIS................6962
                Description................6963
                Diagnosis Result................6963
              STEP-3: DOOR MOTOR DIAGNOSIS................6963
                Description................6963
                Diagnosis Result................6964
                Door Motor Starting Position Reset................6964
              STEP-4: OPERATION CHECK................6965
                Description................6965
                Operation Contents................6965
              STEP-5: EACH SENSOR RECOGNITION CHECK................6965
                Description................6965
              STEP-6: TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER................6965
                Description................6965
                Setting Procedure................6965
              STEP-7: INLET PORT MEMORY FUNCTION................6965
                Description................6965
                Setting Procedure................6965
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................6966
            COMMON ITEM................6966
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................6966
                APPLICATION ITEM................6966
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................6966
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................6966
            AIR CONDITIONER................6967
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Automatic A/ C)................6967
                DATA MONITOR................6967
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................6969
          AMBIENT SENSOR................6969
            Description................6969
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION ................6969
              AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................6969
              SET TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................6969
            Diagnosis Procedure................6969
            Component Inspection................6970
          IN-VEHICLE SENSOR................6972
            Description................6972
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................6972
              ASPIRATOR................6972
              INTERIOR AIR TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................6972
            Diagnosis Procedure................6972
            Component Inspection................6973
          INTAKE SENSOR................6975
            Description................6975
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................6975
              INTAKE TEMPERATURE CORRECTION................6975
            Diagnosis Procedure................6975
            Component Inspection................6976
          SUNLOAD SENSOR................6977
            Description................6977
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................6977
              SUNLOAD AMOUNT CORRECTION................6977
            Diagnosis Procedure................6977
            Component Inspection................6978
          AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR................6980
            Description................6980
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................6980
              DRIVE SYSTEM OF STEP MOTOR TYPE DOOR MOTOR................6980
            Diagnosis Procedure................6980
            Component Inspection................6981
          MODE DOOR MOTOR................6983
            Description................6983
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................6983
              DRIVE SYSTEM OF STEP MOTOR TYPE DOOR MOTOR................6983
            Diagnosis Procedure................6983
            Component Inspection................6984
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................6986
            Description................6986
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................6986
            Diagnosis Procedure................6986
              POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................6986
              PBR CIRCUIT................6987
            Component Inspection................6989
          BLOWER MOTOR................6990
            Description................6990
              BLOWER MOTOR................6990
              POWER TRANSISTOR................6990
            Component Function Check................6990
            Diagnosis Procedure................6990
            Component Inspection................6993
              BLOWER MOTOR................6993
              BLOWER MOTOR RELAY................6993
          MAGNET CLUTCH................6995
            Description................6995
            Component Function Check................6995
            Diagnosis Procedure................6995
          A/C ON SIGNAL................6996
            Component Function Check................6996
            Diagnosis Procedure................6996
          BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL................6998
            Component Function Check................6998
            Diagnosis Procedure................6998
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................7000
            A/C AUTO AMP.................7000
              A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure................7000
          A/C AUTO AMP.................7002
            Description................7002
              A/C AUTO AMP. (AIR CONDITIONER AUTOMATIC AMPLIFIER)................7002
            Component Function Check................7002
            Diagnosis Procedure................7002
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7003
          A/C AUTO AMP.................7003
            Reference Value................7003
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7003
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7003
            Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM -................7006
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................7014
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7014
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Reference Value................7014
                VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7014
                TERMINAL LAYOUT................7019
                PHYSICAL VALUES................7019
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7033
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Fail-safe................7045
                FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7045
                REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7046
                FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................7046
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) :  DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7046
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : DTC Index................7047
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7050
          AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM................7050
            Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................7050
          INSUFFICIENT COOLING................7051
            Description................7051
            Diagnosis Procedure................7051
          INSUFFICIENT HEATING................7053
            Description................7053
            Diagnosis Procedure................7053
          COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE................7054
            Description................7054
              SYMPTOM................7054
            Diagnosis Procedure................7054
          MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................7056
            Description................7056
              SYMPTOM................7056
            Inspection Procedure................7056
        PRECAUTION................7057
          PRECAUTIONS................7057
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7057
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7057
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7057
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7058
          A/C CONTROL (A/C AUTO AMP.)................7058
            Exploded View................7058
            Removal and Installation................7058
              REMOVAL................7058
              INSTALLATION................7058
          AMBIENT SENSOR................7059
            Exploded View................7059
            Removal and Installation................7059
              REMOVAL................7059
              INSTALLATION................7059
          IN-VEHICLE SENSOR................7060
            Exploded View................7060
            Removal and Installation................7060
              REMOVAL................7060
              INSTALLATION................7060
          SUNLOAD SENSOR................7061
            Exploded View................7061
            Removal and Installation................7061
              REMOVAL................7061
              INSTALLATION................7061
          INTAKE SENSOR................7062
            Exploded View................7062
            Removal and Installation................7062
              REMOVAL................7062
              INSTALLATION................7062
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................7063
            Exploded View................7063
            Removal and Installation................7063
              REMOVAL................7063
              INSTALLATION................7064
          POWER TRANSISTOR................7065
            Exploded View................7065
            Removal and Installation................7065
              REMOVAL................7065
              INSTALLATION................7065
          DOOR MOTOR................7066
            Exploded View................7066
              LEFT SIDE................7066
              RIGHT SIDE................7066
            INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................7067
              INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation................7067
                REMOVAL................7067
                INSTALLATION................7067
            MODE DOOR MOTOR................7067
              MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation................7068
                REMOVAL................7068
                INSTALLATION................7068
            AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR................7068
              AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation................7068
                REMOVAL................7068
                INSTALLATION................7068
      MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING................7069
        BASIC INSPECTION................7069
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................7069
            Work Flow................7069
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................7069
              DETAILED FLOW................7069
          INSPECTION................7072
            Description & Inspection................7072
              DESCRIPTION................7072
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7074
          COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION................7074
            Description................7074
              PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION................7074
                Functional Circuit Diagram................7074
                Functional Initial Inspection Chart................7074
            Component Part Location................7075
            Component Description................7075
          MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM................7077
            System Diagram................7077
            System Description................7077
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7077
              OPERATION................7077
                A/C Control................7077
              COMPRESSOR CONTROL................7078
                Description................7078
                Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction................7078
                Low Temperature Protection Control................7079
                Operating Rate Control................7079
                Air conditioner Cut Control................7079
              SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS................7079
              AIR DISTRIBUTION ................7080
                Without Rear Foot Duct................7080
                With Rear Foot Duct................7080
            Component Part Location................7081
            Component Description................7081
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7083
            COMMON ITEM................7083
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7083
                APPLICATION ITEM................7083
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................7083
            AIR CONDITIONER................7083
              AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) (Manual A/C)................7083
                DATA MONITOR................7083
                ACTIVE TEST................7084
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7085
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................7085
            Description................7085
              INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................7085
            Diagnosis Procedure................7085
              POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................7085
            Component Inspection................7086
          THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER................7087
            Description................7087
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................7087
              OPERATING RATE CONTROL................7087
            Component Function Check................7087
            Diagnosis Procedure................7087
          BLOWER MOTOR................7090
            Description................7090
              COMPONENT DESCRIPTION................7090
                Blower Motor................7090
                Blower Fan Resistor................7090
            Diagnosis Procedure................7090
            Component Inspection................7092
              BLOWER MOTOR................7092
              BLOWER MOTOR RELAY................7092
              BLOWER FAN RESISTOR................7092
              FAN SWITCH................7093
          MAGNET CLUTCH................7094
            Description................7094
            Component Function Check................7094
            Diagnosis Procedure................7094
          A/C SWITCH................7095
            Description................7095
            Component Function Check................7095
            Diagnosis Procedure................7095
          DEFROSTER POSITION SIGNAL................7097
            Description................7097
            Component Function Check................7097
            Diagnosis Procedure................7097
          A/C INDICATOR................7099
            Component Function Check................7099
            Diagnosis Procedure................7099
          BLOWER FAN ON SIGNAL................7101
            Component Function Check................7101
            Diagnosis Procedure................7101
          MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM................7103
            Wiring Diagram - MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM -................7103
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7108
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................7108
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7108
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Reference Value................7108
                VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7108
                TERMINAL LAYOUT................7111
                PHYSICAL VALUES................7111
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7120
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Fail- safe................7129
                FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7129
                REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7130
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) :  DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7130
              BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) :  DTC Index................7130
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7132
          MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM................7132
            Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................7132
          INSUFFICIENT COOLING................7134
            Description................7134
            Diagnosis Procedure................7134
          INSUFFICIENT HEATING................7135
            Description................7135
            Diagnosis Procedure................7135
          COMPRESSOR DOSE DOT OPERATE................7136
            Description................7136
              SYMPTOM................7136
            Diagnosis Procedure................7136
        PRECAUTION................7138
          PRECAUTIONS................7138
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7138
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7138
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7138
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7139
          A/C CONTROL................7139
            Exploded View................7139
            Removal and Installation................7139
              REMOVAL................7139
              INSTALLATION................7140
          THERMO CONTROL AMPLIFIER................7141
            Exploded View................7141
            Removal and Installation................7141
              REMOVAL................7141
              INSTALLATION................7141
          REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR................7142
            Exploded View................7142
            Removal and Installation................7142
              REMOVAL................7142
              INSTALLATION................7143
          BLOWER FAN RESISTOR................7144
            Exploded View................7144
            Removal and Installation................7144
              REMOVAL................7144
              INSTALLATION................7144
          INTAKE DOOR MOTOR................7145
            Exploded View................7145
            Removal and Installation................7145
              REMOVAL................7145
              INSTALLATION................7145
          DOOR CABLE................7146
            Exploded View................7146
              LEFT SIDE................7146
              RIGHT SIDE................7146
            MODE DOOR CABLE................7147
              MODE DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation................7147
                INSTALLATION................7147
            AIR MIX DOOR CABLE................7147
              AIR MIX DOOR CABLE : Removal and Installation................7147
                INSTALLATION................7148
  HRN................7149
    Table of Contents................7149
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7150
        HORN................7150
          Wiring Diagram - HORN -................7150
      PRECAUTION................7153
        PRECAUTIONS................7153
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7153
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7153
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7153
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7154
        HORN................7154
          Exploded View................7154
          Removal and Installation................7154
            REMOVAL................7154
            INSTALLATION................7154
  INL................7155
    Table of Contents................7155
      BASIC INSPECTION................7157
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................7157
          Work Flow................7157
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................7157
            DETAILED FLOW................7157
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7160
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM................7160
          System Diagram................7160
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................7160
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................7160
          System Description................7160
            OUTLINE................7160
            INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROL................7161
              Interior Room Lamp Timer Basic Operation................7161
              Interior Room Lamp ON Operation................7161
              Interior Room Lamp OFF Operation................7161
            LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP CONTROL................7161
            PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CONTROL (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY)................7161
              Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination Basic Operation................7161
              Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination ON Operation................7161
              Push-button Ignition Switch Illumination OFF Operation................7162
          Component Parts Location................7162
          Component Description................7162
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................7163
          System Diagram................7163
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................7163
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................7163
          System Description................7163
            OUTLINE................7163
              Applicable lamps................7163
            INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTION................7163
          Component Parts Location................7164
          Component Description................7164
        ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM................7165
          System Diagram................7165
          System Description................7165
            OUTLINE................7165
            ILLUMINATION CONTROL................7165
          Component Parts Location................7166
          Component Description................7166
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7167
          COMMON ITEM................7167
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7167
              APPLICATION ITEM................7167
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................7167
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................7167
          INT LAMP................7168
            INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................7169
              WORK SUPPORT................7169
              DATA MONITOR................7169
              ACTIVE TEST................7170
          BATTERY SAVER................7170
            BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................7170
              WORK SUPPORT................7170
              DATA MONITOR................7171
              ACTIVE TEST................7171
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7172
          COMMON ITEM................7172
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7172
              APPLICATION ITEM................7172
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................7172
          INT LAMP................7172
            INT LAMP : CONSULT Function (BCM - INT LAMP)................7173
              WORK SUPPORT................7173
              DATA MONITOR................7173
              ACTIVE TEST................7174
          BATTERY SAVER................7174
            BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................7174
              WORK SUPPORT................7174
              DATA MONITOR................7174
              ACTIVE TEST................7175
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7176
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................7176
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7176
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................7176
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7176
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................7176
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT................7178
          Description................7178
          Component Function Check................7178
          Diagnosis Procedure................7178
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT................7180
          Description................7180
          Component Function Check................7180
          Diagnosis Procedure................7180
        PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT................7182
          Description................7182
          Component Function Check................7182
          Diagnosis Procedure................7182
        INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM................7184
          Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -................7184
        ILLUMINATION................7191
          Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -................7191
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7199
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................7199
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................7199
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................7199
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7199
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7204
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7204
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7219
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................7230
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7230
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7231
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................7231
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7231
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................7232
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................7234
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................7234
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7234
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7238
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7238
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7248
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................7256
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7256
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7257
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7257
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................7257
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7259
        INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................7259
          Symptom Table................7259
      PRECAUTION................7260
        PRECAUTIONS................7260
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7260
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7260
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7260
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7261
        MAP LAMP................7261
          Exploded View................7261
          Removal and Installation................7261
            REMOVAL................7261
            INSTALLATION................7261
          Replacement................7261
            MAP LAMP BULB................7261
        ROOM LAMP................7263
          Exploded View................7263
          Removal and Installation................7263
            REMOVAL................7263
            INSTALLATION................7263
          Replacement................7263
            ROOM LAMP BULB................7263
        LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP................7264
          Exploded View................7264
          Removal and Installation................7264
            REMOVAL................7264
            INSTALLATION................7264
          Replacement................7264
            LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP BULB................7264
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7265
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7265
          Bulb Specifications................7265
  INT................7266
    Table of Contents................7266
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7267
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................7267
          Work Flow................7267
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................7267
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................7267
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................7268
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................7268
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................7268
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................7269
          Inspection Procedure................7269
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................7269
            CENTER CONSOLE................7269
            DOORS................7269
            TRUNK................7269
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................7270
            SEATS................7270
            UNDERHOOD................7270
          Diagnostic Worksheet................7271
      PRECAUTION................7273
        PRECAUTIONS................7273
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7273
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7273
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................7273
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7274
          Precaution for Work................7274
      PREPARATION................7275
        PREPARATION................7275
          Special Service Tools................7275
          Commercial Service Tools................7275
        CLIP LIST................7276
          Clip List................7276
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7277
        FRONT DOOR FINISHER................7277
          Exploded View................7277
          Removal and Installation................7277
            REMOVAL................7277
            INSTALLATION................7278
        REAR DOOR FINISHER................7279
          Exploded View................7279
          Removal and Installation................7279
            REMOVAL................7279
            INSTALLATION................7280
        BODY SIDE TRIM................7281
          Exploded View................7281
          Removal and Installation................7281
            REMOVAL................7281
              FRONT PILLAR GARNISH................7281
              FRONT KICKING PLATE INNER................7282
              DASH SIDE FINISHER................7282
              REAR KICKING PLATE INNER................7282
              FRONT BODY SIDE WELT................7282
              REAR BODY SIDE WELT................7282
              CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH................7283
              CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH................7283
            INSTALLATION................7283
        FLOOR TRIM................7284
          Exploded View................7284
          Removal and Installation................7284
            REMOVAL................7284
            INSTALLATION................7285
        HEADLINING................7286
          Exploded View................7286
          Removal and Installation................7286
            REMOVAL................7286
            INSTALLATION................7288
        LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIM................7289
          Exploded View................7289
          Removal and Installation................7289
            REMOVAL................7289
              LUGGAGE REAR PLATE................7289
              LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER................7290
              LUGGAGE SIDE UPPER FINISHER................7290
            INSTALLATION................7291
        BACK DOOR TRIM................7292
          Exploded View................7292
          Removal and Installation................7292
            REMOVAL................7292
              BACK DOOR FINISHER UPPER................7292
              BACK DOOR FINISHER LOWER................7292
            INSTALLATION................7293
  IP................7294
    Table of Contents................7294
      PRECAUTION................7295
        PRECAUTIONS................7295
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7295
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7295
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................7295
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7296
          Service................7296
      PREPARATION................7297
        PREPARATION................7297
          Special Service Tools................7297
          Commercial Service Tools................7297
        CLIP LIST................7299
          Clip List................7299
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7300
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................7300
          Work Flow................7300
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................7300
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................7300
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................7301
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................7301
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................7301
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................7302
          Inspection Procedure................7302
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................7302
            CENTER CONSOLE................7302
            DOORS................7302
            TRUNK................7302
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................7303
            SEATS................7303
            UNDERHOOD................7303
          Diagnostic Worksheet................7304
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7306
        INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY................7306
          Exploded View................7306
          Removal and Installation................7307
            WORK STEP................7307
            REMOVAL................7308
            INSTALLATION................7315
        CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ................7316
          Exploded View................7316
          Removal and Installation................7316
            REMOVAL................7316
            NSTALLATION................7317
  LAN................7318
    Table of Contents................7318
      CAN FUNDAMENTAL................7320
        PRECAUTION................7320
          PRECAUTIONS................7320
            Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis................7320
            Precautions for Harness Repair................7320
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7321
          CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................7321
            System Description................7321
            System Diagram................7321
            CAN Communication Control Circuit................7322
          DIAG ON CAN................7323
            Description................7323
            System Diagram................7323
          TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................7324
            Condition of Error Detection................7324
              CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR................7324
              WHEN DTC OF CAN COMMUNICATION IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL................7324
            Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System................7324
              ERROR EXAMPLE................7324
                Example: TCM branch line open circuit................7324
                Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit................7325
                Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit................7326
                Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit................7326
            CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT................7327
            Self-Diagnosis................7327
            CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor................7327
              MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT)................7327
                Without PAST................7328
                With PAST................7328
              MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS)................7328
            How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart................7329
        BASIC INSPECTION................7330
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................7330
            Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart................7330
            Trouble Diagnosis Procedure................7330
              INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER................7330
              INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION................7331
              CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART)................7331
                CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A)................7331
                CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B)................7332
              CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET................7333
                Interview Sheet (Example)................7334
              DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE................7334
      CAN................7335
        HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................7335
          HOW TO USE THIS SECTION................7335
            Caution................7335
            Abbreviation List................7335
        PRECAUTION................7336
          PRECAUTIONS................7336
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7336
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7336
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7336
            Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis................7336
            Precautions for Harness Repair................7337
        BASIC INSPECTION................7338
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................7338
            Interview Sheet................7338
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7339
          CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................7339
            CAN System Specification Chart................7339
            CAN Communication Signal Chart................7339
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7342
          CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM................7342
            Component Parts Location................7342
            Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM -................7343
          MALFUNCTION AREA CHART................7347
            Main Line................7347
            Branch Line................7347
            Short Circuit................7347
          MAIN LINE BETWEEN IPDM-E AND DLC CIRCUIT................7348
            Diagnosis Procedure................7348
          ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7349
            Diagnosis Procedure................7349
          ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7350
            Diagnosis Procedure................7350
          IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7351
            Diagnosis Procedure................7351
          TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7352
            Diagnosis Procedure................7352
          A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7353
            Diagnosis Procedure................7353
          DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7354
            Diagnosis Procedure................7354
          EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7355
            Diagnosis Procedure................7355
          M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7356
            Diagnosis Procedure................7356
          STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7357
            Diagnosis Procedure................7357
          BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7358
            Diagnosis Procedure................7358
          CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT................7359
            Diagnosis Procedure................7359
      CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)................7361
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7361
          MAIN LINE BETWEEN IPDM-E AND DLC CIRCUIT................7361
            Diagnosis Procedure................7361
          ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7362
            Diagnosis Procedure................7362
          ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7363
            Diagnosis Procedure................7363
          IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7364
            Diagnosis Procedure................7364
          A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7365
            Diagnosis Procedure................7365
          DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7366
            Diagnosis Procedure................7366
          EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7367
            Diagnosis Procedure................7367
          M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7368
            Diagnosis Procedure................7368
          STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7369
            Diagnosis Procedure................7369
          BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7370
            Diagnosis Procedure................7370
          CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT................7371
            Diagnosis Procedure................7371
      CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)................7373
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7373
          MAIN LINE BETWEEN IPDM-E AND DLC CIRCUIT................7373
            Diagnosis Procedure................7373
          ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7374
            Diagnosis Procedure................7374
          ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7375
            Diagnosis Procedure................7375
          IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7376
            Diagnosis Procedure................7376
          TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7377
            Diagnosis Procedure................7377
          A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7378
            Diagnosis Procedure................7378
          DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7379
            Diagnosis Procedure................7379
          EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7380
            Diagnosis Procedure................7380
          M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7381
            Diagnosis Procedure................7381
          STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7382
            Diagnosis Procedure................7382
          BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT................7383
            Diagnosis Procedure................7383
          CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT................7384
            Diagnosis Procedure................7384
  LU................7386
    Table of Contents................7386
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7387
        DESCRIPTION................7387
          Engine Lubrication System................7387
          Engine Lubrication System Schematic................7387
      PRECAUTION................7388
        PRECAUTIONS................7388
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7388
          Liquid Gasket................7388
            REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING................7388
            LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE................7388
          Precautions For Engine Service................7389
            DISCONNECTING FUEL PIPING................7389
            DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT................7389
            INSPECTION, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT................7389
            REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY................7389
            ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION................7389
      PREPARATION................7391
        PREPARATION................7391
          Special Service Tools................7391
          LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH................7429
            LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : Lubricating................7429
          SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS................7429
            SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS : Inspection................7429
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7430
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7430
          DRIVE BELT................7430
            DRIVE BELT : Drive Belt................7430
              DRIVE BELT................7430
          ENGINE COOLANT................7430
            ENGINE COOLANT : Periodical Maintenance Specification................7430
              ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................7430
          ENGINE OIL................7430
            ENGINE OIL : Periodical Maintenance Specification................7430
              ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATE)................7430
          SPARK PLUG................7430
            SPARK PLUG : Spark Plug................7430
              SPARK PLUG................7430
          ROAD WHEEL................7430
            ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel................7430
              ALUMINUM WHEEL ................7430
              STEEL WHEEL................7430
  MIR................7432
    Table of Contents................7432
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7433
        DOOR MIRROR................7433
          Description................7433
          Wiring Diagram - MIRROR SYSTEM -................7434
          Component Inspection................7435
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7437
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................7437
          Work Flow................7437
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................7437
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................7437
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................7438
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................7438
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................7438
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................7439
          Inspection Procedure................7439
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................7439
            CENTER CONSOLE................7439
            DOORS................7439
            TRUNK................7439
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................7440
            SEATS................7440
            UNDERHOOD................7440
          Diagnostic Worksheet................7441
      PRECAUTION................7443
        PRECAUTIONS................7443
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7443
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7443
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................7443
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7444
      PREPARATION................7445
        PREPARATION................7445
          Commercial Service Tools................7445
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7446
        INSIDE MIRROR................7446
          Exploded View................7446
          Removal and Installation................7446
            REMOVAL................7446
            INSTALLATION................7446
        OUTSIDE MIRROR................7447
          DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY................7447
            DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View................7447
            DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation................7447
              REMOVAL................7447
              INSTALLATION................7447
          GLASS MIRROR................7447
            GLASS MIRROR : Exploded View................7448
            GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and Assembly................7448
              DISASSEMBLY................7448
              ASSEMBLY................7448
          DOOR MIRROR COVER................7448
            DOOR MIRROR COVER : Exploded View................7449
            DOOR MIRROR COVER : Disassembly and Assembly................7449
              DISASSEMBLY................7449
              ASSEMBLY................7449
        DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH................7450
          Exploded View................7450
          Removal and Installation................7450
            REMOVAL................7450
            INSTALLATION................7450
  MWI................7451
    Table of Contents................7451
      BASIC INSPECTION................7454
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................7454
          Work flow................7454
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................7454
            DETAILED FLOW................7454
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7456
        METER SYSTEM................7456
          METER SYSTEM................7456
            METER SYSTEM : System Diagram................7456
            METER SYSTEM : System Description................7456
              COMBINATION METER................7456
              METER CONTROL FUNCTION LIST................7456
              ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METER................7457
            METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................7458
            METER SYSTEM : Component Description................7459
          SPEEDOMETER................7459
            SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram................7459
            SPEEDOMETER : System Description................7459
            SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts Location................7460
            SPEEDOMETER : Component Description................7460
          TACHOMETER................7460
            TACHOMETER : System Diagram................7461
            TACHOMETER : System Description................7461
            TACHOMETER : Component Parts Location................7461
            TACHOMETER : Component Description................7462
          ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE................7462
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Diagram................7462
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description................7462
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts Location................7463
            ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description................7463
          FUEL GAUGE................7463
            FUEL GAUGE : System Diagram................7464
            FUEL GAUGE : System Description................7464
              CONTROL OUTLINE................7464
              REFUEL CONTROL................7464
            FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts Location................7464
            FUEL GAUGE : Component Description................7465
          ODO/TRIP METER................7465
            ODO/TRIP METER : System Diagram................7465
            ODO/TRIP METER : System Description................7465
            ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts Location................7466
            ODO/TRIP METER : Component Description................7466
          SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR................7466
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Diagram................7467
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Description................7467
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts Location................7467
            SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Description................7468
          WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS................7468
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram................7468
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Description................7468
              OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP................7468
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Parts Location................7469
            WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Description................7469
          METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL................7470
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Diagram................7470
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Description................7470
              METER ILLUMINATION ON/OFF CONTROL FUNCTION................7470
                Turns ON Condition................7470
                Turns OFF Condition................7470
              METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL FUNCTION................7470
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location................7471
            METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Description................7471
          METER EFFECT FUNCTION................7472
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Diagram................7472
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Description................7472
              ENGINE-START EFFECT FUNCTION................7472
                For CVT Models................7472
                For M/T Models................7472
                Outline of Control System ................7472
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................7473
            METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Description................7473
          INFORMATION DISPLAY................7474
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Diagram................7474
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description................7474
              DESCRIPTION................7474
              INSTANTANEOUS FUEL CONSUMPTION................7474
              AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION................7474
              POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE................7474
              AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED................7475
              AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE (FOR AUTO AIR CONDITIONING MODELS)................7475
                Correction Process (Temperature indicated soon after the ignition switch ON)................7475
                Correction Process (Temperature at the Ignition switch ON)................7475
                A/C Auto Amp. Connection Recognition................7476
              ICY WARNING (LOW AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE)................7476
                Warning Operation Condition................7476
                Warning Cancel Condition................7476
              LOW FUEL WARNING................7476
                Warning Operation Condition................7476
              FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING................7476
              LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING................7476
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts Location................7477
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Description................7477
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)................7479
          Diagnosis Description................7479
            SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................7479
            OPERATION PROCEDURE................7479
          CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)................7480
            CONSULT APPLICATION ITEMS................7480
            SELF DIAG RESULT................7480
            DATA MONITOR................7480
              Display Item List................7480
            WARNING HISTORY................7482
              Display Item................7482
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7484
        U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................7484
          Description................7484
          DTC Logic................7484
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7484
          Diagnosis Procedure................7484
        U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................7485
          Description................7485
          DTC Logic................7485
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7485
          Diagnosis Procedure................7485
        B2205 VEHICLE SPEED................7486
          Description................7486
          DTC Logic................7486
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7486
          Diagnosis Procedure................7486
        B2267 ENGINE SPEED................7487
          Description................7487
          DTC Logic................7487
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7487
          Diagnosis Procedure................7487
        B2268 WATER TEMP................7488
          Description................7488
          DTC Logic................7488
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7488
          Diagnosis Procedure................7488
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................7489
          COMBINATION METER................7489
            COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure................7489
          IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7489
            IPDM E/R (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................7489
          IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7490
            IPDM E/R (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................7490
        FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT................7492
          Description................7492
          Component Function Check................7492
          Diagnosis Procedure................7493
          Component Inspection................7493
        OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................7495
          Description................7495
          Component Function Check................7495
          Diagnosis Procedure................7495
          Component Inspection................7495
        A/C AUTO AMP. CONNECTION RECOGNITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................7497
          Description................7497
          Diagnosis Procedure................7497
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7498
        COMBINATION METER................7498
          Reference Value................7498
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7498
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................7500
            PHYSICAL VALUES................7500
          Wiring Diagram - METER -................7504
          Fail-Safe................7511
            FAIL-SAFE................7511
          DTC Index................7512
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................7513
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................7513
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................7513
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7513
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7515
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7515
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................7519
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................7522
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................7522
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................7522
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................7523
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................7523
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................7523
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................7524
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................7524
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................7524
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................7524
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7524
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7526
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7526
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................7530
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................7533
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................7533
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................7533
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................7534
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................7534
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................7534
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................7535
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7536
        THE FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR DOES NOT OPERATE................7536
          Description................7536
          Diagnosis Procedure................7536
        THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................7537
          Description................7537
          Diagnosis Procedure................7537
        THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................7538
          Description................7538
          Diagnosis Procedure................7538
        THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT................7539
          Description................7539
          Diagnosis Procedure................7539
        NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................7540
          INFORMATION DISPLAY................7540
            INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description................7540
              AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE................7540
              POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE................7540
      PRECAUTION................7541
        PRECAUTIONS................7541
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7541
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7541
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7541
      PREPARATION................7542
        PREPARATION................7542
          Commercial Service Tools................7542
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7543
        COMBINATION METER................7543
          Exploded View................7543
            REMOVAL................7543
            DISASSEMBLY................7543
          Removal and Installation................7543
            REMOVAL................7543
            INSTALLATION................7543
          Disassembly and Assembly................7543
            DISASSEMBLY................7543
            ASSEMBLY................7543
  PB................7544
    Table of Contents................7544
      PREPARATION................7545
        PREPARATION................7545
          Commercial Service Tool................7545
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................7546
        PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM................7546
          Inspection and Adjustment................7546
            INSPECTION................7546
              Lever Stroke................7546
              Inspect Components................7546
            ADJUSTMENT................7546
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7547
        PARKING BRAKE CONTROL................7547
          Exploded View................7547
          Removal and Installation................7547
            REMOVAL................7547
            INSTALLATION................7547
          Adjustment................7548
            ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................7548
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7549
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7549
          Parking Brake Control................7549
  PCS................7550
    Table of Contents................7550
      IPDM E/R (WITH I-KEY)................7553
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7553
          RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM................7553
            System Diagram................7553
            System Description................7553
            Component Parts Location................7554
          POWER CONTROL SYSTEM................7555
            System Diagram................7555
            System Description................7555
              ALTERNATOR CONTROL................7555
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................7556
            System Diagram................7556
            System Description................7556
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................7557
            System Diagram................7557
            System Description................7557
              OUTLINE................7557
              SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION................7557
              WAKE-UP OPERATION................7557
            Component Parts Location................7558
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................7559
            Diagnosis Description................7559
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................7559
                Description................7559
                Operation Procedure................7559
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................7559
                Concept of auto active test................7560
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................7560
            CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................7561
              APPLICATION ITEM................7561
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................7561
              DATA MONITOR................7561
              ACTIVE TEST................7562
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7564
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................7564
            Description................7564
            DTC Logic................7564
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7564
            Diagnosis Procedure................7564
          B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK................7565
            Description................7565
            DTC Logic................7565
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7565
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7565
            Diagnosis Procedure................7565
          B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK................7567
            Description................7567
            DTC Logic................7567
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7567
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7567
            Diagnosis Procedure................7567
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................7569
            Diagnosis Procedure................7569
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7570
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................7570
            Reference Value................7570
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7570
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7572
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7572
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................7576
            Fail-Safe................7579
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................7579
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................7579
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................7580
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................7580
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................7580
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................7581
            DTC Index................7581
        PRECAUTION................7582
          PRECAUTIONS................7582
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7582
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7582
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7582
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7583
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................7583
            Exploded View................7583
            Removal and Installation................7583
              REMOVAL................7583
              INSTALLATION................7583
      IPDM E/R (WITHOUT I-KEY)................7584
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7584
          RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM................7584
            System Diagram................7584
            System Description................7584
            Component Parts Location................7585
          POWER CONTROL SYSTEM................7586
            System Diagram................7586
            System Description................7586
              ALTERNATOR CONTROL................7586
          SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM................7587
            System Diagram................7587
            System Description................7587
          POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM................7588
            System Diagram................7588
            System Description................7588
              OUTLINE................7588
              SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION................7588
              WAKE-UP OPERATION................7588
            Component Parts Location................7589
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................7590
            Diagnosis Description................7590
              AUTO ACTIVE TEST................7590
                Description................7590
                Operation Procedure................7590
                Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................7590
                Concept of auto active test................7591
                Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................7591
            CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................7592
              APPLICATION ITEM................7592
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................7592
              DATA MONITOR................7592
              ACTIVE TEST................7593
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7594
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................7594
            Description................7594
            DTC Logic................7594
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7594
            Diagnosis Procedure................7594
          B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK................7595
            Description................7595
            DTC Logic................7595
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7595
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7595
            Diagnosis Procedure................7595
          B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK................7596
            Description................7596
            DTC Logic................7596
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7596
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7596
            Diagnosis Procedure................7596
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................7598
            Diagnosis Procedure................7598
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7600
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................7600
            Reference Value................7600
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7600
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7601
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7601
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................7606
            Fail-Safe................7609
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................7609
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................7609
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................7610
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................7610
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................7610
            DTC Index................7611
        PRECAUTION................7612
          PRECAUTIONS................7612
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7612
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7612
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7612
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7613
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................7613
            Exploded View................7613
            Removal and Installation................7613
              REMOVAL................7613
              INSTALLATION................7613
      POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM................7614
        BASIC INSPECTION................7614
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................7614
            Work Flow................7614
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................7614
              DETAILED FLOW................7614
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7617
          POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM................7617
            System Diagram................7617
            System Description................7617
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7617
              BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................7617
                Reset Condition of Battery Saver System................7617
              POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION................7618
                Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)................7618
                Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more................7618
            Component Parts Location................7619
            Component Description................7619
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................7621
            COMMON ITEM................7621
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7621
                APPLICATION ITEM................7621
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................7621
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................7621
            INTELLIGENT KEY................7622
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................7622
                WORK SUPPORT................7622
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................7623
                DATA MONITOR................7623
                ACTIVE TEST................7625
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7626
          B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUIT................7626
            Description................7626
            DTC Logic................7626
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7626
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7626
            Diagnosis Procedure................7626
            Component Inspection................7627
          B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT................7629
            Description................7629
            DTC Logic................7629
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7629
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7629
            Diagnosis Procedure................7629
            Component Inspection................7630
          B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT................7632
            Description................7632
            DTC Logic................7632
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7632
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7632
            Diagnosis Procedure................7632
            Component Inspection................7633
          B2618 BCM................7635
            Description................7635
            DTC Logic................7635
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7635
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7635
            Diagnosis Procedure................7635
          B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................7636
            Description................7636
            DTC Logic................7636
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7636
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7636
            Diagnosis Procedure................7636
          B26F1 IGNITION RELAY................7638
            DTC Logic................7638
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7638
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7638
            Diagnosis Procedure................7638
          B26F2 IGNITION RELAY................7640
            DTC Logic................7640
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7640
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7640
            Diagnosis Procedure................7640
          B26F6 BCM................7642
            Description................7642
            DTC Logic................7642
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7642
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7642
            Diagnosis Procedure................7642
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................7643
            Description................7643
            Component Function Check................7643
            Diagnosis Procedure................7643
            Component Inspection................7644
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR................7646
            Description................7646
            Component Function Check................7646
            Diagnosis Procedure................7646
          POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM................7648
            Wiring Diagram - PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) -................7648
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7654
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................7654
            Reference Value................7654
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7654
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7659
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7659
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7674
            Fail-safe................7685
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7685
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7686
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................7686
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7686
            DTC Index................7687
        PRECAUTION................7690
          PRECAUTIONS................7690
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7690
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7690
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7690
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7691
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE................7691
            Description................7691
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................7691
            Diagnosis Procedure................7691
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................7692
            Description................7692
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................7692
            Diagnosis Procedure................7692
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7693
          PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................7693
            Exploded View................7693
            Removal and Installation................7693
              REMOVAL................7693
              INSTALLATION................7693
  PG................7694
    Table of Contents................7694
      POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT................7696
        BASIC INSPECTION................7696
          BATTERY................7696
            How to Handle Battery................7696
              METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE................7696
            Work Flow................7696
              BATTERY DIAGNOSIS WITH EXP-800 NI OR GR8-1200 NI................7696
              BATTERY DIAGNOSIS WITHOUT EXP-800 NI OR GR8-1200 NI................7696
                Check Electrolyte Level................7696
                Specific Gravity Check................7697
                Charging The Battery................7698
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7699
          POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT................7699
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -................7699
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSIBLE LINK No. H -................7715
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 10 -................7716
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 34 -................7717
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 43 -................7718
            Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 47 -................7719
            Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -................7720
            Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 20 -................7725
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -................7726
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 2 -................7739
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 16 -................7740
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 41, 42 -................7741
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 55 -................7742
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 57 -................7743
            Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 62 -................7744
            Fuse................7745
              EXTENDED STORAGE FUSE SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)................7745
                How To Extended Storage Fuse Switch ON/OFF ................7745
                How To Remove Extended Storage Fuse Switch................7746
            Fusible Link................7748
            Circuit Breaker................7748
          OPTION HARNESS................7749
            Wiring Diagram - OPTION HARNESS -................7749
          HARNESS LAYOUT................7752
            Outline................7752
            Engine Room Harness................7753
              ENGINE COMPARTMENT................7753
              PASSENGER COMPARTMENT................7754
            Engine Control Harness................7755
            Main Harness................7756
            Body Harness / Tail Harness................7757
              BODY HARNESS (LH SIDE) / TAIL HARNESS................7757
              BODY HARNESS (RH SIDE)................7758
            Door Harness................7759
              FRONT DOOR HARNESS (LH SIDE)................7759
              FRONT DOOR HARNESS (RH SIDE)................7760
              REAE DOOR HARNESS (LH SIDE)................7761
              REAE DOOR HARNESS (RH SIDE)................7762
              BACK DOOR HARNESS................7763
            Room Lamp Harness................7764
          HARNESS CONNECTOR................7765
            Description................7765
              HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)................7765
              HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)................7765
              HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)................7766
          STANDARDIZED RELAY................7768
            Description................7768
              NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS................7768
              TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS................7768
          FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................7770
            Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement................7770
          FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX................7771
            Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement................7771
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................7772
            Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement................7772
        PRECAUTION................7773
          PRECAUTIONS................7773
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7773
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7773
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7773
        PREPARATION................7774
          PREPARATION................7774
            Special Service Tools................7774
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7775
          BATTERY................7775
            Exploded View................7775
            Removal and Installation................7775
              REMOVAL................7775
              INSTALLATION................7775
          BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK................7776
            Exploded View................7776
            Removal and Installation................7776
              REMOVAL................7776
              INSTALLATION................7776
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7777
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7777
            Battery................7777
  PWC................7778
    Table of Contents................7778
      BASIC INSPECTION................7781
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................7781
          WorkFlow................7781
            DETAILED FLOW................7781
        INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................7782
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................7782
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description................7782
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement................7782
              INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE................7782
              CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION................7782
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................7782
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................7782
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................7783
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7784
        POWER WINDOW SYSTEM................7784
          System Diagram................7784
          System Description................7784
            POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE)................7784
            RETAINED POWER OPERATION ................7784
              Retained Power Cancel Conditions................7784
            POWER WINDOW LOCK................7784
            ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM (FRONT DRIVER SIDE)................7785
              Operation Condition................7785
          Component Parts Location................7786
          Component Description................7786
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7788
          COMMON ITEM................7788
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7788
              APPLICATION ITEM................7788
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................7788
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................7788
          RETAIND PWR................7789
            RETAIND PWR : CONSULT Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................7789
              DATA MONITOR................7789
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................7791
          COMMON ITEM................7791
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7791
              APPLICATION ITEM................7791
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................7791
          RETAIND PWR................7791
            RETAIND PWR : CONSULT Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)................7791
              DATA MONITOR................7791
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7793
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................7793
          POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH................7793
            POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................7793
          FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................7794
            FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure................7794
          REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH................7794
            REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................7794
        FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................7796
          Description................7796
          Component Function Check................7796
          Diagnosis Procedure................7796
          Component Inspection................7797
        REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH ................7798
          Description................7798
          Component Function Check................7798
          Diagnosis Procedure................7798
          Component Inspection................7799
        POWER WINDOW MOTOR................7800
          DRIVER SIDE................7800
            DRIVER SIDE : Description................7800
            DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................7800
            DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................7800
          PASSENGER SIDE................7801
            PASSENGER SIDE : Description................7801
            PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................7801
            PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................7801
          REAR LH................7802
            REAR LH : Description................7802
            REAR LH : Component Function Check................7802
            REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure................7802
          REAR RH................7803
            REAR RH : Description................7803
            REAR RH : Component Function Check................7803
            REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure................7803
        ENCODER CIRCUIT................7805
          Description................7805
          Component Function Check................7805
          Diagnosis Procedure................7805
            Encoder Circuit Check................7805
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................7808
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................7808
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................7808
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................7808
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7808
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7813
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7813
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7828
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................7839
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7839
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7840
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................7840
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7840
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................7841
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................7843
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................7843
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................7843
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................7847
              PHYSICAL VALUES................7847
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................7857
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................7865
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................7865
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................7866
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................7866
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................7866
        POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH................7868
          Reference Value ................7868
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................7868
            PHYSICAL VALUES................7868
          Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -................7870
          Fail Safe................7876
            FAIL-SAFE CONTROL................7876
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7878
        NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH................7878
          Diagnosis Procedure................7878
        DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................7879
          Diagnosis Procedure................7879
        FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................7880
          WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH................7880
            WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................7880
          WITH FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ONLY................7880
            WITH FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ONLY : Diagnosis Procedure................7880
        REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................7881
          WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH................7881
            WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH : Diagnosis Procedure................7881
          WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ONLY................7881
            WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ONLY : Diagnosis Procedure................7881
        REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE................7882
          WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH................7882
            WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH : Diagnosis Procedure................7882
          WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ONLY................7882
            WITH REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ONLY : Diagnosis Procedure................7882
        ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY (DRIVER SIDE)................7883
          Diagnosis Procedure................7883
        POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY................7884
          Diagnosis Procedure................7884
        AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY (DRIVER SIDE)................7885
          Diagnosis Procedure................7885
        POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION................7886
          Diagnosis Procedure................7886
      PRECAUTION................7887
        PRECAUTIONS................7887
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7887
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7887
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7887
      PREPARATION................7888
        PREPARATION................7888
          Commercial Service Tools................7888
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7889
        POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH................7889
          Removal and Installation................7889
            REMOVAL................7889
            INSTALLATION................7889
  PWO................7890
    Table of Contents................7890
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7891
        POWER SOCKET................7891
          Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET -................7891
      PRECAUTION................7893
        PRECAUTIONS................7893
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7893
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7893
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7893
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7894
        POWER SOCKET................7894
          Exploded View................7894
          Removal and Installation................7894
            REMOVAL................7894
            INSTALLATION................7894
  RAX................7895
    Table of Contents................7895
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7896
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................7896
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................7896
      PRECAUTION................7897
        PRECAUTIONS................7897
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7897
      PREPARATION................7898
        PREPARATION................7898
          Commercial Service Tool................7898
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................7899
        REAR WHEEL HUB................7899
          Inspection................7899
            COMPONENT PART................7899
            WHEEL HUB AND BEARING ASSEMBLY................7899
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7900
        REAR WHEEL HUB................7900
          Exploded View................7900
          Removal and Installation................7900
            REMOVAL................7900
            INSTALLATION................7900
          Inspection................7900
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................7900
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................7900
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7901
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7901
          Wheel Bearing................7901
  RSU................7902
    Table of Contents................7902
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7903
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................7903
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................7903
      PRECAUTION................7904
        PRECAUTIONS................7904
          Precautions for Suspension................7904
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7904
      PREPARATION................7905
        PREPARATION................7905
          Commercial Service Tool................7905
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................7906
        REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY................7906
          Inspection................7906
            COMPONENT PART................7906
            SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY................7906
        WHEEL ALIGNMENT................7907
          Inspection................7907
            DESCRIPTION................7907
            PRELIMINARY CHECK................7907
            GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS................7907
            ALIGNMENT PROCESS................7907
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7908
        REAR SHOCK ABSORBER................7908
          Exploded View................7908
          Removal and Installation................7908
            REMOVAL................7908
            INSTALLATION................7908
          Inspection................7909
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................7909
              Shock Absorber................7909
              Bound Bumper, Bushing................7909
              Washer, Bound Bumper Cover, Distance Tube................7909
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................7909
          Disposal................7909
        COIL SPRING................7910
          Exploded View................7910
          Removal and Installation................7910
            REMOVAL................7910
            INSTALLATION................7910
          Inspection................7910
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................7910
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................7911
        REAR SUSPENSION BEAM................7912
          Exploded View................7912
          Removal and Installation................7912
            REMOVAL................7912
            INSTALLATION................7912
          Inspection................7913
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................7913
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................7913
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7914
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................7914
          Wheel Alignment................7914
          Wheelarch Height................7914
  SB................7915
    Table of Contents................7915
      PRECAUTION................7916
        PRECAUTIONS................7916
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7916
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7916
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7916
          Precaution for Seat Belt Service................7916
            AFTER A COLLISION................7917
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7918
        FRONT SEAT BELT................7918
          SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................7918
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection................7918
              AFTER A COLLISION................7918
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................7918
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK................7919
                Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)................7919
                ELR Function Stationary Check................7919
                ALR Function Stationary Check................7919
                ELR Function Moving Check................7919
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK................7919
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View................7920
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation................7921
              REMOVAL................7921
              REMOVAL................7921
              INSTALLATION................7921
          SEAT BELT BUCKLE................7921
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection................7921
              AFTER A COLLISION................7921
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................7921
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View................7922
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation................7922
              REMOVAL................7922
              INSTALLATION................7922
        REAR SEAT BELT................7923
          SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................7923
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection................7923
              AFTER A COLLISION................7923
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................7923
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK................7923
                Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)................7923
                ELR Function Stationary Check................7923
                ALR Function Stationary Check................7923
                ELR Function Moving Check................7924
              SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK................7924
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View................7925
            SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation................7925
              REMOVAL................7925
                OUTER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................7926
                CENTER SEAT BELT RETRACTOR................7926
              INSTALLATION................7926
          SEAT BELT BUCKLE................7926
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection................7926
              AFTER A COLLISION................7926
              PRELIMINARY CHECKS................7926
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View................7927
            SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation................7927
              REMOVAL................7927
              INSTALLATION................7927
  SBC................7928
    Table of Contents................7928
      BASIC INSPECTION................7929
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................7929
          Work Flow................7929
            DETAILED FLOW................7929
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7930
        SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM................7930
          System Diagram................7930
          System Description................7930
          Component Parts Location................7931
          Component Description................7931
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7932
        SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH................7932
          DRIVER SIDE................7932
            DRIVER SIDE : Description................7932
            DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................7932
            DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................7932
            DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection (Seat Belt Buckle Switch)................7933
          PASSENGER SIDE................7933
            PASSENGER SIDE : Description................7933
            PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................7933
            PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure................7934
            PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection (Seat Belt Buckle Switch)................7935
        SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT................7936
          Diagnosis Procedure................7936
        SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM................7937
          Wiring Diagram - SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM -................7937
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7940
        SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................7940
          Diagnosis Procedure................7940
        SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................7941
          Diagnosis Procedure................7941
      PRECAUTION................7942
        PRECAUTIONS................7942
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7942
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7942
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7942
  SE................7943
    Table of Contents................7943
      PRECAUTION................7944
        PRECAUTIONS................7944
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................7944
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................7944
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................7944
          Service Notice................7944
          Precaution for Work................7945
      PREPARATION................7946
        PREPARATION................7946
          Special Service Tool................7946
          Commercial Service Tool................7946
        CLIP LIST................7947
          Clip List................7947
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................7948
        SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES................7948
          Work Flow................7948
            CUSTOMER INTERVIEW................7948
            DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE................7948
            CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS................7949
            LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE................7949
            REPAIR THE CAUSE................7949
            CONFIRM THE REPAIR................7950
          Inspection Procedure................7950
            INSTRUMENT PANEL................7950
            CENTER CONSOLE................7950
            DOORS................7950
            TRUNK................7950
            SUNROOF/HEADLINING................7951
            SEATS................7951
            UNDERHOOD................7951
          Diagnostic Worksheet................7952
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................7954
        FRONT SEAT................7954
          Exploded View................7954
            DRIVER'S SEAT................7954
            PASSENGER'S SEAT................7955
          Removal and Installation................7956
            REMOVAL................7956
            INSTALLATION................7956
          Disassembly and Assembly................7956
            DISASSEMBLY................7956
              Assembly................7958
        REAR SEAT................7959
          Exploded View................7959
          Removal and Installation................7960
            REMOVAL................7960
            INSTALLATION................7960
          Disassembly and Assembly................7960
            SEATBACK................7960
              Disassembly................7960
              Assembly................7961
            SEAT CUSHION................7962
              Disassembly................7962
              Assembly................7963
            ARMREST ASSEMBLY................7963
              Disassembly................7963
              Assembly................7963
  SEC................7964
    Table of Contents................7964
      WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................7969
        BASIC INSPECTION................7969
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................7969
            Work Flow................7969
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................7969
              DETAILED FLOW................7969
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................7972
            ECM................7972
              ECM : Description................7972
              ECM : Special Repair Requirement................7972
            BCM................7972
              BCM : Description................7972
                BEFORE REPLACEMENT................7972
                AFTER REPLACEMENT................7972
              BCM : Work Procedure................7972
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7974
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION................7974
            System Diagram................7974
            System Description................7974
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................7974
              PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................7975
              OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED................7975
              OPERATION RANGE................7975
              ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS HELD CLOSE TO PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................7975
              BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM................7975
                Reset Condition of Battery Saver System................7975
              POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION................7976
                Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)................7976
                Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more................7976
            Component Parts Location................7977
            Component Description................7978
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................7979
            System Diagram................7979
            System Description................7979
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................7979
              PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION................7980
              SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................7980
              ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................7980
              POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION................7980
                Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)................7980
                Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more................7981
            Component Parts Location................7982
            Component Description................7983
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................7984
            System Diagram................7984
            System Description................7984
              OPERATION FLOW................7984
              SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................7984
                Initial Condition................7984
                Disarmed Phase................7984
                Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase................7985
              CANCELING THE ARMED PHASE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................7985
              CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................7985
              ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................7985
              PANIC ALARM OPERATION................7985
            Component Parts Location................7986
            Component Description................7987
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................7988
            COMMON ITEM................7988
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................7988
                APPLICATION ITEM................7988
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................7988
                FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................7988
            INTELLIGENT KEY................7989
              INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)................7989
                WORK SUPPORT................7989
                SELF-DIAG RESULT................7990
                DATA MONITOR................7990
                ACTIVE TEST................7992
            THEFT ALM................7992
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT)................7992
                DATA MONITOR................7992
                WORK SUPPORT................7993
                ACTIVE TEST................7993
            IMMU................7993
              IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU)................7994
                DATA MONITOR................7994
                ACTIVE TEST................7994
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................7995
            CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................7995
              APPLICATION ITEM................7995
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................7995
              DATA MONITOR................7995
              ACTIVE TEST................7996
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................7997
          P1610 LOCK MODE................7997
            Description................7997
            DTC Logic................7997
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7997
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7997
            Diagnosis Procedure................7997
          P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................7998
            Description................7998
            DTC Logic................7998
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................7998
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................7998
            Diagnosis Procedure................7998
          P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................8000
            Description................8000
            DTC Logic................8000
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8000
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8000
            Diagnosis Procedure................8000
          B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................8001
            Description................8001
            DTC Logic................8001
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8001
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8001
            Diagnosis Procedure................8001
          B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................8003
            Description................8003
            DTC Logic................8003
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8003
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8003
            Diagnosis Procedure................8003
          B2195 ANTI-SCANNING................8004
            Description................8004
            DTC Logic................8004
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8004
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8004
            Diagnosis Procedure................8004
          B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.................8005
            Description................8005
            DTC Logic................8005
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8005
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8005
            Diagnosis Procedure................8005
          B2555 STOP LAMP................8009
            Description................8009
            DTC Logic................8009
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8009
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8009
            Diagnosis Procedure................8009
            Component Inspection................8010
          B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH................8011
            Description................8011
            DTC Logic................8011
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8011
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8011
            Diagnosis Procedure................8011
            Component Inspection................8012
          B2557 VEHICLE SPEED................8013
            Description................8013
            DTC Logic................8013
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8013
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8013
            Diagnosis Procedure................8013
          B2601 SHIFT POSITION................8014
            Description................8014
            DTC Logic................8014
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8014
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8014
            Diagnosis Procedure................8014
            Component Inspection................8016
          B2602 SHIFT POSITION................8017
            Description................8017
            DTC Logic................8017
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8017
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8017
            Diagnosis Procedure................8017
            Component Inspection................8018
          B2603 SHIFT POSITION................8020
            Description................8020
            DTC Logic................8020
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8020
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8020
            Diagnosis Procedure................8020
            Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)................8023
            Component Inspection [CVT Shift Selector (Detention Switch)]................8023
          B2604 SHIFT POSITION................8025
            Description................8025
            DTC Logic................8025
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8025
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8025
            Diagnosis Procedure................8025
            Component Inspection................8027
          B2605 SHIFT POSITION................8028
            Description................8028
            DTC Logic................8028
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8028
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8028
            Diagnosis Procedure................8028
          B2608 STARTER RELAY................8030
            Description................8030
            DTC Logic................8030
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8030
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8030
            Diagnosis Procedure................8030
          B260F ENGINE STATUS................8032
            Description................8032
            DTC Logic................8032
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8032
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8032
            Diagnosis Procedure................8032
          B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY................8033
            Description................8033
            DTC Logic................8033
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8033
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8033
            Diagnosis Procedure................8033
          B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY................8034
            Description................8034
            DTC Logic................8034
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8034
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8034
            Diagnosis Procedure................8034
          B26F7 BCM................8036
            Description................8036
            DTC Logic................8036
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8036
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8036
            Diagnosis Procedure................8036
          B26F8 BCM................8037
            Description................8037
            DTC Logic................8037
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8037
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8037
            Diagnosis Procedure................8037
          B26FC KEY REGISTRATION................8038
            Description................8038
            DTC Logic................8038
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8038
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8038
            Diagnosis Procedure................8038
          B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY................8039
            Description................8039
            DTC Logic................8039
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8039
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8039
            Diagnosis Procedure................8039
          B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY................8040
            Description................8040
            DTC Logic................8040
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8040
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8040
            Diagnosis Procedure................8040
          B210D STARTER RELAY................8041
            Description................8041
            DTC Logic................8041
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8041
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8041
            Diagnosis Procedure................8041
          B210E STARTER RELAY................8042
            Description................8042
            DTC Logic................8042
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8042
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8042
            Diagnosis Procedure................8042
          B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH................8044
            Description................8044
            DTC Logic................8044
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8044
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8044
            Diagnosis Procedure................8044
          B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH................8046
            Description................8046
            DTC Logic................8046
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8046
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8046
            Diagnosis Procedure................8046
            Component Inspection................8048
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................8049
            BCM................8049
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................8049
            IPDM E/R................8049
              IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure................8049
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................8051
            Description................8051
            Component Function Check................8051
            Diagnosis Procedure................8051
          HORN FUNCTION................8053
            Description................8053
            Component Function Check................8053
            Diagnosis Procedure................8053
          HEADLAMP FUNCTION................8055
            Description................8055
            Component Function Check................8055
            Diagnosis Procedure................8055
          INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION................8056
            Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -................8056
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................8066
            Wiring Diagram - NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM -................8066
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8075
            Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM -................8075
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8083
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................8083
            Reference Value................8083
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8083
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8088
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8088
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................8103
            Fail-safe................8114
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................8114
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................8115
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................8115
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................8115
            DTC Index................8116
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................8119
            Reference Value................8119
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8119
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8121
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8121
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................8125
            Fail-Safe................8128
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................8128
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................8128
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................8129
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................8129
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................8129
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................8130
            DTC Index................8130
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8131
          ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE................8131
            Description................8131
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................8131
            Diagnosis Procedure................8131
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK................8132
            Description................8132
              Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)................8132
            Diagnosis Procedure................8132
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET................8133
            INTELLIGENT KEY................8133
              INTELLIGENT KEY : Description................8133
                CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................8133
              INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure................8133
            DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................8133
              DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description................8133
                CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................8133
              DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................8133
            DOOR KEY CYLINDER................8133
              DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Description................8134
                CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................8134
              DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Diagnosis Procedure................8134
          VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE................8135
            Description................8135
              CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)................8135
            Diagnosis Procedure................8135
        PRECAUTION................8136
          PRECAUTIONS................8136
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8136
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8136
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8136
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8137
          NATS ANTENNA AMP.................8137
            Exploded View................8137
            Removal and Installation................8137
              REMOVAL................8137
              INSTALLATION................8137
      WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................8138
        BASIC INSPECTION................8138
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................8138
            Work Flow................8138
              OVERALL SEQUENCE................8138
              DETAILED FLOW................8138
          INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................8141
            ECM................8141
              ECM : Description................8141
              ECM : Special Repair Requirement................8141
            BCM................8141
              BCM : Description................8141
                BEFORE REPLACEMENT................8141
                AFTER REPLACEMENT................8141
              BCM : Work Procedure................8141
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8143
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................8143
            System Diagram................8143
            System Description................8143
              SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8143
              PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION................8143
              SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................8143
            Component Parts Location................8144
            Component Description................8144
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8145
            System Diagram................8145
            System Description................8145
              OPERATION FLOW................8145
              SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8145
                Initial Condition................8145
                Disarmed Phase................8145
                Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase................8146
              CANCELING THE ARMED PHASE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8146
              CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8146
              ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8146
              PANIC ALARM OPERATION................8146
            Component Parts Location................8147
            Component Description................8147
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)................8148
            COMMON ITEM................8148
              COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8148
                APPLICATION ITEM................8148
                SYSTEM APPLICATION................8148
            IMMU................8148
              IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU)................8148
                DATA MONITOR................8148
                ACTIVE TEST................8149
            THEFT ALM................8149
              THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)................8149
                DATA MONITOR................8149
                WORK SUPPORT................8149
                ACTIVE TEST................8150
            PANIC ALARM................8150
              PANIC ALARM : CONSULT Function (BCM - PANIC ALARM)................8150
                ACTIVE TEST................8150
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)................8151
            CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................8151
              APPLICATION ITEM................8151
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................8151
              DATA MONITOR................8151
              ACTIVE TEST................8152
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8153
          P1610 LOCK MODE................8153
            Description................8153
            DTC Logic................8153
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8153
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8153
            Diagnosis Procedure................8153
          P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................8154
            Description................8154
            DTC Logic................8154
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8154
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8154
            Diagnosis Procedure................8154
          P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................8155
            Description................8155
            DTC Logic................8155
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8155
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8155
            Diagnosis Procedure................8155
          P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY................8156
            Description................8156
            DTC Logic................8156
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8156
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8156
            Diagnosis Procedure................8156
          P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY................8159
            Description................8159
            DTC Logic................8159
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8159
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8159
            Diagnosis Procedure................8159
          B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.................8160
            Description................8160
            DTC Logic................8160
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8160
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8160
            Diagnosis Procedure................8160
          B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY................8163
            Description................8163
            DTC Logic................8163
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8163
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8163
            Diagnosis Procedure................8163
          B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM................8164
            Description................8164
            DTC Logic................8164
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8164
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8164
            Diagnosis Procedure................8164
          B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU................8165
            Description................8165
            DTC Logic................8165
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8165
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8165
            Diagnosis Procedure................8165
          B2195 ANTI-SCANNING................8166
            Description................8166
            DTC Logic................8166
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8166
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8166
            Diagnosis Procedure................8166
          POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................8167
            BCM................8167
              BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................8167
            IPDM E/R................8167
              IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure................8167
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP................8169
            Description................8169
            Component Function Check................8169
            Diagnosis Procedure................8169
          HORN FUNCTION................8171
            Description................8171
            Component Function Check................8171
            Diagnosis Procedure................8171
          HEADLAMP FUNCTION................8173
            Description................8173
            Component Function Check................8173
            Diagnosis Procedure................8173
          NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS................8174
            Wiring Diagram - NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM -................8174
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM................8180
            Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM -................8180
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8188
          BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................8188
            Reference Value................8188
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8188
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8191
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8191
            Wiring Diagram - BCM -................8201
            Fail-safe................8209
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................8209
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................8210
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................8210
            DTC Index................8210
          IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................8212
            Reference Value................8212
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8212
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8213
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8213
            Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................8218
            Fail-Safe................8221
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................8221
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................8221
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................8222
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................8222
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................8222
            DTC Index................8223
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8224
          SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK................8224
            Description................8224
              CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)................8224
            Diagnosis Procedure................8224
          VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET................8225
            Description................8225
              CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITION)................8225
            Diagnosis Procedure................8225
          VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE................8226
            Description................8226
              CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)................8226
            Diagnosis Procedure................8226
        PRECAUTION................8227
          PRECAUTIONS................8227
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8227
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8227
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8227
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8228
          NATS ANTENNA AMP.................8228
            Exploded View................8228
            Removal and Installation................8228
              REMOVAL................8228
              INSTALLATION................8228
  SR................8229
    Table of Contents................8229
      PRECAUTION................8230
        PRECAUTIONS................8230
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8230
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8230
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8230
          Service................8230
      PREPARATION................8232
        PREPARATION................8232
          Commercial Service Tools................8232
      BASIC INSPECTION................8233
        COLLISION DIAGNOSIS................8233
          FOR FRONTAL COLLISION................8233
            FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision................8233
              WORK PROCEDURE................8233
              SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)................8233
            FOR FRONTAL COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision................8234
              WORK PROCEDURE................8234
              SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)................8234
          FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION................8235
            FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is activated in a collision................8235
              WORK PROCEDURE................8235
              SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)................8236
            FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION : When SRS is not activated in a collision................8236
              WORK PROCEDURE................8236
              SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION)................8236
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8239
        DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................8239
          Exploded View................8239
          Removal and Installation................8239
            REMOVAL................8239
            INSTALLATION................8241
        SPIRAL CABLE................8242
          Exploded View................8242
          Removal and Installation................8242
            REMOVAL................8242
            INSTALLATION................8243
        PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................8245
          Exploded View................8245
          Removal and Installation................8245
            REMOVAL................8245
            INSTALLATION................8246
        CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE................8248
          Exploded View................8248
          Removal and Installation................8248
            REMOVAL................8248
            INSTALLATION................8249
        CRASH ZONE SENSOR................8250
          Exploded View................8250
          Removal and Installation................8250
            REMOVAL................8250
            INSTALLATION................8251
        SATELLITE SENSOR................8252
          Exploded View................8252
          Removal and Installation................8252
            REMOVAL................8252
            INSTALLATION................8253
        DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8254
          Exploded View................8254
          Removal and Installation................8254
            REMOVAL................8254
            INSTALLATION................8255
        SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER................8256
          Exploded View................8256
          Removal and Installation................8256
        OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT................8257
          Exploded View................8257
          Removal and Installation................8257
            REMOVAL................8257
            INSTALLATION................8257
  SRC................8258
    Table of Contents................8258
      BASIC INSPECTION................8263
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................8263
          Work Flow................8263
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................8263
            DETAILED FLOW................8263
        INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT................8266
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................8266
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description................8266
            ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement................8266
              WORK PROCEDURE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................8266
          ZERO POINT RESET................8266
            ZERO POINT RESET : Description................8266
            ZERO POINT RESET : Special Repair Requirement................8266
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8268
        SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM................8268
          System Diagram................8268
          System Description................8268
            AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT FUNCTIONS................8269
            COLLISION MODES................8269
          Component Parts Location................8270
          Component Description................8271
        OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM................8272
          System Diagram................8272
            OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM................8272
          System Description................8272
            This Occupant Detection System has the following functions.................8272
          Component Parts Location................8273
          Component Description................8274
        ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM................8275
          Diagnosis Description................8275
            DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION................8275
          Diagnosis with Air Bag Warning Lamp................8275
            SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION................8275
            CHANGE DIAGNOSIS MODE................8275
            PROCEDURE TO CHANGE DIAGNOSIS MODE................8275
            USER MODE................8275
              How to Read Air Bag Warning Lamp................8275
              Air Bag Warning Lamp Examples................8275
            DIAGNOSIS MODE................8276
              How to Read Air Bag Warning Lamp................8276
              How to Erase Self Diagnosis Result................8278
            EXAMPLE OF AIR BAG WARNING LAMP OPERATION IN THE DIAGNOSIS MODE................8278
              System Normal................8278
              Single System Malfunction................8278
              Multiple Systems Malfunction................8279
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIR BAG)................8281
          CONSULT Function................8281
            APPLICATION ITEM................8281
            CAUSE OF WARNING LAMP................8281
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM)................8282
          CONSULT Function................8282
            ZERO POINT RESET DESCRIPTION................8282
            WORK SUPPORT................8282
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8283
        B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8283
          Description................8283
          DTC Logic................8283
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8283
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8283
          Diagnosis Procedure................8283
        B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8285
          Description................8285
          DTC Logic................8285
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8285
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8285
          Diagnosis Procedure................8285
        B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8287
          Description................8287
          DTC Logic................8287
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8287
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8287
          Diagnosis Procedure................8287
        B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT................8289
          Description................8289
          DTC Logic................8289
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8289
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8289
          Diagnosis Procedure................8289
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................8289
        B1018 OCCUPANT SYSTEM SENSOR................8291
          Description................8291
          DTC Logic................8291
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8291
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8291
          Diagnosis Procedure................8291
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................8291
        B1022 OCCUPANT SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT................8293
          Description................8293
          DTC Logic................8293
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8293
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8293
          Diagnosis Procedure................8293
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................8293
        B1023 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR................8295
          Description................8295
          DTC Logic................8295
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8295
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8295
          Diagnosis Procedure................8295
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................8295
        B1025, B1032, B1048 OCCUPANT SYSTEM SENSOR................8297
          Description................8297
          DTC Logic................8297
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8297
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8297
          Diagnosis Procedure................8297
            DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE................8297
        B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8299
          Description................8299
          DTC Logic................8299
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8299
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8299
          Diagnosis Procedure................8299
        B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................8301
          Description................8301
          DTC Logic................8301
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8301
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8301
          Diagnosis Procedure................8301
        B1035 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................8303
          Description................8303
          DTC Logic................8303
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8303
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8303
          Diagnosis Procedure................8303
        B1036 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................8305
          Description................8305
          DTC Logic................8305
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8305
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8305
          Diagnosis Procedure................8305
        B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENSOR................8307
          Description................8307
          DTC Logic................8307
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8307
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8307
          Diagnosis Procedure................8307
        B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8309
          Description................8309
          DTC Logic................8309
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8309
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8309
          Diagnosis Procedure................8309
        B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................8311
          Description................8311
          DTC Logic................8311
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8311
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8311
          Diagnosis Procedure................8311
        B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................8313
          Description................8313
          DTC Logic................8313
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8313
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8313
          Diagnosis Procedure................8313
        B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................8315
          Description................8315
          DTC Logic................8315
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8315
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8315
          Diagnosis Procedure................8315
        B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................8317
          Description................8317
          DTC Logic................8317
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8317
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8317
          Diagnosis Procedure................8317
        B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8319
          Description................8319
          DTC Logic................8319
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8319
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8319
          Diagnosis Procedure................8319
        B1065, B1070 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................8321
          Description................8321
          DTC Logic................8321
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8321
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8321
          Diagnosis Procedure................8321
        B1066, B1071 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................8323
          Description................8323
          DTC Logic................8323
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8323
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8323
          Diagnosis Procedure................8323
        B1067, B1072 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................8325
          Description................8325
          DTC Logic................8325
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8325
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8325
          Diagnosis Procedure................8325
        B1068, B1073 PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE................8327
          Description................8327
          DTC Logic................8327
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8327
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8327
          Diagnosis Procedure................8327
        B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8329
          Description................8329
          DTC Logic................8329
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8329
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8329
          Diagnosis Procedure................8329
        B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE................8331
          Description................8331
          DTC Logic................8331
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8331
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8331
          Diagnosis Procedure................8331
        B1081 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................8333
          Description................8333
          DTC Logic................8333
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8333
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8333
          Diagnosis Procedure................8333
        B1082 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................8335
          Description................8335
          DTC Logic................8335
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8335
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8335
          Diagnosis Procedure................8335
        B1083 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................8337
          Description................8337
          DTC Logic................8337
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8337
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8337
          Diagnosis Procedure................8337
        B1084 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER RH................8339
          Description................8339
          DTC Logic................8339
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8339
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8339
          Diagnosis Procedure................8339
        B1086 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................8341
          Description................8341
          DTC Logic................8341
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8341
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8341
          Diagnosis Procedure................8341
        B1087 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................8343
          Description................8343
          DTC Logic................8343
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8343
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8343
          Diagnosis Procedure................8343
        B1088 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................8345
          Description................8345
          DTC Logic................8345
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8345
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8345
          Diagnosis Procedure................8345
        B1089 SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER LH................8347
          Description................8347
          DTC Logic................8347
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8347
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8347
          Diagnosis Procedure................8347
        B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093, B1094, B1095 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8349
          Description................8349
          DTC Logic................8349
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8349
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8349
          Diagnosis Procedure................8349
        B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8351
          Description................8351
          DTC Logic................8351
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8351
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8351
          Diagnosis Procedure................8351
        B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................8353
          Description................8353
          DTC Logic................8353
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8353
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8353
          Diagnosis Procedure................8353
        B1115 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................8355
          Description................8355
          DTC Logic................8355
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8355
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8355
          Diagnosis Procedure................8355
        B1116 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................8357
          Description................8357
          DTC Logic................8357
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8357
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8357
          Diagnosis Procedure................8357
        B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................8359
          Description................8359
          DTC Logic................8359
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8359
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8359
          Diagnosis Procedure................8359
        B1120 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................8361
          Description................8361
          DTC Logic................8361
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8361
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8361
          Diagnosis Procedure................8361
        B1121 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................8363
          Description................8363
          DTC Logic................8363
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8363
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8363
          Diagnosis Procedure................8363
        B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8365
          Description................8365
          DTC Logic................8365
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8365
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8365
          Diagnosis Procedure................8365
        B1129 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................8367
          Description................8367
          DTC Logic................8367
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8367
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8367
          Diagnosis Procedure................8367
        B1130 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................8369
          Description................8369
          DTC Logic................8369
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8369
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8369
          Diagnosis Procedure................8369
        B1131 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................8371
          Description................8371
          DTC Logic................8371
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8371
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8371
          Diagnosis Procedure................8371
        B1132 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE RH................8373
          Description................8373
          DTC Logic................8373
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8373
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8373
          Diagnosis Procedure................8373
        B1134 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................8375
          Description................8375
          DTC Logic................8375
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8375
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8375
          Diagnosis Procedure................8375
        B1135 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................8377
          Description................8377
          DTC Logic................8377
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8377
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8377
          Diagnosis Procedure................8377
        B1136 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................8379
          Description................8379
          DTC Logic................8379
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8379
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8379
          Diagnosis Procedure................8379
        B1137 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LH................8381
          Description................8381
          DTC Logic................8381
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8381
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8381
          Diagnosis Procedure................8381
        B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8383
          Description................8383
          DTC Logic................8383
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8383
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8383
          Diagnosis Procedure................8383
        B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ................8385
          Description................8385
          DTC Logic................8385
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8385
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8385
          Diagnosis Procedure................8385
        B1145 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................8386
          Description................8386
          DTC Logic................8386
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8386
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8386
          Diagnosis Procedure................8386
        B1146 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................8388
          Description................8388
          DTC Logic................8388
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8388
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8388
          Diagnosis Procedure................8388
        B1147 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................8390
          Description................8390
          DTC Logic................8390
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8390
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8390
          Diagnosis Procedure................8390
        B1148 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE RH................8392
          Description................8392
          DTC Logic................8392
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8392
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8392
          Diagnosis Procedure................8392
        B1150 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................8394
          Description................8394
          DTC Logic................8394
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8394
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8394
          Diagnosis Procedure................8394
        B1151 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................8396
          Description................8396
          DTC Logic................8396
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8396
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8396
          Diagnosis Procedure................8396
        B1152 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................8398
          Description................8398
          DTC Logic................8398
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8398
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8398
          Diagnosis Procedure................8398
        B1153 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE LH................8400
          Description................8400
          DTC Logic................8400
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8400
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8400
          Diagnosis Procedure................8400
        B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157, B1158, B1159 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8402
          Description................8402
          DTC Logic................8402
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8402
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8402
          Diagnosis Procedure................8402
        B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173, B1174, B1175 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8404
          Description................8404
          DTC Logic................8404
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8404
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8404
          Diagnosis Procedure................8404
        B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189, B1190, B1191 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8406
          Description................8406
          DTC Logic................8406
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8406
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8406
          Diagnosis Procedure................8406
        B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8408
          Description................8408
          DTC Logic................8408
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8408
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8408
          Diagnosis Procedure................8408
        B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION................8410
          Description................8410
          DTC Logic................8410
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8410
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8410
          Diagnosis Procedure................8410
        B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION................8411
          Description................8411
          DTC Logic................8411
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8411
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8411
          Diagnosis Procedure................8411
        B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTION................8412
          Description................8412
          DTC Logic................8412
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8412
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8412
          Diagnosis Procedure................8412
        B1212, B1213, B1214 SATELLITE SENSOR RH................8413
          Description................8413
          DTC Logic................8413
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8413
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8413
          Diagnosis Procedure................8413
        B1215, B1216, B1217 SATELLITE SENSOR LH................8415
          Description................8415
          DTC Logic................8415
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8415
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8415
          Diagnosis Procedure................8415
        B1218, B1219, B1220, B1221, B1222, B1223 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8417
          Description................8417
          DTC Logic................8417
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8417
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8417
          Diagnosis Procedure................8417
        B1239 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8419
          Description................8419
          DTC Logic................8419
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8419
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8419
          Diagnosis Procedure................8419
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8420
        DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................8420
          DTC Index................8420
          Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -................8423
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8429
        SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................8429
          Diagnosis Procedure................8429
        SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................8430
          Diagnosis Procedure................8430
      PRECAUTION................8431
        PRECAUTIONS................8431
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8431
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8431
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8431
          Service................8431
          Occupant Detection System Precaution................8432
  ST................8433
    Table of Contents................8433
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8434
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................8434
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................8434
      PRECAUTION................8435
        PRECAUTIONS................8435
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8435
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8435
          Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System................8435
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8436
      PREPARATION................8437
        PREPARATION................8437
          Special Service Tools................8437
          Commercial Service Tools................8438
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................8439
        STEERING WHEEL................8439
          Inspection................8439
            STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY................8439
            STEERING WHEEL PLAY................8439
            NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL................8439
            STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE................8439
            FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE................8439
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8441
        STEERING WHEEL................8441
          Exploded View................8441
          Removal and Installation................8441
            REMOVAL................8441
            INSTALLATION................8441
          Disassembly and Assembly................8442
            DISASSEMBLY................8442
            ASSEMBLY................8442
        STEERING COLUMN................8443
          Exploded View................8443
          Removal and Installation................8443
            REMOVAL................8443
            INSTALLATION................8444
          Inspection................8444
            INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................8444
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8445
        STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE................8446
          Exploded View................8446
            REMOVAL ................8446
            DISASSEMBLY ................8446
          Removal and Installation................8447
            REMOVAL................8447
            INSTALLATION................8447
          Disassembly and Assembly................8447
            DISASSEMBLY................8447
            ASSEMBLY................8448
          Inspection................8450
            INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8450
            INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................8450
              Boot................8450
              Gear Housing Assembly................8450
              Outer Socket and Inner Socket................8450
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8452
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8452
          General Specifications................8452
          Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play................8452
          Steering Wheel Turning Force................8452
          Steering Angle................8452
          Steering Column Operating Range................8452
          Rack Stroke................8452
          Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque................8452
          Socket Axial End Play................8453
          Inner Socket Length................8453
  STC................8454
    Table of Contents................8454
      PRECAUTION................8456
        PRECAUTIONS................8456
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8456
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8456
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8456
          Service Notice and Precautions for EPS System................8456
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8458
        COMPONENT PARTS................8458
          Component Parts Location................8458
          Component Description................8458
          EPS Control Unit................8459
          EPS Motor................8459
          Torque Sensor................8459
          Reduction Gear................8459
        SYSTEM................8460
          EPS SYSTEM................8460
            EPS SYSTEM : System Description................8460
              SYSTEM DIAGRAM................8460
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL................8460
              EPS WARNING LAMP INDICATION................8461
            EPS SYSTEM : Fail-Safe................8461
            EPS SYSTEM : Protection Function................8461
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EPS CONTROL UNIT)................8462
          CONSULT Function................8462
            FUNCTION................8462
            ECU IDENTIFICATION................8462
            SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................8462
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................8462
            DATA MONITOR MODE................8462
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8464
        EPS CONTROL UNIT................8464
          Reference Value................8464
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8464
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................8465
            PHYSICAL VALUES................8465
          Fail-Safe................8465
          Protection Function................8466
          DTC Inspection Priority Chart................8466
          DTC Index................8466
      WIRING DIAGRAM................8467
        ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM ................8467
          Wiring Diagram................8467
      BASIC INSPECTION................8471
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................8471
          Work Flow................8471
            DETAILED FLOW................8471
          Diagnostic Work Sheet................8472
            Description................8472
            Interview sheet sample................8472
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8474
        C1601 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY................8474
          DTC Logic................8474
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8474
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8474
          Diagnosis Procedure................8474
        C1604 TORQUE SENSOR................8476
          DTC Logic................8476
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8476
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8476
          Diagnosis Procedure................8476
        C1606 EPS MOTOR................8478
          DTC Logic................8478
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8478
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8478
          Diagnosis Procedure................8478
          Component Inspection ................8478
        C1607, C1608 EPS CONTROL UNIT................8480
          DTC Logic................8480
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8480
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8480
          Diagnosis Procedure................8480
        C1609 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL................8481
          DTC Logic................8481
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8481
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8481
          Diagnosis Procedure................8481
        U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................8482
          Description................8482
          DTC Logic................8482
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8482
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8482
          Diagnosis Procedure................8482
        EPS WARNING LAMP................8483
          Component Function Check................8483
          Diagnosis Procedure................8483
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8484
        EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON................8484
          Description................8484
          Diagnosis Procedure................8484
        EPS WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................8485
          Description................8485
          Diagnosis Procedure................8485
        STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT................8486
          Description................8486
          Diagnosis Procedure................8486
        UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE AND RETURN BETWEEN RIGHT AND LEFT................8488
          Description................8488
          Diagnosis Procedure................8488
        UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION)................8489
          Description................8489
          Diagnosis Procedure................8489
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8491
        EPS CONTROL UNIT................8491
          Exploded View................8491
          Removal and Installation................8491
            REMOVAL................8491
            INSTALLATION................8491
  STR................8492
    Table of Contents................8492
      BASIC INSPECTION................8493
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................8493
          Work Flow (With GR8-1200 NI)................8493
            STARTING SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS WITH GR8-1200 NI................8493
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................8494
            DETAILED FLOW................8494
          Work Flow (Without GR8-1200 NI)................8496
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................8496
            DETAILED FLOW................8496
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8498
        STARTING SYSTEM................8498
          M/T................8498
            M/T : System Diagram................8498
            M/T : System Description................8498
            M/T : Component Parts Location................8499
            M/T : Component Description................8499
          CVT................8499
            CVT : System Diagram (With Intelligent Key)................8500
            CVT : System Diagram (Without Intellgent Key)................8500
            CVT : System Description (With Intelligent Key)................8500
            CVT : System Description (Without Intelligent Key)................8501
            CVT : Component Parts Location................8501
            CVT : Component Description (With Intellgent Key)................8501
            CVT : Component Description (Without Intelligent Key)................8502
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8503
        B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................8503
          Description................8503
          Diagnosis Procedure................8503
        S TERMINAL CIRCUIT................8504
          Description................8504
          Diagnosis Procedure................8504
        STARTING SYSTEM................8505
          Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) -................8505
          Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM (WITHOUT INTELLIGENTKEY) -................8509
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8513
        STARTING SYSTEM................8513
          Symptom Table................8513
      PRECAUTION................8514
        PRECAUTIONS................8514
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8514
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8514
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8514
      PREPARATION................8515
        PREPARATION................8515
          Special Service Tools................8515
          Commercial Service Tools................8515
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8516
        STARTER MOTOR................8516
          Exploded View................8516
            REMOVAL................8516
            DISASSEMBLY................8516
          Removal and Installation................8517
            REMOVAL................8517
            INSTALLATION................8517
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8518
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8518
          Starter Motor................8518
  TM................8519
    Table of Contents................8519
      6MT: RS6F94R................8524
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8524
          M/T SYSTEM................8524
            System Diagram................8524
              CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW................8524
            System Description................8525
              TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER................8525
              REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)................8525
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8526
          POSITION SWITCH................8526
            BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH................8526
              BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Component Parts Location................8526
              BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Component Inspection................8526
            PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH................8526
              PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Parts Location................8526
              PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspection................8526
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8528
          NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................8528
            NVH Troubleshooting Chart................8528
        PRECAUTION................8529
          PRECAUTIONS................8529
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8529
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8529
            Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle................8529
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8530
        PREPARATION................8531
          PREPARATION................8531
            Special Service Tools................8531
            Commercial Service Tools................8533
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................8535
          GEAR OIL................8535
            Inspection................8535
              OIL LEAKAGE................8535
              OIL LEVEL................8535
            Draining................8535
            Refilling................8535
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8536
          SIDE OIL SEAL................8536
            Removal and Installation................8536
              REMOVAL................8536
              INSTALLATION................8536
            Inspection................8536
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8536
          CONTROL LINKAGE................8537
            Exploded View................8537
            Removal and Installation................8537
              REMOVAL ................8537
              INSTALLATION................8538
                Install the selector cable according to the following instructions.................8538
            Inspection................8539
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8539
          AIR BREATHER HOSE................8540
            Exploded View................8540
            Removal and Installation................8540
              REMOVAL................8540
              INSTALLATION................8540
          POSITION SWITCH................8541
            Exploded View................8541
            Removal and Installation................8541
              REMOVAL................8541
              INSTALLATION................8542
        UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8543
          TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................8543
            Exploded View................8543
            Removal and Installation................8543
              REMOVAL................8543
              INSTALLATION................8544
            Inspection................8544
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8544
        UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY................8545
          TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................8545
            Exploded View................8545
              CASE AND HOUSING................8545
              SHAFT AND GEAR................8546
              SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD................8548
              FINAL DRIVE................8549
            Disassembly................8550
            Assembly................8555
          INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR................8561
            Exploded View................8561
            Disassembly................8561
            Assembly................8563
            Inspection................8565
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................8565
                Input shaft and gear................8565
                Synchronizer hub and coupling sleeve................8565
                Baulk ring................8565
                Bearing................8565
          MAINSHAFT AND GEAR................8567
            Exploded View................8567
            Disassembly................8567
            Assembly................8569
            Inspection................8571
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................8571
                Mainshaft and Gear................8571
                Synchronizer hub and coupling sleeve................8572
                Baulk ring................8572
                Bearing................8572
          REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR................8573
            Exploded View................8573
            Disassembly................8573
            Assembly................8574
            Inspection................8574
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................8574
                Shaft and Gear................8575
                Bearing................8575
          FINAL DRIVE................8576
            Exploded View................8576
            Disassembly................8576
            Assembly................8577
            Inspection................8577
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................8577
                Gear and Case................8577
                Bearing................8578
          SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD................8579
            Exploded View................8579
            Disassembly................8579
            Assembly................8579
            Inspection................8579
              INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY................8579
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8581
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8581
            General Specification................8581
      CVT: RE0F08B................8582
        BASIC INSPECTION................8582
          DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................8582
            Work Flow................8582
              BEFORE STARTING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS................8582
              DETAILED FLOW................8582
            Diagnostic Work Sheet................8583
              DESCRIPTION................8583
              WORKSHEET SAMPLE................8583
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM................8585
            Description................8585
            Procedure................8585
          ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................8586
            Description................8586
            Procedure................8586
        SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8588
          CVT SYSTEM................8588
            System Diagram................8588
            Component Parts Location................8589
          MECHANICAL SYSTEM................8591
            Cross-Sectional View................8591
            System Diagram................8592
            System Description................8592
              Activation state according to each gear shifting................8592
              Power transmission of each position................8592
                “P” position................8592
                “R” position................8593
                “N” position................8594
                “D” and “L” positions................8595
            Component Parts Location................8596
            Component Description................8596
          HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM................8598
            System Diagram................8598
            System Description................8598
              LINE PRESSURE AND SECONDARY PRESSURE CONTROL................8598
                Normal Control................8598
                Feedback Control................8598
            Component Parts Location................8599
            Component Description................8600
          CONTROL SYSTEM................8601
            System Diagram................8601
            System Description................8601
              TCM FUNCTION ................8601
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM................8601
            Component Parts Location................8603
            Component Description................8604
          LOCK-UP AND SELECT CONTROL SYSTEM................8605
            System Diagram................8605
            System Description................8605
              TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH AND SELECT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL ................8605
                Lock-up Released ................8605
                Lock-up Applied................8605
                Select Control................8605
            Component Parts Location................8606
            Component Description................8607
          SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM................8608
            System Diagram................8608
            System Description................8608
              “D” POSITION................8608
              OVERDRIVE OFF CONDITION................8608
              “L” POSITION................8608
              DOWNHILL ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL (AUTO ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)................8609
              ACCELERATION CONTROL................8609
            Component Parts Location................8609
            Component Description................8610
          SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM................8611
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................8611
              WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description................8611
                SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION................8611
                  When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Selector Operation Allowed)................8611
                  When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)................8611
                “P” POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)................8611
              WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................8612
              WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description................8612
                SHIFT LOCK................8612
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................8613
              WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description................8613
                SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION................8613
                  When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Selector Operation Allowed)................8613
                  When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)................8613
                “P” POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)................8614
                KEY LOCK MECHANISM................8614
                  Key Lock Status................8614
                  Key Unlock Status................8614
              WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................8615
              WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description................8615
                SHIFT LOCK................8615
                KEY LOCK................8615
          ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM................8616
            Diagnosis Description................8616
              DESCRIPTION................8616
              OBD-II FUNCTION................8616
          DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)................8617
            CONSULT Function................8617
              FUNCTION................8617
              SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE................8617
              DATA MONITOR MODE................8617
              WORK SUPPORT MODE................8619
                Engine Brake Adjustment................8619
                Conform CVTF Deterioration................8620
                Calibration Data................8620
            Diagnostic Tool Function................8620
              OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)................8620
        DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8621
          U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A)................8621
            Description................8621
            DTC Logic................8621
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8621
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8621
            Diagnosis Procedure................8621
          U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT................8622
            Description................8622
            DTC Logic................8622
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8622
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8622
            Diagnosis Procedure................8622
          U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)................8623
            Description................8623
            DTC Logic................8623
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8623
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8623
            Diagnosis Procedure................8623
          P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B................8624
            Description................8624
            DTC Logic................8624
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8624
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8624
            Diagnosis Procedure................8624
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................8626
          P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A................8627
            Description................8627
            DTC Logic................8627
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8627
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8627
            Diagnosis Procedure................8627
            Component Inspection (Transmission Range Switch)................8629
          P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A................8630
            Description................8630
            DTC Logic................8630
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8630
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8630
            Diagnosis Procedure................8631
            Component Inspection (CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor)................8633
          P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A................8634
            Description................8634
            DTC Logic................8634
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8634
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8634
            Diagnosis Procedure................8634
          P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR................8637
            Description................8637
            DTC Logic................8637
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8637
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8637
            Diagnosis Procedure................8637
          P0725 ENGINE SPEED................8640
            Description................8640
            DTC Logic................8640
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8640
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8640
            Diagnosis Procedure................8640
          P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER................8641
            Description................8641
            DTC Logic................8641
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8641
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8641
            Diagnosis Procedure................8642
            Component Inspection (Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve)................8643
          P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER................8644
            Description................8644
            DTC Logic................8644
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8644
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8644
            Diagnosis Procedure................8644
            Component Inspection (Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve)................8645
            Component Inspection (Lock-up Select Solenoid Valve)................8645
          P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A................8647
            Description................8647
            DTC Logic................8647
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8647
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8647
            Diagnosis Procedure................8647
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8648
          P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A................8649
            Description................8649
            DTC Logic................8649
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8649
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8649
            Diagnosis Procedure................8649
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8650
          P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B................8651
            Description................8651
            DTC Logic................8651
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8651
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8651
            Diagnosis Procedure................8651
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8652
          P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B................8653
            Description................8653
            DTC Logic................8653
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8653
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8653
            Diagnosis Procedure................8653
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8654
          P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A................8655
            Description................8655
            DTC Logic................8655
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8655
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8655
            Diagnosis Procedure................8655
          P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A................8657
            Description................8657
            DTC Logic................8657
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8657
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8657
            Diagnosis Procedure................8657
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8658
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8658
          P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE................8659
            Description................8659
            DTC Logic................8659
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8659
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8659
            Diagnosis Procedure................8659
            Component Inspection (Line Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8660
            Component Inspection (Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve)................8660
          P1701 TCM................8662
            Description................8662
            DTC Logic................8662
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8662
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8662
            Diagnosis Procedure................8662
          P1705 TP SENSOR................8665
            Description................8665
            DTC Logic................8665
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8665
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8665
            Diagnosis Procedure................8665
          P1709 INCOMPLETED DATA WRITING................8666
            Description................8666
            DTC Logic................8666
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8666
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8666
            Diagnosis Procedure................8666
          P1722 VEHICLE SPEED................8668
            Description................8668
            DTC Logic................8668
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8668
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8668
            Diagnosis Procedure................8668
          P1723 SPEED SENSOR................8669
            Description................8669
            DTC Logic................8669
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8669
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8669
            Diagnosis Procedure................8669
          P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL................8671
            Description................8671
            DTC Logic................8671
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8671
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8671
            Diagnosis Procedure................8671
          P1740 SELECT SOLENOID................8672
            Description................8672
            DTC Logic................8672
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8672
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8672
            Diagnosis Procedure................8673
            Component Inspection (Lock-up Select Solenoid Valve)................8673
          P1777 STEP MOTOR................8675
            Description................8675
            DTC Logic................8675
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8675
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8675
            Diagnosis Procedure................8675
            Component Inspection (Step Motor)................8676
          P1778 STEP MOTOR................8678
            Description................8678
            DTC Logic................8678
              DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8678
              DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8678
            Diagnosis Procedure................8678
          OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH................8680
            Description................8680
            Component Function Check................8680
            Diagnosis Procedure................8680
            Component Inspection (Overdrive Control Switch)................8682
          SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT................8683
            Description................8683
            Component Function Check................8683
            Diagnosis Procedure................8683
          SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM................8684
            Description................8684
            Wiring Diagram - SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -................8685
            Component Function Check................8687
            Diagnosis Procedure................8688
            Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)................8690
            Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)................8691
            Component Inspection (Park Position Switch)................8691
        ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8692
          TCM................8692
            Reference Value................8692
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8692
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8694
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8694
            Wiring Diagram - CVT CONTROL SYSTEM -................8697
            Fail-safe................8702
              Description................8702
            DTC Inspection Priority Chart................8704
            DTC Index................8704
        SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8706
          SYSTEM SYMPTOM................8706
            Symptom Table................8706
        PRECAUTION................8718
          PRECAUTIONS................8718
            Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8718
              PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8718
            Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................8718
            Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8719
            Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine................8719
            Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Replacement................8719
            Precaution................8719
            Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector................8720
              REMOVAL................8720
              INSTALLATION................8720
            Service Notice or Precaution................8721
              OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS................8721
            ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table ................8721
        PREPARATION................8723
          PREPARATION................8723
            Special Service Tools................8723
            Commercial Service Tools................8723
        PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................8724
          CVT FLUID................8724
            Inspection................8724
              Level check................8724
              CVT FLUID CONDITION................8724
            Changing................8725
          STALL TEST................8726
            Inspection and Judgment................8726
              INSPECTION................8726
              JUDGMENT................8726
          LINE PRESSURE TEST................8727
            Inspection and Judgment................8727
              INSPECTION................8727
              JUDGMENT................8727
          ROAD TEST................8729
            Description................8729
              DESCRIPTION................8729
            Check before Engine Is Started................8729
            Check at Idle................8729
            Cruise Test................8730
          CVT POSITION................8733
            Inspection and Adjustment................8733
              Inspection................8733
              Adjustment................8733
        REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8734
          CVT SHIFT SELECTOR................8734
            Exploded View................8734
            Removal and Installation................8734
              REMOVAL................8734
              INSTALLATION................8735
            Disassembly and Assembly................8736
              DISASSEMBLY................8736
              ASSEMBLY................8736
            Inspection................8736
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8736
          CONTROL CABLE................8737
            Exploded View................8737
            Removal and Installation................8737
              REMOVAL................8737
              INSTALLATION................8737
            Inspection................8738
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8738
          KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ................8739
            Exploded View................8739
            Removal and Installation................8739
              REMOVAL................8739
              INSTALLATION................8740
            Inspection................8740
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8740
          TCM................8741
            Exploded View................8741
            Removal and Installation................8741
              REMOVAL................8741
              INSTALLATION................8741
            Adjustment................8741
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................8741
          AIR BREATHER HOSE................8742
            Removal and Installation................8742
              REMOVAL................8742
              INSTALLATION................8742
          OIL PAN................8743
            Exploded View................8743
            Removal and Installation................8743
              REMOVAL................8743
              INSTALLATION................8743
            Inspection................8744
              INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL................8744
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8744
          PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR................8745
            Exploded View................8745
            Removal and Installation................8745
              REMOVAL................8745
              INSTALLATION................8745
            Inspection................8745
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8745
          SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR................8746
            Exploded View................8746
            Removal and Installation................8746
              REMOVAL................8746
              INSTALLATION................8746
            Inspection................8746
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8746
          DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL................8747
            Exploded View................8747
            Removal and Installation................8747
              REMOVAL................8747
              INSTALLATION................8747
            Inspection................8747
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8747
          CVT OIL WARMER SYSTEM................8748
            WATER HOSE................8748
              WATER HOSE : Exploded View................8748
              WATER HOSE : Removal and Installation................8748
                REMOVAL................8748
                INSTALLATION................8748
              WATER HOSE : Inspection................8749
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8749
            CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE................8749
              CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE : Exploded View................8749
                COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION................8749
              CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE : Removal and Installation................8750
                REMOVAL................8750
                INSTALLATION................8750
              CVT FLUID COOLER HOSE : Inspection................8751
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8751
            CVT OIL WARMER................8751
              CVT OIL WARMER : Exploded View................8752
              CVT OIL WARMER : Removal and Installation................8752
                REMOVAL................8752
                INSTALLATION................8752
              CVT OIL WARMER : Inspection................8752
                INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8752
        UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8753
          TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY................8753
            Exploded View................8753
            Removal and Installation................8753
              REMOVAL................8753
              INSTALLATION................8754
            Inspection and Adjustment................8755
              INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION................8755
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8756
              ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION................8756
        UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY................8757
          TORQUE CONVERTER................8757
            Disassembly................8757
            Assembly................8757
            Inspection................8757
              INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION................8757
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8758
          SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8758
            General Specification................8758
            Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears................8758
            Stall Speed................8758
            Line Pressure................8758
            Torque Converter................8758
  VTL................8759
    Table of Contents................8759
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8760
        VENTILATION SYSTEM................8760
          System Description................8760
            OUTLINE................8760
            AIR FLOW................8760
              Front................8760
              Rear................8760
      PRECAUTION................8761
        PRECAUTIONS................8761
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8761
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8761
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8761
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................8762
      PREPARATION................8763
        PREPARATION................8763
          Commercial Service Tool................8763
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................8764
        IN-CABIN MICROFILTER................8764
          Exploded View................8764
          Removal and Installation................8764
            REMOVAL................8764
            INSTALLATION................8764
          Replacement................8764
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8765
        DUCT AND GRILLE................8765
          Exploded View................8765
            FRONT................8765
            REAR................8765
          CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE................8766
            CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation................8766
              REMOVAL................8766
              INSTALLATION................8766
          SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE................8766
            SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation................8766
              REMOVAL................8766
              INSTALLATION................8766
          CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT................8767
            CENTER VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation................8767
              REMOVAL................8767
              INSTALLATION................8767
          SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT................8767
            SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation................8767
              REMOVAL................8767
              INSTALLATION................8767
          FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE................8767
            FRONT DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation................8767
              REMOVAL................8767
              INSTALLATION................8768
          SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE................8768
            SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation................8768
              REMOVAL................8768
              INSTALLATION................8768
          REAR FOOT DUCT 1................8768
            REAR FOOT DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation................8768
              REMOVAL................8768
              INSTALLATION................8768
          REAR FOOT DUCT 2................8768
            REAR FOOT DUCT 2 : Removal and Installation................8769
              REMOVAL................8769
                Driver side................8769
                Passenger side................8769
              INSTALLATION................8769
          FOOT DUCT................8769
            FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation................8769
              REMOVAL................8769
                Driver side................8769
                Passenger side................8770
              INSTALLATION................8770
        BLOWER MOTOR................8771
          Exploded View................8771
          Removal and Installation................8771
            REMOVAL................8771
            INSTALLATION................8771
  WCS................8772
    Table of Contents................8772
      BASIC INSPECTION................8774
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................8774
          Work Flow................8774
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................8774
            DETAILED FLOW................8774
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8776
        WARNING CHIME SYSTEM................8776
          WARNING CHIME SYSTEM................8776
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Diagram................8776
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description................8776
              COMBINATION METER................8776
              BCM................8776
              WARNING CHIME FUNCTION LIST................8776
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts Location................8777
            WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Description................8778
          LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME................8778
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................8778
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Description................8778
              DESCRIPTION................8778
              WARNING CHIME OPERATION CONDITIONS................8778
              WARNING CHIME CANCEL CONDITIONS................8778
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................8779
            LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Description................8779
          SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME................8779
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................8780
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Description................8780
              DESCRIPTION................8780
              WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS................8780
              WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS................8780
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................8781
            SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Description................8781
          PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME................8781
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................8781
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Description................8781
              DESCRIPTION................8781
              WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS................8782
              WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS................8782
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................8782
            PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Description................8783
          KEY WARNING CHIME................8783
            KEY WARNING CHIME : System Diagram................8783
            KEY WARNING CHIME : System Description................8783
              DESCRIPTION................8783
              WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS................8783
              WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS................8783
            KEY WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location................8784
            KEY WARNING CHIME : Component Description................8784
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)................8785
          CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)................8785
            CONSULT APPLICATION ITEMS................8785
            SELF DIAG RESULT................8785
            DATA MONITOR................8785
              Display Item List................8785
            WARNING HISTORY................8787
              Display Item................8787
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8788
          COMMON ITEM................8788
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8788
              APPLICATION ITEM................8788
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................8788
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................8788
          BUZZER................8789
            BUZZER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BUZZER)................8789
              CONSULT APPLICATION ITEMS................8789
              DATA MONITOR................8790
              ACTIVE TEST................8790
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8791
          COMMON ITEM................8791
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8791
              APPLICATION ITEM................8791
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................8791
          BUZZER................8791
            BUZZER : CONSULT Function (BCM - BUZZER)................8791
              CONSULT APPLICATION ITEMS................8791
              DATA MONITOR................8792
              ACTIVE TEST................8792
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8793
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................8793
          COMBINATION METER................8793
            COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure................8793
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8793
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................8793
          BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8794
            BCM (BODY CONTROL SYSTEM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) : Diagnosis Procedure................8794
        METER BUZZER CIRCUIT................8796
          Description................8796
          Component Function Check................8796
          Diagnosis Procedure................8796
        SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................8797
          Description................8797
          Component Function Check................8797
          Diagnosis Procedure................8797
          Component Inspection................8798
        WARNING CHIME SYSTEM................8799
          Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME -................8799
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8804
        COMBINATION METER................8804
          Reference Value................8804
            VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8804
            TERMINAL LAYOUT................8806
            PHYSICAL VALUES................8806
          Wiring Diagram - METER -................8810
          Fail-Safe................8817
            FAIL-SAFE................8817
          DTC Index................8818
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................8819
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................8819
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................8819
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8819
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8824
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8824
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................8839
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................8850
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................8850
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................8851
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................8851
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................8851
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................8852
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................8854
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................8854
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8854
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8858
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8858
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................8868
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................8876
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................8876
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................8877
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................8877
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................8877
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8879
        THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND................8879
          Description................8879
          Diagnosis Procedure................8879
        THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND................8880
          Description................8880
          Diagnosis Procedure................8880
        THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND................8881
          Description................8881
          Diagnosis Procedure................8881
        THE KEY WARNING DOES NOT SOUND (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY)................8882
          Description................8882
          Diagnosis Procedure................8882
      PRECAUTION................8883
        PRECAUTIONS................8883
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8883
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8883
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8883
  WT................8884
    Table of Contents................8884
      PRECAUTION................8886
        PRECAUTIONS................8886
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................8886
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................8886
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................8886
          Service Notice and Precautions for TPMS................8886
          Service Notice and Precautions for Road Wheel................8887
      PREPARATION................8888
        PREPARATION................8888
          Special Service Tool................8888
          Commercial Service Tool................8888
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8889
        COMPONENT PARTS................8889
          Component Parts Location................8889
          Component Description................8889
          BCM................8890
          Tire Pressure Sensor................8890
          Tire pressure receiver................8890
        SYSTEM................8891
          TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM................8891
            TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM : System Description................8891
              SYSTEM DIAGRAM................8891
              INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL................8891
              LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP INDICATION CONDITION................8891
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8892
          COMMON ITEM................8892
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8892
              APPLICATION ITEM................8892
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................8892
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................8892
          AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................8893
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT Function................8893
              FUNCTION................8893
              WORK SUPPORT MODE................8894
              SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................8894
              DATA MONITOR MODE................8894
              ACTIVE TEST MODE................8894
                TEST ITEM LIST................8894
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8896
          COMMON ITEM................8896
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8896
              APPLICATION ITEM................8896
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................8896
          AIR PRESSURE MONITOR................8896
            AIR PRESSURE MONITOR : CONSULT Function................8896
              FUNCTION................8896
              WORK SUPPORT MODE................8897
              SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................8897
              DATA MONITOR MODE................8897
              ACTIVE TEST MODE................8897
                TEST ITEM LIST................8897
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8899
        BCM................8899
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................8899
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : List of ECU Reference................8899
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................8899
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : List of ECU Reference................8899
      WIRING DIAGRAM................8900
        TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM................8900
          Wiring Diagram................8900
      BASIC INSPECTION................8904
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................8904
          Work Flow ................8904
            DETAILED FLOW................8904
        TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR WAKE UP OPERATION................8906
          Description................8906
          Work Procedure................8906
        ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE................8907
          Description................8907
          Work Procedure................8907
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8909
        C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE................8909
          Description................8909
          DTC Logic................8909
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8909
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8909
          Diagnosis Procedure................8909
          Special Repair Requirement................8910
        C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR................8911
          DTC Logic................8911
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8911
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8911
          Diagnosis Procedure................8911
          Special Repair Requirement................8913
        C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR................8914
          DTC Logic................8914
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8914
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8914
          Diagnosis Procedure................8914
          Special Repair Requirement................8915
        C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL................8916
          Description................8916
          DTC Logic................8916
            DTC DETECTION LOGIC................8916
            DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................8916
          Diagnosis Procedure................8916
          Special Repair Requirement................8916
        LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP................8917
          Component Function Check................8917
          Diagnosis Procedure................8917
        POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................8918
          Diagnosis Procedure................8918
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................8919
        TPMS................8919
          Symptom Table ................8919
            LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHART................8919
        LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT BLINKS................8922
          Description................8922
            DESCRIPTION................8922
          Diagnosis Procedure................8922
        LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF................8923
          Description................8923
          Diagnosis Procedure................8923
        LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS................8924
          Description................8924
          Diagnosis Procedure................8924
        ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED................8925
          Description................8925
            DESCRIPTION................8925
          Diagnosis Procedure................8925
        NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING................8926
          NVH Troubleshooting Chart................8926
      PERIODIC MAINTENANCE................8927
        ROAD WHEEL................8927
          Adjustment................8927
            BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)................8927
              Preparation Before Adjustment................8927
              Wheel Balance Adjustment................8927
            TIRE ROTATION................8928
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................8929
        ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY................8929
          Exploded View................8929
          Removal and Installation................8929
            REMOVAL................8929
            INSTALLATION................8929
          Inspection................8929
            ALUMINUM WHEEL................8929
            STEEL WHEEL................8929
        TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR................8931
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................8931
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Exploded View................8931
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Removal and Installation................8931
              REMOVAL................8931
              INSTALLATION................8932
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................8933
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Exploded View................8934
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Removal and Installation................8934
              REMOVAL................8934
              INSTALLATION................8935
        TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER................8936
          Removal and Installation................8936
            REMOVAL................8936
            INSTALLATION................8936
      SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8937
        SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)................8937
          Road Wheel................8937
            ALUMINUM WHEEL ................8937
            STEEL WHEEL................8937
          Tire Air Pressure................8937
  WW................8938
    Table of Contents................8938
      BASIC INSPECTION................8940
        DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................8940
          Work Flow................8940
            OVERALL SEQUENCE................8940
            DETAILED FLOW................8940
      SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................8943
        FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................8943
          System Diagram................8943
          System Description................8943
            OUTLINE................8943
            FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION................8943
            FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION................8943
            FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION................8943
            FRONT WIPER INT OPERATION................8944
            FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION................8944
            FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER................8945
            FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION................8945
          Component Parts Location................8946
          Component Description................8946
        REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................8947
          System Diagram................8947
          System Description................8947
            OUTLINE................8947
            REAR WIPER BASIC OPERATION................8947
            REAR WIPER ON OPERATION................8947
            REAR WIPER INT OPERATION................8947
            REAR WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION................8947
            REAR WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER ................8948
            REAR WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION................8948
          Component Parts Location................8949
          Component Description................8949
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8950
          COMMON ITEM................8950
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8950
              APPLICATION ITEM................8950
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................8950
              FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)................8950
          WIPER................8951
            WIPER : CONSULT Function (BCM - WIPER)................8951
              WORK SUPPORT................8951
              DATA MONITOR................8952
              ACTIVE TEST................8952
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8953
          COMMON ITEM................8953
            COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................8953
              APPLICATION ITEM................8953
              SYSTEM APPLICATION................8953
          WIPER................8953
            WIPER : CONSULT Function (BCM - WIPER)................8953
              WORK SUPPORT................8953
              DATA MONITOR................8954
              ACTIVE TEST................8954
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8956
          Diagnosis Description................8956
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................8956
              Description................8956
              Operation Procedure................8956
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................8956
              Concept of auto active test................8957
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................8957
          CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................8958
            APPLICATION ITEM................8958
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................8958
            DATA MONITOR................8958
            ACTIVE TEST................8959
        DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)................8961
          Diagnosis Description................8961
            AUTO ACTIVE TEST................8961
              Description................8961
              Operation Procedure................8961
              Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode................8961
              Concept of auto active test................8962
              Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode................8962
          CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R)................8963
            APPLICATION ITEM................8963
            SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................8963
            DATA MONITOR................8963
            ACTIVE TEST................8964
      DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................8965
        WIPER AND WASHER FUSE................8965
          Description................8965
          Diagnosis Procedure................8965
        FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT................8966
          Component Function Check................8966
          Diagnosis Procedure................8966
        FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT................8968
          Component Function Check................8968
          Diagnosis Procedure................8968
        FRONT WIPER STOP POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................8970
          Component Function Check................8970
          Diagnosis Procedure................8970
        FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT................8972
          Diagnosis Procedure................8972
        WASHER SWITCH................8973
          Description................8973
          Component Inspection................8973
        REAR WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT................8974
          Component Function Check................8974
          Diagnosis Procedure................8974
        REAR WIPER STOP POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................8976
          Component Function Check................8976
          Diagnosis Procedure................8976
        FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................8978
          Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -................8978
        REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM................8982
          Wiring Diagram - REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -................8982
      ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION................8987
        BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)................8987
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................8987
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................8987
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................8987
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................8992
              PHYSICAL VALUES................8992
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................9007
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................9018
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................9018
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................9019
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL OF COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION CAUSED BY LOW POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE................9019
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................9019
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................9020
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................9022
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................9022
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................9022
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................9026
              PHYSICAL VALUES................9026
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - BCM -................9036
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-safe................9044
              FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC................9044
              REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION................9045
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Inspection Priority Chart................9045
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................9045
        IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)................9047
          WITH INTELLIGENT KEY................9047
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................9047
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................9047
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................9049
              PHYSICAL VALUES................9049
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................9053
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................9056
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................9056
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................9056
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................9057
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................9057
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................9057
              STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................9058
            WITH INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................9058
          WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY................9058
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Reference Value................9058
              VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL................9058
              TERMINAL LAYOUT................9060
              PHYSICAL VALUES................9060
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -................9064
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : Fail-Safe................9067
              CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL................9067
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM................9067
                If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM................9068
              IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION................9068
              FRONT WIPER CONTROL................9068
            WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY : DTC Index................9069
      SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................9070
        WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................9070
          Symptom Table................9070
        NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION................9073
          Description................9073
            FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................9073
            REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION................9073
        FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE................9074
          Description................9074
          Diagnosis Procedure................9074
      PRECAUTION................9076
        PRECAUTIONS................9076
          Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................9076
            PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS................9076
          Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover................9076
          Precautions for Removing of Battery Terminal................9077
      REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION................9078
        WASHER TANK................9078
          Exploded View................9078
          Removal and Installation................9078
            REMOVAL................9078
            INSTALLATION................9078
        WASHER PUMP................9079
          Exploded View................9079
          Removal and Installation................9079
            REMOVAL................9079
            INSTALLATION................9079
        WASHER LEVEL SWITCH................9080
          Removal and Installation................9080
        FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE................9081
          Exploded View................9081
          Hydraulic Layout................9081
          Removal and Installation................9081
            REMOVAL................9081
            INSTALLATION................9082
          Inspection and Adjustment................9082
            INSPECTION................9082
              Check valve Inspection................9082
            ADJUSTMENT................9082
              Washer Nozzle Spray Position Adjustment................9082
        FRONT WIPER ARM................9084
          Exploded View................9084
          Removal and Installation................9084
            REMOVAL................9084
            INSTALLATION................9084
          Adjustment................9084
            WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT................9084
        FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY................9086
          Exploded View................9086
            REMOVAL VIEW................9086
            DISASSEMBLY VIEW................9086
          Removal and Installation................9086
            REMOVAL................9086
            INSTALLATION................9087
          Disassembly and Assembly................9087
            DISASSEMBLY................9087
            ASSEMBLY................9087
        WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH................9088
          Exploded View................9088
        REAR WIPER ARM................9089
          Exploded View................9089
          Removal and Installation................9089
            REMOVAL................9089
            INSTALLATION................9089
          Adjustment................9089
            REAR WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT................9089
        REAR WIPER MOTOR................9091
          Exploded View................9091
          Removal and Installation................9091
            REMOVAL................9091
            INSTALLATION................9091
        REAR WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE................9092
          Hydraulic Layout................9092
          Removal and Installation................9092
            REMOVAL................9092
            INSTALLATION................9093
          Inspection and Adjustment................9093
            INSPECTION................9093
              Washer Nozzle Inspection................9093
            ADJUSTMENT................9093
              Washer Nozzle Spray Position adjustment................9093

Nissan Cube (Z12) Repair & Service Manuals 2009-2014

Logo